PRODUCTION SAFETY MANUAL FOR U.S.A. PRODUCTIONS

USPSM Version 4.1.2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL

PRODUCTION SAFETY MANUAL FOR

U.S.A. PRODUCTIONS

~ INTRODUCTION ~

This Production Safety Manual has been developed to assist production personnel with safety, security, medical, emergency response and environmental issues and concerns in order to create and maintain a safe work environment.

Please take a few moments to familiarize yourself with each aspect of the program, as well as your personal responsibilities for implementing, monitoring, communicating and training production personnel on the safety programs included in this manual.

Security, Environmental, Health & Safety (SEHS) is the safety program administrator. This manual remains the property of SEHS and is to be returned to SEHS at the close of production.

Production Safety Department

Main Office: (310) 244-4544

GSOC: (310) 244-4444

Safety Hotline: (310) 244-7266 or (888) 883-7233 “SAFE”

SDS Hotline: (888) 362-7416 www.msdsonline.com

~ How to Reach SEHS ~

Eric Busch – Vice President, SEHS Office: (310) 244-4248 Mobile: (310) 350-9824 [email protected]

Bill Smith – Director, Production Safety Office: (310) 244-6419 Mobile: (310) 925-9973 [email protected]

Jason Kawa – Director, Production Safety Office: (212) 833-5653 Mobile: (917) 747-4776 [email protected]

Javier Huizar – Manager, Production Safety Office: (310) 244-4505 Mobile: (310) 877-6251 [email protected]

Jon Boyer – Manager, Production SafetyOffice: (310) 244-6744 Mobile: (310) [email protected]

Michelle Darwich-Menezes–Production Safety Specialist Office: (212) 833-5661 Mobile: (646) 787-6508 [email protected]

Scot Falkenstien – V.P. Emergency Services & BCP Office: (310) 244-5501 Mobile: (310) 877-3151 [email protected]

Teresa Saporito – Exec. Director, Medical Services Office: (310) 244-5556 Mobile: (310) 925-1750 [email protected]

Heidi KindbergGoss – Manager, Sustainability Office: (310) 244-4909 Mobile: (310) 989-3588 [email protected]

Sherrie Walters – Director, Env. Affairs Office: (310) 244-8866 Mobile: (310) 722-5852 [email protected]

Rev. 1/18

http://www.msdsonline.com/

mailto:[email protected]










*Required – All States**California Only – In addition to Required Training & Documents for all states


PRODUCTION SAFETY MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION / PRODUCTION SAFETY CONTACTSSAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP) ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

PRODUCER DIRECTOR UNIT PRODUCTION MANAGER (UPM) 1ST ASSISTANT DIRECTOR2ND ASSISTANT DIRECTORLOCATION MANAGER DEPARTMENT HEADS & SUPERVISORS FIRST AID COORDINATOR / SET MEDIC PRODUCTION OFFICE COORDINATOR CAST & CREW MEMBERS PRODUCTION SAFETY

SECTION II - SAFETY PROGRAMSGeneral Safety Rules Hazard Communication* Heat Illness Prevention** Fall Protection Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Eye and Face Protection

Hand Protection

Foot Protection

Ladder Safety Respiratory Protection Welding, Cutting, Brazing

Machine Guarding

Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklift) Electrical Safety

Lockout / Tagout (LOTO)



Scaffolding Bloodborne Pathogens Ergonomics Environmental Compliance

SECTION III - TRAINING TOOLS & MATERIALSSafety Awareness (IIPP)*

General Safe Practices for Production

Fire & Life Safety* Film Location Inspections**

Hazard Communication* Heat Illness Prevention** Respirator Industry Safety Bulletins (CSATF) ToolBox Talks

Code of Safe Practices Construction

Table Saws Hearing Protection Influenza Rough Terrain Utility Vehicles (RTUV)

Scaffolding Security Tips Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) /Drones

Liftgate Operations

SECTION IV - REQUIRED FORMS & POSTINGSRequired Forms: Assessment Checklists

Construction Crane Lifting Plan Construction Rigging (Form 3) EyeWash Station Locations Hazards (Form 4)Special Effects (Form 9)Stunts (Form 8)Unsafe Condition Action Plan (Form 7) Safety Compliance Report (Form 2) Job Hazard AssessmentHazardous Waste Weekly Inspection

Disciplinary Action Employee Notice of Violation (Form 6)

Incident / Accident Investigation Form 5A/5B



Required Postings: Safety Postings

Safety Hotline Safety Data Sheet (SDS) – MSDSOnline OSHA Job Health Safety Safety & Health Protection** Powered Industrial Trucks ** Proposition 65 Warning** Asbestos Warning PPE Selection Chart

Emergency Response

Emergency Information Poster Outside Agency Emergency Contacts Emergency Action Plan (EAP)

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Safety Program (Injury, Illness, Prevention Program)

SAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP)

FOR

_______________ ____________________ (Production Name)

Safety Program Director: (Producer)

Phone: _

Mobile: _

On-Set Safety Coordinator: (1st Assistant Director)

Phone: Mobile:

Construction Safety Coordinator:(Construction Coordinator)

Phone:

Mobile:

Production Safety Consultant:

Phone:

Mobile:

Email:

Date:

Version 1.0

Unit Production Manager: (UPM)

Phone:

Mobile: Email:

Email:

Email:

Email:

Production Office Address:

USPSM Version 4.1.0 AB-1

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP)

The health and safety of our employees is of primary importance. Because of this, and in accordance with state and Federal health and safety regulations, this Safety Program (IIPP) has been developed and implemented.

For California Productions, this Safety Program (IIPP) was created in accordance with Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR), General Industry Safety Order 3203 (Title 8 CCR 3203) and Construction Safety Order 1509 (Title 8 CCR 1509).

It is the policy of ____________________________________________, hereafter referred to as “The Production,” to strive for the highest safety standards. Safety does not occur by chance. It is the result of careful attention to all operations by those who are directly and indirectly involved. Employees at all levels must work diligently to execute The Production’s policy of maintaining a safe and healthy work environment.

The Production is committed to providing a workplace for its employees where the protection and preservation of their health and safety is of primary importance. Safety will take precedence over expediency or shortcuts in the operation of the Production. A healthy and safe work environment for all employees and contractors is essential for the success of our industry, as well as our families and communities. On-the-job safety is just as important as at-home safety, and vice versa. We believe that all incidents are preventable through the application of proper training, planning, knowledge, and resources to identify and control safety risk. In addition, Production facilities and sets will be designed, constructed, operated and maintained with the goal of eliminating wasteful and dangerous practices.

Personal Commitment

Only employees and contractors with the highest commitment to health and safety, environmental protection, and compliance will work for the Production. All employeesmust take personal responsibility to work safely and show concern for the health and safety of their co-workers, contractors, and communities.

Superior Performance

To ensure superior performance, Production will provide necessary resources for effective OH&S management by continuously improving the OH&S performance through the application of the management systems put forth in this manual. Production will set and review OH&S objectives and targets, and strive to meet them.

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 STATEMENT OF HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY



Four Basic Elements of Safety and Health Compliance

Production subscribes to the goal that all hazards should be eliminated from the workplace. To accomplish this goal, Production subscribes to OSHA’s 4-step program to eliminate hazards, which include: Management Leadership and Employee Involvement, Worksite Analysis, Hazard Prevention and Control, and Safety and Health Training. All safety outreach programs identify with one or more of these program elements.

One Hundred Percent Compliance

All Production personnel and contractors are responsible for complying with all applicable OH&S laws and regulations and with Production’s rules and procedures as a condition of employment. Production will regularly audit our assets and operating practices, and will remedy any shortcomings found.

Prevent Incidents

This Safety Program (IIPP) is a plan of action to prevent workplace incidents, injuries, and occupational diseases for location and stage production activities in the United States of America and has been developed to ensure compliance with state and Federal labor codes, state and Federal occupational health and safety regulations, and the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA), including the California Labor Code, Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations as well as the standards of California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA).

All cast, crew, and contractors are required to work in a healthy and safe manner. Prevention of illness and injury is an achievable goal. Through communication, participation, education, and a proactive approach to injury prevention, we can achieve this goal.

________________________________________________________ Producer, Safety Program Director

In the prevention of illness and injury, everyone in the workplace is required to work cooperatively to identify and control health and safety hazards. All employees of the Production have the personal responsibility to protect their own health and safety and that of their fellow cast and crew members. Working safely is a condition of employment on this Production.

3.0 SAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP) ADMINISTRATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES



Federal legislation outlines health and safety responsibilities for employers, supervisors, and workers. This Safety Program (IIPP) has certain requirements that have been assigned among various positions within the production company. Complete breakout of Roles and Responsibilities can be found in the Roles & Responsibilities section of this manual. Brief definitions are as follows:

3.1 “Employer”

3.1.1 The Producer (Safety Program Director)

The Production’s Producer is the Safety Program Director and is responsible for ensuringthe health and safety of all employees and the overall supervision of the Safety Program (IIPP). The Safety Program Director is responsible for ensuring that the Production’s SafetyProgram (IIPP) is implemented and personnel are performing their assigned duties under the Safety Program (IIPP).

3.1.2 Director

The Director supports the Unit Production Manager in the administration andimplementation of the Safety Program and supports the First Assistant Director in maintaining a safe set. The Director will remain aware of the health and safety implications of directorial decisions and take into consideration any advice given by the UPM, 1st AD, Production Safety Representative or anyone with health and safety responsibilities or expertise.

3.1.3 Unit Production Manager / Production Supervisor

The Unit Production Manager / Production Supervisor (UPM) assists the Safety ProgramDirector to ensure the Safety Program (IIPP) is effective and when necessary acts as a co-liaison between the On-Set and/or Construction Safety coordinators and the Safety Program Director. In most instances the day-to-day management of the Safety Program (IIPP) is managed by the UPM.

3.2 “Supervisors”

3.2.1 1st Assistant Director / 1st AD (On-Set Safety Coordinator)

During the production process, the 1st AD is the On-Set Safety Coordinator and isresponsible for acting as the safety liaison between the production crew and the Safety Program Director. The On-Set Safety Coordinator is responsible for conveying current safety requirements to all production cast and crew members and provides guidance for meeting Safety Program (IIPP) goals.



The 2nd AD supports the On-Set Safety Coordinator in fulfilling the requirements as set forthin the Safety Program (IIPP).

3.2.2 Location Manager

The Location Manager is responsible for assessing the status of a chosen location andcompleting the Location Hazard and Location Safety Checklists. The Location Managercommunicates this information to the UPM, On-Set Safety Coordinator and Construction Safety Coordinator.

3.2.3 Department Heads & Supervisors

The Department Heads & Supervisors are each responsible for the health and safety of allemployees under his or her direct supervision. They are responsible for ensuring their crews are made aware of all known or reasonably foreseeable health or safety hazards in the area where they work and that their crew conducts work in compliance with all applicable health and safety rules and regulations. Department Heads & Supervisors are responsible for the enforcement of safe work practices and the administration of disciplinary measures for employees engaging in unsafe work practices.

3.2.4 First Aid Coordinator / Set Medic

The First Aid Coordinator / Set Medic provides medical services to the cast and crewmembers, determines the need for off-site medical services (paramedics, hospital, etc.) for serious injuries and is responsible for maintaining / coordinating all required medical record-keeping.

3.2.5 Production Office Coordinator

The Production Office Coordinator maintains a library of safety information includingcopies of all safety records and documentation as described in the Safety Program (IIPP).

3.3 “Employees”

3.3.1 Cast and Crew Members

The Cast and Crew Members are responsible for understanding and following the SafetyGuidelines for Production and the policies, procedures and responsibilities outlined within the Safety Program (IIPP). This includes the reporting to an immediate supervisor any unsafe conditions or any other hazard that is likely to endanger others, participating in required OH&S related training, and wearing prescribed personal protective equipment (PPE).



Each employee must create a culture of accident and injury elimination by assisting in the recognition and mitigation of workplace hazards. We must effectively learn and create knowledge through investigating injuries, illnesses, and near misses.

3.4 Production Safety Consultant

The Production Safety Consultant assists the Safety Program Director by acting as aresource for Safety Program (IIPP) implementation, coordination of third-party engineering, consulting, training services, occupational health & safety (OH&S) and environmental information.

The Production has implemented procedures for identifying and evaluating existing or potential hazards in the workplace and then eliminating or controlling them. This hazard assessment and control system is designed to identify hazards that exist or develop in the workplace, measures needed to correct those hazards, and steps to take to prevent their recurrence. It is a key component in making this an effective Safety Program (IIPP).

The objectives of the hazard control system include:

Preventing hazardous conditions or acts from occurring through scheduled anddocumented self-inspections.

Making sure established safe work practices are being followed and that unsafeconditions or procedures are identified and corrected promptly.

Ensuring that any potential hazards associated with production locations areidentified and corrected or controlled to ensure the safety of all productionemployees.

Scheduled inspections are in addition to the everyday health and safety checks that arepart of the routine duties of department heads and supervisors. The frequency of these inspections depends on the operations involved, the magnitude of the hazards present, the proficiency of employees, changes in equipment or work processes, and the history of workplace injuries and illnesses. Personnel who are able to identify actual and potential hazards and who understand safe work practices should conduct inspections. Unsafe conditions will be corrected as soon as possible. Any condition that poses animmediate hazard shall be corrected immediately or the equipment / area restricted. At a minimum, periodic inspections shall be performed:

4.0 HAZARD ASSESMENT AND CORRECTION

Production positions and their safety responsibilities are fully detailed in the Roles & Responsibilities section of this manual.



When new substances, processes, procedures, or equipment are introduced tothe workplace which present a potential new occupational safety or healthhazard.

When previously unrecognized hazards are identified.

When occupational illnesses or injuries occur which require an employee to seeka physician’s care.

Whenever workplace conditions warrant an inspection.

In order to identify and evaluate production hazards and assess risks to health and safety, a safety meeting is to be held during pre-production with all appropriate production personnel. Documentation of this meeting must be submitted to the Production Office Coordinator.

The purpose of this meeting is to identify and discuss all foreseeable production hazards and safety issues, to assess risks, and to develop strategies to control or eliminate those risks. Additional safety meetings should be scheduled as necessitated by any changes in the shooting schedule and/or script.

For location work, the Location Manager or his/her designate will inspect each location site, prior to the arrival of the production company, for potential hazards, environmental concerns or other unsafe conditions. The Location / Production Office Hazard Assessment Checklist (Form 4) and Guidelines for Locations are to be used during these inspections. Approved external consultants can also be used to complete walkthrough surveys for hazardous materials such as asbestos, lead paint, mold, etc. Locations Department personnel should also interview the location owners / representatives and other persons who may be knowledgeable with the details or history of the location. Scheduled workplace inspections to ensure a safe work environment and to identify any unsafe conditions are also required. The requirements for workplace inspections are outlined in the Workplace Inspections Section of this Safety Program (IIPP). The Safety Program Director will work with the On-Set Safety Coordinator, the Stunt and Special Effects Coordinators, and all other pertinent staff to plan each shot where there is a potential health & safety concern.

Any significant information regarding safety obtained during the hazard assessment process should be posted at the workplace and attached to call sheets to inform crew of the potential site hazards. Copies of all hazard assessments are to be retained by theProduction Office Coordinator.

See the Location Hazard Assessment Checklist and Guidelines for Locations in the Required Forms & Postings section.



In pursuit of our goal to prevent injury and illness, the Production is committed to communicating to all employees all known or reasonably foreseeable health or safety hazards to which they are likely to be exposed by their work.

Production will regularly report its OH&S compliance and performance, and will proactivelywork to develop and advance effective approaches to protect people and the environment. Production will listen to its employees, contractors, neighbors, and regulators to continuously improve our operations, products and safety performance.

Department Heads / Supervisors should hold meetings with their crew members to review general safety issues and discuss any concerns, as necessary. These meetings need to be properly documented.

Potentially hazardous situations must be clearly identified on the call sheet for each day's shoot (e.g., planned explosions, helicopter use, fire, stunts, special effects, etc.). If appropriate, a Code of Safe Practices, Industry Safety Bulletin or other special notification addressing the particular hazard should also be attached to the call sheet. In all cases, every attempt should be made to completely eliminate any hazardous situation before it becomes a danger to the cast and crew.

If the crew has moved to a new location or if there are scenes involving stunts, special effects, aircraft, wild animals, or other potentially hazardous conditions, a hazard specific safety meeting should be held and documented on the production report. If a pre-planned safety meeting is held on set, this meeting should be documented on the daily call sheet and on the production report. Safety meetings are required to include all appropriate cast and crew members, including extras.

Cast and crew members must be able to express their concerns regarding health and safety matters without fear of reprisal. A Safety Hotline has been established for this purpose. If atany time any cast or crew member voices a concern about their health and well-being or about any safety or related issue, it should be taken seriously and if necessary corrective action taken immediately, or handled as quickly as possible if it is not an emergency.

A complete copy of Safety Program (IIPP) and a copy of the applicable Federal safety and health regulation will be available to all employees upon request. Copies of this Safety

5.0 SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS

See the Stunt and Special Effects Safety Inspection Checklists in the Required Forms & Postings section.


Program (IIPP) will be made available by the Production Office Coordinator or a member of the AD Department, at the production office, stages and on location.

Posting of safety related documents aids in the communication of information. It is recommended that safety bulletin boards be placed near craft service for production and in a practical location for sets under construction. It is also recommended that the construction medic and the Supervising Medic be responsible for placement of this bulletin board and its movement from location to location. At a minimum, ensure that the following documents are posted:

OSHA Safety and Health Protection On The Job Poster Accident/Emergency Notification Information; The Safety Hotline Poster; Ethics Hotline Poster; Safety Data Sheet Poster; Relevant Safe Work Practices / Safety Bulletins; Asbestos Warning (When Applies); Cal/OSHA Safety and Health Protection On The Job Poster (California Only); Cal/OSHA Operating Rules For Industrial Trucks Poster (California Only); Proposition 65 Warning (California Only – When Applies); and Other Important Production Safety Information.

The following Anonymous Safety Hotline and Production Safety Department contact information should appear on all Call Sheets:

Anonymous Safety Hotline: (310) 244-7266 or (888) 883-SAFE Production Safety Department

(310) 244-4544

Required Production Safety Postings are located in the Required Forms & Postings section of this manual.




Other important hotlines include:

The Production recognizes that training is one of the most essential elements of a safe and healthy workplace. All employees will have received, or will receive training to ensure that assigned work is performed in a safe manner. This training may include on the job instruction by a Supervisor, Department Head, or other production representative. When a certain task requires specialized safety training, the Production will provide for the necessary external training.

Department Heads / Supervisors will ensure that all workers have the appropriate level of training while working on set and / or on location. In addition, Department Heads / Supervisors will ensure that the person performing assigned work is made aware of, understands, and follows the proper safe work practices.

The Safety Pass Program was established by the Motion Picture and TelevisionIndustry-Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee as a means of addressing Federal OSHA and Cal/OSHA requirements that employees receive documented training in the safe use of equipment and work practices on their job. Because of the freelance nature of motion picture and television assignments, the Safety Pass Program provides valuable assistance in meeting the training needs of the industry by providing industry-wide general safety and skills training.

Members are required to complete their respective courses by the deadlines set forth by the Safety Pass Program. Any individual who has not completed their required training is ineligible for hiring because of being temporarily removed from the Roster (until training is completed).

6.0 EDUCATION AND TRAINING

The Safety Data Sheet (SDS) Hotline is: (888) 362-7416

The Ethics Hotline is: (855) 315-0767


It is the responsibility of the Safety Program Director prior to engagement to determine the eligibility of each potential employee by reviewing his or her Safety Passport as part

of the Deal Memo process. A record of training classes completed and those required by each new employee should be documented by the Production Office Coordinator prior to employment. This requirement is expected of each represented employee on the Production payroll. In the event that an individual works in a job classification that does not have a Roster listing, the individual may still have to meet certain training requirements based on the job responsibilities. An on-line roster which details individual’s Safety Pass training history is available at www.csatf.org. It is strongly recommend that each Production establish a list of potential crew members and to obtain the corresponding training records as early as possible to ensure that individuals are cleared to be employed. For question related to the Agreement or the Safety Pass Program, please contact Contract Services Administration at (818) 847- 0040 or visit www.csatf.org. For questions related to the IA Basic Agreement, please contact the Labor Relations Department.

All employees of the Production should be properly trained to operate any equipment they are utilizing, such as aerial lifts, cranes, forklifts, fall protection equipment, etc. The production should obtain copies of training certifications for employees utilizing these types of equipment. It may be necessary for the production to conduct additional training sessions to ensure that all employees operating these types of machinery are trained. If the production is not being produced in an area under the jurisdiction of the Safety Pass Program, please contact the Production Safety Consultant for information regarding health and safety training.

Written General Safety Guidelines for Production will be distributed in the Production Company Start Pack to every cast and crew member as they are hired. The Employee Acknowledgement Form must be signed by the employee and returned to the Production Office Coordinator.

If employees have any concerns about safety, performing their duties in a safe manner, or if they are unsure of the proper safe work procedures, they must inform their supervisor immediately.

7.1 Incidents

An incident is defined as an undesired or unwanted loss. Incidents are to be reported to the UPM, even if the incident occurs to a third party on site, and did not involve a cast or crew member. Incidents include, but are not limited to:

Personal injury; Property damage;

7.0 INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION


http://www.csatf.org/


www.csatf.org



Near miss (an event that could have caused an accident due to unsafeconditions);

Environmental spills; Vehicle accidents; Thefts / break-ins; and, Incidents of workplace violence.

Following an incident or near miss involving a cast or crew member or subcontractor, the party must notify their Department Head / Supervisor as soon as possible, then complete and submit an Incident / Accident Report (Form 5A) within 24 hours to the UPM and Production Safety Consultant. Any related material evidence (e.g., involved equipment, cables, tapes, etc.) should be secured and held pending further investigation until speaking with the Production Safety Consultant. Important information such as equipment model and serial numbers should be documented by the Production.

7.2 Incidents Resulting in Injury

Employees must report all incidents that result in an injury immediately to the employee's direct supervisor and to the Production Medic on duty. In addition to the Incident / Accident Report (Form 5A), an Incident / Accident Investigation Report (Form 5B) must be completed by the employee’s direct supervisor for all incidents requiring off-site medical attention and / or time off. The Incident / Accident Investigation Report must be submitted to the Production Office Coordinator and to the Production Safety Consultant. Any incident that results in an employee being hospitalized and/or transported for medical reasons must be reported immediately to the UPM and Production Safety Consultant.

For incidents at locations that involve fatalities, serious bodily injury, or major property damage the Department Head or Supervisor must immediately report the incident to the UPM and the Production Safety Consultant.

OSHA and Cal/OSHA regulations require the Production Safety Consultant report all serious injuries or fatality within a very specific time-frame.

Governmental regulatory agencies may need to be notified when an incident:

Resulted in a serious injury or death of a worker; Involved a major structural failure or collapse of a building, bridge, tower, crane,

hoist, temporary construction support system or excavation; Involved the major release of a hazardous substance; or, Involved a blasting (or explosion), or diving operation.

In the event of a fatality or serious injury, no person shall disturb, destroy, alter or carry away any wreckage, article or thing from the accident scene until an OSHA or


Cal/OSHA inspector grants permission. Personnel on site should immediately cordon off the accident site, securing any related material evidence.

Following an incident or near miss involving a cast or crew member or subcontractor, the party must notify their supervisor as soon as possible, then complete and submit an incident report within 24 hours to the UPM and the Production Safety Consultant.

7.3 Incident Investigation

Reporting and investigations are important tools for identifying and controlling potential safety hazards. The purpose of these activities is not to find fault or to lay blame, but to identify the root causes of incidents and injuries so that controls can be put in place to prevent further occurrences.

The focus of the investigation is the root cause of the incident, not the injury. TheSafety Program Director in conjunction with the assistance of the Production Safety Consultant should conduct an investigation to determine the root cause and the contributing factors of the incident. An effective investigation includes:

Conducting interviews; Recording information through drawings and photographs; Analyzing factors contributing to the incident; and, Preparing a report.

The report should include a description of the incident, the consequences, the cause, the corrective action taken, and recommendations for further action. A copy of the report is to be forwarded to the Production Office Coordinator and the Production Safety Consultant.

Specific safe work practices are instructions to guide and direct workers in the safe performance of their jobs. They outline the potential hazards associated with the work activity and how to eliminate or minimize these hazards.

Department Heads and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that their crew is aware of any additional safety procedures associated with their tasks. These procedures should be communicated to workers by attaching to call sheets, discussed

8.0 SAFE WORK PRACTICES

See the Incident / Accident Report (Form 5A) and Incident / Accident Investigation Report (Form 5B) and Guidelines in the Required Forms & Postings section of this manual.



at safety meetings, and posted at production locations. These procedures can also be used to train employees. All employees must follow applicable safe work practices.

To demonstrate the Production’s commitment to ensuring a safe and healthy workplace, a system is required for ensuring that safe work practices are followed. The purpose of a disciplinary program is to help promote and ensure safety on the job, not to punish employees.

To ensure the health and safety of all employees, disregard of safe work practices will not be tolerated. Employees engaged in unsafe work practices will be subject to disciplinary measures, including, but not limited to suspension or dismissal, as well as possible legal action.

Any employee found in violation of a safety rule or guideline may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. The following is the suggested guideline for discipline:

Verbal Warning (Use Employee Notice of Violation – Form 6); Written Warning (Use Employee Notice of Violation – Form 6); Written Warning plus two-day suspension; Written Warning plus one-year suspension; Termination.

It should be noted that the steps listed above are recommended guidelines and may vary depending on the severity of the infraction. Some violations, such as fall protection infractions, may be serious enough to warrant immediate termination or suspension on the first offense. Since every type of violation cannot be anticipated, production management reserves the right to treat each incident on a case-by-case basis. Please make every effort to ensure a safe work environment for everyone.

9.0 ENFORCEMENT OF SAFE WORK PRACTICES

The Industry Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee Safety Bulletins are available to download at: www.csatf.org. In addition, hard copies are located in the Training Tools & Materials section of the Production Safety Manual.

See the Employee Notice of Violation Report Form (Form 6) in the Required Forms & Postings section.





Health and safety records provide essential information to the status of safety management and provide a history of the activities of and improvements to the Safety Program (IIPP). Records and documentation are evidence that the program is working as intended. Documentation can show that steps were taken to control or eliminate specific hazards, that workers have received the appropriate instruction, training, supervision, and discipline to work safely. In addition, many OSHA and Cal/OSHA regulations require health and safety records and documentation.

The following records will be maintained and reviewed by the Production as necessary:

Employee SAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP) Orientation and Safety GuidelinesAcknowledgement (Form 1);

Workplace inspection checklists and reports with corrective action (Form 2 &Form 3);

Incident / Accident Reports (Forms 5A & 5B); Crew meetings at which safety issues were discussed; ToolBox Talks; Safety Committee Meeting; Progressive discipline records when used to enforce safety rules and written safe

work procedures; Location Hazard Checklist (Form 4); Claim Statistics; First aid records, medical certificates, and hearing tests; Emergency Response Plan(EAP), record of drills, and any resulting

improvements; Health and safety-related budget items and purchase orders; Sub-contractors pre-qualification documents; Exposure assessments and investigations, if conducted; Hazardous materials building survey and abatement documents; Engineering surveys and reports.

These records will be filed and maintained by the Production Office Coordinator. At wrap, all reports, records and files pertaining to health and safety or environmental issues should be forwarded to the Production Safety Consultant.

For Safety Committee Meetings, they are to be conducted at least every 90 days for review of safety topics, incidents, investigations, training and best practices.

10.0 RECORDS AND DOCUMENTATION



Orientation of a new cast or crew member should include an introduction to the Production Safety Program (IIPP) and to the written General Safety Guidelines for Production. The On-Set Safety Coordinator (for production crew), and Construction Safety Coordinator (for construction crew) or designated person will review the items listed in the General Safety Guidelines for Production and have the new employee sign the Employee Acknowledgement Form (Form 1). The form should be kept on file with the Production Office Coordinator.

For day calls, the Department Head / Supervisor when providing the Production Company Start Pack will outline the Production Safety Program (IIPP) and the General Safety Guidelines for Production to the individual. The Acknowledgement Form will be completed by the individual and provided to the Production Office Coordinator.

During orientation, the employee's existing health and safety training, such as Safety Pass Training, should be reviewed and documented. If required, specific job related health and safety training will be provided by a qualified person, or external organization assigned by the UPM, as outlined in the Education and Training section of the Safety Program (IIPP).

The Safety Program (IIPP) is a living document that must be constantly adapted, reviewed, and enhanced. Regulations require that the Safety Program (IIPP) be reviewed and, where necessary, revised whenever there is a change of circumstances that may affect the health or safety of workers or at specific intervals depending on jurisdiction.

Once a review of the Safety Program (IIPP) has been conducted, a list of all deficiencies and updates that require action will be tabled, and priority for each item assigned. To ensure timeliness, each action item will be assigned to a responsible individual or group, and a reasonable completion date will be projected. Corrective actions for deficiencies will be carried with priority given to items with the greatest amount of hazard / risk.

11.0 NEW EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION

12.0 SAFETY PROGRAM (IIPP) REVIEW

See the Employee Safety Program (IIPP) Orientation and Safety Guidelines Acknowledgment (Form 1).



In addition, the Safety Program (IIPP) will be reviewed periodically to ensure that it remains effective. All of the policies included in the Safety Program (IIPP) will be reviewed. The purpose of the review is to update policies and procedures as activities/processes and regulations change, and identify deficiencies or shortcomings so that corrective measures can be taken.

Once policies or procedures are reviewed and updated, a new, dated version of the policy or procedure will be added to the program manual, and all previous versions will be discarded.

A workplace inspection is a necessary and critical part of the health and safety program. Department Heads / Supervisors are responsible for conducting workplace inspections regularly to ensure any potential hazards that could cause illness or injury are eliminated or controlled for their crew. The workplace should be inspected closely for the purpose of:

Identifying and recording potential and actual hazards associated with locations,buildings, equipment, environment, processes, and practices;

Identifying any hazards which require immediate attention, whether they areunsafe conditions or unsafe acts; and,

Ensuring that existing hazard controls are functioning adequately.

The Production Safety Compliance Report (Form 2) and the Construction, Pre-Rigging, & Strike Safety Compliance Report (Form 3) are used to inspect work areas for potential hazards that can cause injury or illness. These reports should be completed on a daily basis at each stage and/or location. After the compliance reports are completed, any potential hazard or hazardous situation should be reported as soon as possible so that prompt corrective action can be taken.

A copy of the Locations / Production Office Hazard Assessment Checklist (Form 4) should also be reviewed for potential hazards already identified by the Locations Department.

All inspection checklists and reports will be submitted and retained by the Production Office Coordinator. These documents may be requested for review by OSHA or Cal/OSHA inspectors. The inspection reports must also be copied to the Production Safety Consultant via Scenechronize, email or hard copy.

13.0 WORKPLACE INSPECTIONS


Roles & Responsibilities

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES TABLE

Click on the role or responsibility of interest below for specific requirements for each:

I. PRODUCER

II. DIRECTOR

III. UNIT PRODUCTION MANAGER

IV. 1ST ASSISTANT DIRECTOR

V. 2ND ASSISTANT DIRECTOR

VI. LOCATION MANAGER

VII. DEPARTMENT HEADS & SUPERVISORS

VIII. FIRST AID COORDINATOR / SET MEDIC

IX. PRODUCTION OFFICE COORDINATOR

X. CAST & CREW MEMBERS

XI. PRODUCTION SAFETY


ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

In order to ensure a safe working environment, each department head, supervisor, manager and employee is [OR “all production personnel are”] required to understand and comply with the Company’s Safety Program. The Safety Program defines the required responsibilities of specific positions within the production company. A summary of the positions and their responsibilities is presented below. Please refer to the complete Safety Program for additional detail regarding specific duties and responsibilities.

Producer

Supports the Unit Production Manager in the administration and implementation of the Safety Program and has ultimate responsibility for ensuring a safe workplace. The Producer will ensure that health and safety are taken fully into account when the production is budgeted and that proper resources for the management of health and safety and the fulfillment of the Safety Program are provided. Practical day-to-day responsibility for ensuring that the Safety Program is properly implemented may be delegated (for example, to the UPM); however, the Producer will always have ultimate responsibility for ensuring a safe working environment.

Director

Supports the Unit Production Manager in the administration and implementation of the Safety Program and supports the First Assistant Director in maintaining a safe set. The Director will remain aware of the health and safety implications of directorial decisions and take into consideration any advice given by the UPM, 1st AD, Production Safety Representative or anyone with health and safety responsibilities or expertise.

Unit Production Manager (UPM)

The UPM has primary responsibility for the effective administration and implementation of the Safety Program on a given production with respect to all phases of production (e.g., during construction, prep, filming/taping and the striking of sets). The UPM ensures the 1st AD and all other department heads and supervisors meet their responsibilities as set forth in the Safety Program. The UPM has the authority to halt any production activity where risk to cast or crew members’ health or safety is discovered.

First Assistant Director/ Stage Manager (1st AD)

Responsible for implementing the Safety Program with respect to the cast and crew during filming/taping. The 1st AD is responsible for conveying safety requirements to all cast and crew members, providing guidance for meeting the Safety Program’s goals and ensuring that department heads and supervisors meet their Safety Program responsibilities. The 1st AD will communicate with the Director, the UPM and the Production Safety Representative

AB1-1


to discuss any health and safety risks that have been identified prior to filming, and will ensure that the proper control measures are implemented and communicated to all involved, including by conducting safety meetings. The 1st AD has the authority to halt any production activity where risk to cast or crew members’ health or safety is discovered.

Second Assistant Director/ Assistant Stage Manager (2nd AD)

Supports the 1st AD in implementing the Safety Program with respect to the cast and crew during filming/taping. The 2nd AD has similar responsibilities to the 1st AD in conveying safety requirements to all cast and crew members, providing guidance for meeting the Safety Program’s goals and ensuring that department heads and supervisors meet their Safety Program responsibilities. The 2nd AD also assists the 1st AD in communicating with the UPM and Production Safety Representative to discuss the health and safety risks that have been identified prior to filming, and ensuring that the proper control measures are implemented and communicated to all involved. Additional responsibilities include maintaining documentation of safety meetings, crew notices, accident reports and accurate production reports.

Location Manager

Responsible for selecting safe locations for production. The Location Manager will assess any hazards of a chosen location by completing, for each location, the Location Manager's Inspection Form (or similar form(s)) and communicating this information to the UPM, 1st AD, Construction Coordinator, Transportation Coordinator and the Production Safety Representative.

Department Heads and Supervisors

Department heads and supervisors have direct responsibility for the implementation of the Safety Program and maintaining a safe working environment in the departments/areas under their control. Department heads and supervisors are responsible for conveying safety requirements and providing guidance, supervision, and training to ensure that the crew members in their departments observe established safe work practices. Within their departments, they are responsible for performing periodic inspections and ensuring compliance with all applicable safety rules and regulations, including the Safety Program.

It is their responsibility to be familiar with the Safety Program’s rules and procedures which affect them and to inform and direct all individuals within their departments accordingly. If safety concerns come to their attention, they are to bring those concerns to the attention of the 1st AD, UPM or the Production Safety Representative.

AB1-2


Department heads and supervisors include but are not limited to the following:

▪ Construction Coordinator (Hazardous Waste Management)▪Transportation Captain/Coordinator▪Stunt Coordinator▪Special Effects Coordinator▪Gaffer▪Key Grip

First Aid Coordinator or Set Medic (First Aid)

Responsible for responding to all on-set emergencies and accidents. The Set Medic also maintains a log of incidents and accidents, sends copies of reports to the Production Safety Department and the Production Office and advises the UPM, 1st AD or the Production Safety Representative of any safety concerns.

Production Office Coordinator

Supports the Unit Production Manager, 1st AD and 2nd AD in the administration and implementation of the Safety Program, especially with respect to the preparation and maintenance of safety documentation. The POC is responsible for ensuring that safety documentation (forms, certifications, etc.) are completed in a timely manner and that copies of all relevant documents are forwarded to the Production Safety Representative. The POC also maintains a library of safety information including written copies of the Safety Program and all safety program documents described therein.

Cast and Crew Members

Responsible for complying with all safety policies and procedures, including those set forth in the Safety Program, and helping to maintain a safe work environment. Cast and crew members must attend all required safety meetings and follow all safety directives, policies, rules, procedures and guidelines applicable to their jobs, actions and conduct.

Cast and crew members should be made to feel that they may express their concerns regarding health and safety matters without fear of reprisal. Any Cast or crew member with safety concerns should report them to his or her department head or supervisor, or directly to the 1st AD, UPM or the Production Safety Department. Safety concerns can also be reported anonymously to the Production Safety Hotline.

If, at any time, a cast or crew member voices a concern about his or her health and well-being or about any safety-related issue, it is to be taken seriously and corrective action taken immediately if necessary.

AB1-3


Production Safety Department

Assists productions in identifying and resolving environmental, health and safety issues and supports production personnel in maintaining compliance with the Safety Program. The Production Safety Department is a resource intended to provide guidance and assistance to productions.

AB1-4


SAFETY IS EVERYONE’S RESPONSIBILITY

1) Be thoroughly familiar with the safety program.

Receive, read, and implement the Safety Program (IIPP) for Production and othersafety program information from the Unit Production Manager, 1st AD/StageManager, or Production Office.

Any questions should be directed to the Production Safety Consultant.

Keep safety program information available for your crew.

2) Ensure that your crew is complying with procedures detailed in the Safety Program (IIPP) and Production Safety Manual.

On the first day of work conduct a safety meeting with your department.

Briefly explain the Safety Program (IIPP) to your department.

Discuss your department's general scope of work and applicable safety precaution.

Any time crew is exposed to a new hazard additional safety meetings are required.

Discuss safety precautions to be followed for any specialized equipment which may pose a potential hazard (e.g. insert car, process trailer, cranes, booms, specialized rigs, etc.).

Additional safety meetings are required for any of the following:

Prior to rigging or testing of any specialized equipment.

Any time crew is exposed to a potential hazard (e.g. special products, prosthetics, pyrotechnics, etc.).

Any time cast or crew is in the vicinity of any specialized equipment such as helicopters, insert cars, effects rigged gags, cranes, booms, electrical equipment, etc.

Any time new crew members join your department.

Any time there is a change in location or work site.

AB1-5


Any time a new process is introduced (e.g. special foams, chemicals, tools, etc.).

Distribute Required Forms and Postings. They include:

Assessment Checklists Disciplinary Action Form Incident / Accident Investigation Form Safety Hotline OSHA Job Health Safety Safety & Health Protection** Powered Industrial Trucks** Proposition 65** Asbestos Warning

PPE Selection Chart Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all chemicals must be on-hand and

immediately available to any crew member upon request.

Document all safety program activities.

Ensure that all safety meetings held with your crew throughout the day are documented, including new arrival meetings, rigging, testing, and changing work site meetings. Any bulletins or special correspondence should also be on file with the Production Office Coordinator (Please see Required Forms and Postings for a list of all safety program documentation sheets).

3) Communicate and Troubleshoot

On a daily basis, have all work sites inspected to be sure they are free fromhazards and resolve any hazards that are found. Report all concerns to the 1st

AD.

Verify that required safety equipment has been provided, inspected, and is inuse by your crew (e.g. earplugs, equipment safety guards, fall protection,respirators, eye protection, etc.).

Consult with the Production Safety Consultant to resolve safety concerns such asspecial effects, stunts, or other special hazards.

Encourage the reporting of hazards by crew members.

Ensure that ALL safety concerns are handled promptly and that unsafe conditionsare corrected in a timely manner.

AB1-6



Assist the 1st AD/Stage Manager and Construction Coordinator with all aspects ofthe Safety Program by keeping your crew members aware of safety issues.

Verify that all cable and other crossovers that are placed in areas accessed bythe public are compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADAcompliant).

4) Ensure that All Employees Have Completed Their Required Training (SafetyPass or other necessary training):

Ensure that all crew members are on the Industry Roster, eligible for employment,and have completed their required CSATF Safety Pass Training. This can beaccomplished by inspecting employees’ Safety Pass documentation or by usingthe Safety Pass on-line roster at http://www.csatf.org.

o Industry Wide and/or General Safety Bulletins relating to specifichazards as they occur must be distributed to your crew (e.g.appropriate clothing and shoes, aerial platforms, etc.).

All employees of the Production should be properly trained to operate anyequipment they are utilizing, such as aerial lifts, cranes, forklifts, etc. Theproduction should obtain copies of training certifications for employees utilizingthese types of equipment. It may be necessary for the production to conductadditional training sessions to ensure that all employees a trained.

Required Training also includes:

o Safety Awareness Training (IIPP)*o Fire & Life Safety**o Hazard Communication*o Heat Illness Prevention**o Respirator*o Toolbox Talks

5) Deal with Incidents and Emergencies

Discuss the elements of the production’s Emergency Action Plan (EAP) such asthe location of emergency exits, equipment, evacuation procedures, assemblyareas, and emergency communication at all production locations, includingstages.

Handle all on-set and work-site emergencies and incidents affecting your crew.

AB1-7


http://www.csatf.org./

https://www.ada.gov/


Summon emergency assistance immediately (paramedics, fire department, police, etc.).

Clear the area and protect the crew from further injury. Preserve evidence for further investigation. Utilize the Incident / Accident Investigation Form 5AB.

Notify the UPM and Safety Coordinators and ensure that the appropriate formshave been filled out and submitted to the Production Office Coordinator.

6) Fire Safety / Hot Work / Open Flame

If any Hot Work (welding, cutting, etc.) is to be conducted on set or at anyproduction location, special precautions must be followed. All hot work at studiosand in some local jurisdictions requires the issuance of a hot work permit. Inaddition, ALL WELDING, CUTTING, ETC., ON ANY SOUND STAGEREQUIRES A FIRE SAFETY WATCH AT ALL TIMES TO ENSURE THESAFETY OF THE CAST AND CREW. Please see Fire & Life Safety, and/orcontact the Production Safety Consultant for additional information on thisimportant matter.

7) Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Disposal

All hazardous materials and hazardous waste must be stored and disposed ofproperly in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations. Generally an EPAIdentification Number is required to legally transport and dispose of hazardouswaste. In addition, it may be necessary to train one or more of the productionemployees to oversee hazardous waste operations. Please contact theProduction Safety Consultant for assistance in this matter.

8) High Visibility Safety Vests

Appropriate high visibility safety vests are required to be worn by all employeeswhen working on active public roadways. This includes activities such as: prep,rigging, filming, striking, etc., unless the production has obtained full closure andcontrol of the roadway. Safety vests are also required when directing traffic orlocking up during partial lane closures where intermittent traffic control is utilized.Other conditions or locations such as working on or near a railroad may alsorequire the use of appropriate safety vests.

9) Industrial Machinery

Verify that all industrial machinery (forklifts, cranes, telehandlers, etc.) areoperated by experienced, trained personnel in a manner consistent withmanufacturer’s guidelines. In addition, verify that all attachments on these

AB1-8


machines are approved by the equipment manufacturer. The use of job-built attachments or slings is prohibited unless specifically approved in writing by the equipment manufacturer or authorized representative. Contact the Production Safety Consultant prior to using a telehandler on any production.

o Construction Cranes

All construction cranes used on the Production must be operated bytrained, qualified and experienced operators. In addition allconstruction crane use must meet the requirements detailed in theConstruction Crane Procedures, located in the Required Formssection of the Production Safety Manual.

_________________________________________________________________________

Call Sheet Production Safety Phone Numbers

Ensure that the following production safety phone numbers appear on all CallSheets:

Anonymous Safety Hotline: (310) 244-7266 or (888) 883-SAFE

Production Safety Department (310) 244-4544

AB1-9

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Safety Programs

USPSM Version 4.1.0 i

U.S. PRODUCTION SAFETY MANUAL SAFETY PROGRAMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. GENERAL SAFETY RULES2. HAZARD COMMUNICATIONS3. HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION4. FALL PROTECTION5. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

EYE AND FACE PROTECTIONHAND PROTECTIONFOOT PROTECTION

6. LADDER SAFETY7. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION8. WELDING, CUTTING, BRAZING

MACHINE GUARDING9. POWERED INDUSTRIALTRUCKS (FORKLIFT)10. ELECTRICAL

LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (LOTO)11. SCAFFOLDING12. BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS13. ERGONOMICS14. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

General Safety Rules

General Safety Rules The following general safety rules have been developed to provide a safe and healthy working environment for all employees. These apply to all work activities.

1. Report to work well rested and physically fit to be able to give full attention to your job.2. Persons with physical or mental impairment shall not be assigned to tasks where their

impairment has a potential to endanger themselves or others.3. No person shall be permitted to remain on the premises while their ability to work is so

affected by alcohol, drugs (prescription or non-prescription) or other substance, so as toendanger their health or safety or that of any other person.

4. Persons working alone shall be required to check-in regularly with Security or a supervisorto ensure that their wellbeing is maintained.

5. Inappropriate behavior, such as horseplay, fighting and practical jokes are extremelydangerous and will not be tolerated.

6. Any unsafe conditions which are encountered shall be corrected or reported to yourSupervisor or Safety Consultant.

7. Do not operate any machinery or equipment if it is known to be in an unsafe condition.8. Machinery and equipment, including vehicles, are only to be operated by qualified persons

and then only when adequately trained in the use of the equipment and authorized tooperate it.

9. Unsafe Acts shall be reported to your Supervisor and/or the UPM or 1st A.D.10. Personal protective equipment (PPE) must be worn when performing specific duties that

require its use to ensure worker safety. Persons refusing to wear PPE will be subject todisciplinary action. Selection of the correct PPE may require assistance, contact the SafetyConsultant for guidance.

11. Employees must inform Supervisors when they have significant allergies which might beencountered while at work (i.e. bee stings). This information is to be passed on to the SetMedic and Medical Services so that first aid personnel can be made aware of it. The personwith the severe allergy should carry an "ANA Kit" or "Epi-pen" and be familiar with how touse it.

12. Avoid manual lifting of materials, articles or objects which are too heavy. Whereverpossible, use mechanical lifting devices to move heavy objects.

13. Smoking is prohibited within the premises and vehicles at all times. Smoking is onlypermitted outside buildings. Where "NO SMOKING" signs are posted, (i.e. near flammablestorage), persons shall observe those signs.

14. Avoid parking, even temporarily, in designated fire lanes.15. Employees are responsible for reporting to their Supervisor whenever they become sick or

injured at work. All injuries, no matter how minor, must be reported immediately.

B1-1

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL GENERAL SAFETY RULES

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL GENERAL SAFETY RULES

16. Always keep your work area clean and orderly. Poor housekeeping habits can be a serioussafety hazard. Do not leave materials in aisles, walkways, stairways, roads or other pointsof egress.

17. Any damaged equipment or missing machine guards must be reported to your Supervisor.18. All warning signs, signals and alarms shall be obeyed.19. Employees shall not use unfamiliar tools or equipment without proper instruction and

permission from their immediate Supervisor. Always use the correct tool for the job, do notimprovise.

20. Loose or ragged clothing, dangling neckwear or bracelets shall not be worn around movingparts of machinery or electrically energized equipment.

21. Firefighting equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions and the requirements of the BC Fire Code.

22. Whenever mobile equipment or vehicles are equipped with seat belts, the operator andpassengers shall use the belts whenever the equipment is moving. Failure to abide by thisrequirement will result in disciplinary action.

23. Flammable liquids are to be handled and stored only in approved safety containers. Properlids and caps must always be used on storage containers. Cloth, paper, and other "make-shift" lids and caps are prohibited. Use bonding cables while filling containers holdingflammable liquids.

24. Never dispense gasoline into a fuel tank while the engine is running, or the motor is hot.25. Do not dispose of any hazardous materials or flammable liquids by pouring them down a

sewer or drain. Guidance in proper disposal of hazardous materials is available in theEnvironmental Compliance section of this manual.

26. Compressed gas cylinders should be stored in an upright position and chained or otherwisesecured. Where not connected to a service line or manifold system, the protective caps forthese cylinders shall be in place.

27. Flash-back arrestors or reverse gas flow check valves must be in place on all oxy-acetylenefuel cutting equipment.

28. Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning clothing or to blow dust from your body.29. Do not attempt to repair defective wiring or other electrical equipment. Report defective

electrical equipment to your Supervisor. Electrical equipment can only be repaired orserviced by a qualified electrician.

30. Faulty or makeshift ladders must not be used.31. When lifting, have a secure footing, bend your knees, keep your back straight, take a firm

hold of the object being lifted and slowly straighten your legs. If you must turn with a load,turn your feet and whole body. DO NOT twist yourself. Avoid reaching while lifting or puttingthe object down. If the object is too heavy for you, get assistance.

32. Keep your work area safe, efficient and pleasant by keeping it clean and orderly.33. If something looks unsafe it probably is ... IF YOU ARE IN DOUBT ... ASK !

B1-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Hazard Communication Program

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM

This Production has developed this Hazard Communication Program for the protection of our employees in the workplace. These measures have been developed in order to communicate any hazards associated with handling hazardous materials to employees involved in operations that require the use of chemicals with specific precautions to be taken.

The OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the California Code of Regulations (Title 8 CCR 5194) requires employers to prepare and implement a Hazard Communication Program. This written program is a summary that provides a reference for employees and management. A copy of this instruction should be filed in the SDS binder. The SDS binder shall be made available to any employee upon request.

It will be the responsibility of the Safety Program Director, production management, and supervisors to ensure that the proper information is obtained and disseminated to the appropriate employees. It will be the employee’s responsibility to follow safe practices as outlined in the Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and operation procedures.

Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) –means a system for standardizing and harmonizing the classification and labelling of chemicals.

Hazard Statement – means a statement assigned to a hazard class and category thatdescribes the nature of the hazard(s) of a chemical, including where appropriate, the degree of hazard.

Immediate use - means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and usedonly by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.

Pictogram - means a composition that may include a symbol plus other graphic elements,such as a border, background pattern, or color, that is intended to convey specific information about the hazards of a chemical. Eight pictograms are designated under this standard for application to a hazard category.

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

3.0 DEFINITIONS

B2-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Precautionary Statement – means a phrase that describes recommended measures thatshould be taken to minimize or prevent adverse effects resulting from exposure to a hazardous chemical or improper storage or handling.

Safety Data Sheet (SDS) - means a technical document containing information about thecharacteristics and actual or potential hazards of a substance, including physical data, toxicity, health effects, first aid, reactivity, storage, disposal, protective equipment, and spill-handling procedures.

Signal Word – means a word used to indicate the relative level of severity of hazard andalert the reader to a potential hazard on the label. The signal words "Danger" is used for the more severe hazards, while "Warning" is used for less severe hazards.

4.1 Production Management

The Safety Program Director shall be responsible for the overall administration of the program, ensure all aspects of the program are utilized properly to comply with the Hazard Communication Standard, and provide assistance to all departments with regard to the Hazard Communication Standard.

4.2 Supervisory / Management

Department managers and supervisors are responsible for the day to day compliance with the Hazard Communication Standard, maintaining the SDS binder(s), maintaining the Chemical Inventory List, and conducting compliance inspections at intervals determined by the Safety Program Director. Department managers and supervisors shall ensure that hazardous materials are not used by employees until employees have successfully completed Hazard Communication training, SDSs are on file, and personal protective equipment (PPE) is available and used when needed. A copy of all SDSs received by the Production shall be forwarded immediately to the Production Safety Consultant. The department manager or supervisor shall be informed when a hazardous material is received without an SDS. All departments shall request an SDS as a condition of sale for all hazardous materials obtained. The department manager or supervisor shall be responsible for coordinating Hazard Communication training prior to employee use of or work around hazardous materials.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

B2-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


4.3 Employees

Employees who use hazardous materials shall not use the materials until they have successfully completed Hazard Communication training, understand the basic concepts of The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals, checked the container label, checked the SDS, and are using the PPE specified on the label. Employees shall use chemicals as directed and will not mix chemicals without supervisory permission. Employees should be trained and should understand the basic concepts of the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals. Employees shall report personal exposure with hazardous materials to the department manager.

5.1 Hazard Determination

Prior to use, all chemicals used will be evaluated in regard to physical and health hazards. The Production will rely upon supplier – provided SDS for the hazard determination. The provided SDS will be reviewed for completeness by the Safety Program Director with the assistance of the Production Safety Consultant, if needed. The Production Safety Consultant may also make appropriate recommendations or develop a Special Work Practice / Procedure in regard to the safe use of chemicals by employees.

5.2 Safety Data Sheet

A SDS is to be obtained and filed in the SDS binder before a chemical is used by any employee. The SDS will be filed alphabetically by its common trade name. The department manager or supervisor is the only person permitted to add or remove SDSs from the department’s binder. In the event a SDS is not received with a chemical or the SDS is not complete, the department manager or supervisor shall request a SDS from the supplier. The SDS binder shall be readily accessible to all employees. Employees need not obtain their supervisor’s permission to review the SDS.

5.3 SDS Hotline

A SDS Hotline service is available to all departments and employees of the Production. The telephone number of this service is:

(888) 362-7416

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B2-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


When contacting this service, employees should provide the operator with the name, product number, UPC Code (if available), and manufacturer of the material in question. In addition, the employee should provide the operator with a valid return fax number. The SDS will then be promptly faxed to the employee. There is no charge to the employee or to the Production for the use of the SDS Hotline service.

5.4 Chemical List

A listing of hazardous chemicals shall be maintained by the department manager or supervisor for all hazardous chemicals utilized by his or her department. The list shall be reviewed for accuracy on a quarterly basis. Each employee shall receive a copy of the current chemical list during training. A copy of the current list shall be filed in the department’s SDS binder. When a chemical is deleted from the list, the department manager or supervisor shall draw a line through the deleted chemical and date and initial the line. When a new chemical hazard is added, the department manager or supervisor will add the chemical to the list and mark the chemical with an asterisk (*). Old chemical lists and Hazard Communication Program Update memos shall be maintained by the Safety Program Director to meet the exposure record requirements of Federal OSHA.

5.5 Labeling

When the Production receives containers of a hazardous substance, the supplier’s original containers should have a label providing the following information:

Product Identifier Hazard statement(s) Signal Word Pictogram Precautionary statement(s) Name, address and phone number of the chemical manufacturer, distributor, importer,

or other responsible party

If any of this information is missing, it is the responsibility of the department manager or supervisor to apply an additional label indicating the missing information. Manufacturer’s labels will NOT be removed, defaced, or covered. Chemicals in containers must not be used until the required information is affixed to the container. The exceptions to this requirement are:

1. Portable containers do not require labels when chemicals are transferred from labeledcontainers for immediate use, provided the chemical will be used by the employeewho performs the transfer and will be used during the employee’s shift.

2. Smaller containers do not require labels when they are removed from a labeled box orlabeled rack, provided they will be used immediately by the employee who removed

B2-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0


the containers and the material will be used during the employee’s shift.

3. If chemicals in an unlabeled container have not been completely used at the end ofthe employee’s shift, the chemical must be returned to a labeled container, box orrack.

Employees must be able to identify the health, fire, and reactivity hazards of the container contents by reading the label.

5.6 Contractors

Contractors working for the Production in areas where hazardous chemicals are used will be informed of the hazards within the area. The department manager or supervisor will provide a contractor representative with copies of the current chemical list and training hand-out material. Each of the contractor’s employees working in the area should receive a copy of the two documents. Questions relating to the hazardous chemicals shall be addressed to the Safety Program Director. Contractors will be required to provide a list of the hazardous chemicals or copies of the SDS they will use to the department manager or supervisor. Employees will be informed of the hazards of the chemicals used by any contractors working in their area. The department manager or supervisor shall review the provided list and SDS to ensure chemicals which are prohibited are not included.

5.7 Employee Information and Training

Employees must be trained regarding the Production’s Hazard Communication Program (See Training Tools and Materials). This includes the following:

Information and training on hazardous substance(s) must be provided at the time of initial assignment and when a new hazardous substance is introduced into the workplace. Prior to starting work, employees are required to attend a health & safety orientation set up by the department manager or supervisor for information and training on the following:

1. An overview of the requirements contained in the Hazard Communication Regulation,including their rights under the Regulation.

2. Inform employees of any operations in their work area where hazardous substancesare present.

3. Locations and availability of the written Hazard Communication Program.4. Physical and health effects of the hazardous substances.5. Methods and observation techniques used to determine the presence or release of

hazardous substances in the work area.6. How to lessen or prevent exposure to these hazardous substances through the use of

engineering controls, work practices, and/or the use of personal protective equipment.7. Steps that the Production has taken to lessen or prevent exposure to these

B2-5

USPSM Version 4.1.0


substances. 8. Emergency and first aid procedures to follow if employees are exposed to hazardous

substance(s).9. Location and availability of SDS Sheets, including the order of information. How to

read labels and review SDS to obtain appropriate hazard information.10. Review of the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of

Chemicals.

Written documentation regarding employee training must be maintained for a minimum of three years.

It is critically important that all of the Production’s employees understand this training. If an employee has any additional questions, the department manager or supervisor should be contacted. When new hazardous substances are introduced, the department manager or supervisor should review the above items as they relate to the new substances in the department’s work area.

B2-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Safety Data Sheet (SDS) Section OutlineChemical manufacturers must obtain or develop Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. These SDSs must include at least the following section numbers and headings, and associated information under each heading in the order listed.

Section1, Identification includes product identifier; manufacturer or distributor name,address, phone number; emergency phone number; recommended use; restriction on use.

Section 2, Hazard(s) identification includes all hazards regarding the chemical; requiredlabel elements.

Section 3, Composition/information on ingredients includes information on chemicalingredients; trade secret claims.

Section 4, First-aid measures includes important symptoms/effects, acute, delayed;required treatment.

Section 5, Fire-fighting measures lists suitable extinguishing techniques, equipment;chemical hazards from fire.

Section 6, Accidental release measures lists emergency procedures; protectiveequipment; proper methods of containment and cleanup.

Section 7, Handling and storage lists precautions for safe handling and storage,including incompatibilities.

Section 8, Exposure controls/personal protection lists OSHA’s Permissible ExposureLimits (PELs); Threshold Limit Values (TLVs); appropriate engineering controls; personal protective equipment (PPE).

Section 9, Physical and chemical properties lists the chemical’s characteristics.

Section 10, Stability and reactivity lists chemical stability and possibility of hazardousreactions.

Section 11, Toxicological information includes routes of exposure; related symptoms,acute and chronic effect; numerical measure of toxicity.

Section 12, Ecological information identifies the impact that the chemical may have onthe environment, both water and soil, and other adverse effects.

Section 13, Disposal considerations describes safe methods of disposal for thechemical, including the disposal of contaminated packaging.

Section 14, Transport information identifies Dangerous Goods transportationclassification information and any special precautions required for transport.

Section 15, Regulatory information indicates safety, health, and environmentalregulations specific to the product.

Section 16, Other information, includes the data of preparation or last revision.

B2-7

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Globally Harmonized System (GHS) Pictograms

B2-8

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Heat Illness Prevention Program

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION PROGRAM

This Production has developed this Heat Illness Prevention Program for the protection of our employees in the workplace. These measures have been developed in order to protect our employees and prevent the negative effects associated with working in hot environments, including heat rash, heat cramps, fainting, heat exhaustion, and heat stroke.

These procedures have been developed to prevent heat illness and provide the guidelines for monitoring employees and the work environment to provide a safe and healthful work environment and to maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements.

Production should implement and maintain this Heat Illness Prevention Program to identify, prevent, and controls hazards associated with heat illness in accordance with all applicable regulations. This Heat Illness Prevention Program consists of: temperature and work site monitoring; strategies for providing adequate water, shade, rest breaks, and acclimatization; environmental and individual health and risk factor surveillance; and training and program review.

These procedures provide the minimum steps applicable to most outdoor work settings and are essential to reducing the incidence of heat related illnesses on production. In working environments with a higher risk for heat illness, it is the Safety Program Director’s duty to exercise greater caution and additional protective measures as needed to protect all production employees.

Acclimatization – means a temporary adaptation of the body to work in the heat thatoccurs gradually when a person is exposed to it. Acclimatization peaks in most people within four to fourteen days of regular work for at least two hours per day in the heat.

Buddy System – A method of monitoring whereby two employees observe each otherthroughout the day and immediately report any signs or symptoms of heat illness.

Heat Illness - means a serious medical condition resulting from the body's inability to copewith a particular heat load, and includes heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heat syncope, and heat stroke.

Heat Wave – Any day in which the predicted high temperature for the day will be at least

1.0 PURPOSE


3.0 DEFINITIONS

B3-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


80° F and at least 10° F higher than the average high daily temperature in the preceding 5 days.

Environmental Risk Factors for Heat Illness - means working conditions that create thepossibility that heat illness could occur, including air temperature, relative humidity, radiant heat from the sun and other sources, conductive heat sources such as the ground, air movement, workload severity and duration, and protective clothing and personal protective equipment worn by employees.

Personal Risk Factors for Heat Illness - means factors such as an individual's age,degree of acclimatization, health, water consumption, alcohol consumption, caffeine consumption, and use of prescription medications that affect the body's water retention or other physiological responses to heat.

Preventative Recovery Period - means a period of time to recover from the heat in orderto prevent heat illness.

Shade - means blockage of direct sunlight. One indicator that blockage is sufficient iswhen objects do not cast a shadow in the area of blocked sunlight. Shade is not adequate when heat in the area of shade defeats the purpose of shade, which is to allow the body to cool. For example, a car sitting in the sun does not provide acceptable shade to a person inside it, unless the car is running with air conditioning. Shade may be provided by any natural or artificial means that does not expose employees to unsafe or unhealthy conditions and that does not deter or discourage access or use.

Temperature – means the “dry bulb” temperature in degrees Fahrenheit obtained byusing a thermometer to measure outdoor temperature in an area where there is no shade. While the temperature measurement must be taken in an area with full sunlight, the bulb or sensor of the thermometer should be shielded while taking the measurement.


It is the Safety Program Director’s responsibility to determine what specific strategies should be implemented to prevent the onset of heat related illness in all production personnel. The Production should also provide a sufficient supply of water and shade equipment to meet the needs of all crew at all locations. Employees should be provided with adequate training to prevent heat illness, recognize the signs and symptoms of heat illness if it occurs, and how to seek appropriate medical treatment as required. Heat illness prevention training should be required for all employees working outdoors.


B3-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0



Department heads, supervisors, and foremen of each department are responsible for ensuring that all personnel under their supervision are knowledgeable of the heat illness prevention guidelines and requirements. Supervisors are also responsible for ensuring that employees comply with all facets of the program, and that persons have adequate resources to prevent heat illness at all times.

4.3 Employees

It is the responsibility of the employee to have an awareness of heat illness prevention guidelines and requirements. Employees are also responsible for monitoring signs and symptoms of heat illness, and to request appropriate rest breaks and medical attention as needed.

5.1 Provision of Water

Water is a key preventive measure to minimize the risk of heat related illnesses. Employees should have access to fresh, pure and suitably cool, potable drinking water, free of charge. Where the supply of water is not plumbed or otherwise continuously supplied, water should be provided in sufficient quantity at the beginning of the work shift to provide one liter per employee per hour for drinking for the entire shift. The production may begin the shift with smaller quantities of water if they have effective procedures for replenishment during the shift as needed to allow employees to drink one liter or more per hour. The frequent drinking of water should be encouraged. To ensure sufficient quantities of potable water are available and to encourage frequent drinking of water, the following steps should be taken:

Supervisors should provide frequent reminders to employees to drink frequently,and more water breaks should be provided.

At the beginning of every work shift there should be short tailgate meetings toremind workers about the importance of frequent consumption of water throughoutthe shift.

Water containers should be placed as close as possible to the areas whereemployees are working.

Water levels should not fall below the point that should allow for adequate waterduring the time necessary to effect replenishment.

Disposable containers / single use drinking cups should be provided to employees,or provisions should be made to issue employees their own clean containers eachday.

Depending on the specifics of the production, it may be necessary to assign one ormore production employees the specific task of distributing water and encouraging

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B3-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


employees to drink the necessary amount of water. In addition to water, the production should also provide employees access to

suitably cool non-caffeinated electrolyte / sports drinks.

5.2 Access to Shade

Access to rest and shade or other cooling measures are important preventive steps to minimize the risk of heat related illnesses. Employees suffering from heat illness or believing a preventative recovery period is needed should be provided access to an area with shade that is either open to the air or provided with ventilation or cooling for a period of at least five minutes. Access to shade should be permitted at all times.

During any necessary cool-down rest break, employees should be monitored and asked if he or she is experiencing symptoms of heat illness. In addition, the employee should be encouraged to remain in the shade and not pressured to return to work until any signs and symptoms of heat illness have abated.

Cooling measures other than shade (e.g., use of misting machines, etc.) may be provided in lieu of , or in addition to shade if these measures are at least as effective as shade in allowing employees to cool. To ensure that employees have access to shade and a preventative cooling period, the following steps should be taken:

Shade sufficient to protect cast and crew should be up and ready for use at thebeginning of the work shift if the National Weather Service Forecast as of 5 p.m.the previous day predicts temperatures of 80° F or greater at the location of theexterior work area.

Even if temperatures do not exceed 80° F, shade should still be available to allemployees.

Enough shade should be available for all on-duty employees during recovery or restbreaks and during meal breaks (including all cast, crew, background, etc.) at alltimes.

Employees should be able to sit comfortably and be fully shaded without touchingeach other.

The shade area should allow employees to sit without contact to bare soil. The useof chairs, benches, towels, sheets may be used to comply with this requirement.

If the shade is not accessible by employees within a 2.5 minute walk from the workarea, vehicle transport to the shaded area should be made available.

An adequate number of umbrellas, canopies, or other portable devices should beerected at the start of the shift. Shade equipment should be relocated closer to thecast and crew, as needed. Shade equipment should be placed in close proximity(i.e., no more than 50-100 yards) to the work activity.

Employees may also have access to vehicles, trailers, offices, or other buildingswith adequate air conditioning.

Short tailgate meetings should be conducted at the beginning of each work shift toremind cast and crew about the importance of rest breaks and the location of

B3-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0


shade. Other cooling measures may be used if it is demonstrated that these methods are

at least as effective as shade. Whenever possible, break and meal areas for cast and crew should be:

o Readily accessibleo In the shade and open to the air, and ventilated or cooledo Near sufficient supplies of drinking water

5.3 Acclimatization

All employees should be closely monitored by a supervisor or designee during aheat wave.

Employees newly assigned to a high heat area should be closely observed by asupervisor or designee for the first 14 days of employment.

5.4 Employee Training

Training in the following topics should be provided to all supervisory and non-supervisory employees prior to working in hot temperatures:

The environmental and personal risk factors for heat illness; The production's procedures for complying with the requirements of this program; The importance of frequent consumption of small quantities of water (one liter per

hour) when the work environment is hot and employees are likely to be sweatingmore than usual in the performance of their duties;

The importance of acclimatization; The different types of heat illness and the common signs and symptoms of heat

illness; The importance to employees of immediately reporting to their supervisor

symptoms or signs of heat illness in themselves, or in co-workers; The production's procedures for responding to symptoms of possible heat illness,

including how emergency medical services will be provided should they becomenecessary;

The production's procedures for contacting emergency medical services, and ifnecessary, for transporting employees to a point where they can be reached by anemergency medical service provider;

The production's procedures for ensuring that, in the event of an emergency, clearand precise directions to the work site can and will be provided as needed toemergency responders.

During training, the Industry Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee Safety Bulletin #35: Safety Considerations for the Prevention of Heat Illness may also be reviewed. The Safety Bulletin is located in the Training Tools and Materials section of this safety

B3-5

USPSM Version 4.1.0


manual.

5.5 Supervisor Training

Prior to assignment to supervision of employees working in the heat, training on the following topics should be provided:

The information required to be provided to employees under Employee Trainingabove.

The procedures to be followed to implement an effective Heat Illness PreventionProgram.

The procedures to be followed when an employee exhibits symptoms consistentwith possible heat illness, including emergency response procedures.

5.6 Monitoring the Weather

Prior to each workday, the forecasted temperature should be verified to ensure appropriate elements of the Heat Illness Prevention Plan are implemented. The following sources (or equivalent) should be used:

Production’s contracted weather service (if available), NOAA Website: www.nws.noaa.gov California Dial-A-Forecast (Los Angeles Area: (805) 988-6610 – option #1) A reliable “dry bulb” thermometer should be available to adequately assess the

temperature at production locations.

5.7 Responding to Symptoms of Heat Illness The production should respond to heat-related illness in a quick and safe manner. The table below outlines the potential types of heat-related illnesses, signs and symptoms and specific first aid and emergency procedures. The information should be present at all locations where outdoor work activities are conducted.

Employees experiencing signs and symptoms of a heat-related illness are to cease work and report their condition to their supervisor. Employees showing signs or demonstrating symptoms of heat-related illness are to be relieved from duty and provided sufficient means to reduce body temperature (shade, rest break(s), etc.). Employees experiencing sunburn, heat rash or heat cramps should be monitored to determine whether medical attention is necessary. Be aware that heat illness can progress rapidly from apparently minor symptoms to a condition requiring immediate emergency medical treatment. Emergency medical services should be called when employees experience signs and symptoms of heat exhaustion or heat stroke.

No employee with signs and symptoms of serious heat illness should be left unattended or sent home without being offered on-site first aid of provided emergency medical services.

B3-6

http://www.nws.noaa.gov/

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Heat-Related Illness First Aid and Emergency Response Procedures Heat-Related Illness

Signs and Symptoms First Aid and Emergency Response Procedures

Sunburn Red, hot skin Possibly blisters

Move to shade, loosen clothes Apply cool compress or water to burn Get medical evaluation if severe

Heat Rash Red, itchy skin Bumpy skin Skin infection

Apply cool water or compress to rash Keep affected area dry

Heat Cramps Muscle cramps or spasms Grasping the affected area Abnormal body posture

Drink water to hydrate body Rest in a cool, shaded area Massage affected muscles Get medical attention if cramps persist

Heat Exhaustion High pulse rate Extreme sweating Pale face Insecure gait Headache Clammy and moist skin Weakness Fatigue Dizziness

CALL 911 or Local Emergency Number Provide EMS with directions to worksite Move to shade and loosen clothing Start rapid cooling with fan, water mister or ice packs Lay flat and elevate feet Drink small amounts of water to hydrate and

cool body

Heat Stroke Any of the above, butmore severe

Hot, dry skin (25-50% of cases) Altered mental status with

confusion and agitation Can progress to loss of

consciousness & seizures

CALL 911 or Local Emergency Number Provide EMS with directions to worksite Immediately remove from work area. Start rapid

cooling with fan, water mister or ice packs Lay flat and elevate feet If conscious give sips of water Monitor airway and breathing, administer CPR if

needed

5.8 Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Procedures

In the event of a heat illness emergency (heat exhaustion or heat stroke), the response time for emergency medical services (EMS) is extremely important. In order to ensure the quickest response time possible, the following procedures should be implemented:

A working cell phone with adequate coverage or other reliable means ofcommunication should be available at the work location. Cell phone receptionshould be tested and confirmed to be reliable.

The local emergency number or 911 should be posted at the work location. The address / location of worksite should be clearly posted at the work location.

This is necessary so that clear and precise directions to the work area can beprovided to emergency responders.

The on-site foreman, supervisor and / or production medic should also have accessto the local emergency number and worksite address / location.

If the worksite is in an area inaccessible to local emergency medical services, the

B3-7

USPSM Version 4.1.0


production should ensure that provisions have been made to evacuate any employee to an area where he or she can be safely accessed by local emergency medical services.

If the worksite is in a remote location far from emergency medical services, it maybe necessary for the production to have an ambulance and paramedic(s) standby atthe worksite in case of a heat-related emergency.

5.9 Postings

See Training Tools & Materials for Heat Illness Prevention Poster and Warning.

B3-8


Heat Illness Prevention Action Guidelines

Temperatures below 80 degrees Fahrenheit

Ensure that all production employees have completed heat illness preventiontraining;

Monitor the current weather and weather forecast; Provide employees access to suitably cool, potable drinking water; Encourage employees to drink water frequently; Make shade available to employees.

Temperatures at 80 degrees Fahrenheit or greater

Ensure the Heat Illness Prevention Program is in place; Ensure that safety meetings addressing heat illness prevention are conducted at

call; Provide employees access to suitably cool, potable drinking water; Ensure there is enough water available to provide each employee with at least 1

liter of water per hour; Ensure that the water distribution system is adequate; Ensure that shade is up and available to employees; Observe employees to evaluate for signs and symptoms of heat illness; Implement the “Buddy System” so that employees can watch each other closely for

symptoms of heat illness; In the event of a heat wave, employees should be closely monitored for signs and

symptoms of heat illness; Complete and post Heat Illness postings; Ensure that all employees can communicate by voice, observation or electronic

means (cell phone, radio) between the worksite and employer, to report heatrelated illnesses or concerns;

Ensure that procedures for contacting Emergency Medical Services (EMS) are inplace;

If necessary, ensure that procedures for transporting employees to a point wherethey can be reached by EMS are in place;

Ensure that clear and precise directions to the worksite can be provided to EMS, inthe event of an emergency.

B3-10

Fall Protection

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL FALL PROTECTION

This plan is designed to enable employers and employees to recognize the fall hazards on the job and to establish the procedures that are to be followed in order to prevent falls to lower levels or through holes and openings in walking/working surfaces. A Fall Protection Plan is a program prepared for the prevention of injuries associated with falls under OSHA General Industry Standard 1910, Construction Standard 1926; and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 1671. A Fall Protection Plan must be developed and evaluated on a site by site basis. Each employee will be trained in these procedures and strictly adhere to them except when doing so would expose the employee to a greater hazard. If, in the employee's opinion, this is the case, the employee is to notify the UPM and/or Department Supervisor of the concern and the concern addressed before proceeding.

Falling from heights is one of the top three causes of death in the workplace. The Production is dedicated to the protection of its employees from on-the-job injuries. All employees of the Production have the responsibility to work safely on the job. The purpose of this plan is: (a) To supplement the standard safety policy by providing safety standards specifically designed

to cover fall protection on this job and; (b) To ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety provisions which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of erection.

This Fall Protection Plan addresses the use of other conventional fall protection at a number of areas on the production, as well as identifying specific activities that require non-conventional means of fall protection. These areas include: Connecting activity (point of erection); leading edge work; unprotected sides or edge. A copy of the fall protection plan with all approved changes shall be maintained at the job site.

The fall protection plan shall document the reasons why the use of conventional fall protection systems (guardrails, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets) are infeasible or why their use would create a greater hazard.

The fall protection plan shall include a written discussion of other measures that will be taken to reduce or eliminate the fall hazard for workers who cannot be provided with protection provided by conventional fall protection systems. For example, the employer shall discuss the extent to which scaffolds, ladders, or vehicle mounted work platforms can be used to provide a safer working surface and thereby reduce the hazard of falling.

The fall protection plan shall identify each location where conventional fall protection methods cannot be used. These locations shall then be classified as controlled access zones.

Where no other alternative measure (i.e. scaffolds, ladders, vehicle mounted work platforms, etc.) has been implemented, the employer shall implement a safety monitoring system.

The fall protection plan must include a statement which provides the name or other method of identification for each employee (i.e., job title) who is designated to work in controlled access zones. No other employees may enter controlled access zones.

In the event an employee falls, or some other related, serious incident occurs (e.g., a near miss), the employer shall investigate the circumstances of the fall or other incident to determine if the fall protection plan needs to be changed (e.g., new practices, procedures, or training) and shall implement those changes to prevent similar types of falls or incidents.

B4-1

1.0 PURPOSE


Anchorage: A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards or deceleration devices.

Authorized Person: A person approved or assigned by the production to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the jobsite.

Body Belts: Prohibited from use as a fall arrest, fall protection or fall restraint system.

Body Harness: Straps which may be secured about the employee in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest system.

Competent Person: One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions in which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

Controlled Access Zone (CAZ): An area in which certain work may take place without the use of guardrails, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets and access to the zone is controlled.

Covers: Material used to span over floor and roof openings to protect against a fall hazard. Covers are to be designed by a qualified person.

Defect: Any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength or the safety of the tool, machine, object, or structure of which it is a part.

Fall Arrest System: A system used to stop or arrest an individual from a fall from a working level before hitting the ground should a fall occur. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline or suitable combinations of these.

Fall Restraint: A restraint strap with harness to restrain workers from reaching fall hazard. It consists of anchorages, connectors, body harness. It many include lanyards, lifelines, and rope grabs designed for that purpose.

Fall Protection System: A personal fall protection system includes personal fall arrest systems, positioning device systems, fall restraint systems, safety nets and guardrails.

Hazard Elimination: To eliminate (engineer out) a worker’s exposure to a fall hazard.

Lanyard: A flexible line to secure a wearer of a safety harness to a drop line, lifeline, or fixed anchorage.

Leading Edge: The edge of a floor, roof, or formwork for a floor or other walking/working surface (such as the deck) which changes location as additional floor, roof, decking or formwork sections are placed, formed, or constructed. A leading edge is considered to be an “unprotected side and edge” during periods when it is not actively and continuously under construction.

Lifeline: A horizontal line between two fixed anchorages, independent of the work surface to which the lanyard is secured either by tying off or by means of a suitable sliding connection. For the purposes of these orders, lifelines may be vertical as well as horizontal (i.e. when used with a body harness).

Limited Access Zone: An area alongside a masonry wall which is under construction and which is clearly demarcated to limit access by employees.

Qualified Person: One who by possession of a recognized degree, certificate or professional standing or who through extensive knowledge, training and/or experience has successfully demonstrated his/her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, work, or the project.

Rope Grab: A deceleration device which travels on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall of an employee. A rope grab usually employs the principle of

B4-2

2.0 DEFINITIONS


inertial locking, cam/level locking, or both.

Safety Monitoring System: A safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards.

Wall Opening: A gap or void 30 inches or more high and 18 inches or more wide, in a wall or partition, though which employees can fall to a lower level.

It is the responsibility of the Producer and UPM to implement this Fall Protection Plan. Key Department Heads are responsible for continual observational safety checks of their work operations and to enforce the safety policy and procedures. The Department Heads are also responsible to correct any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. It is the responsibility of the employee to understand and adhere to the procedures of this plan and to follow the instructions of their supervisor. It is also the responsibility of the employee to bring to production’s attention any unsafe or hazardous conditions or acts that may cause injury to either themselves or any other employees. Any changes to this Fall Protection Plan must be approved by a Qualified Person.

1. Employers are required to have a fall protection program set forth by the OSHA General IndustryStandard 1910, Construction Standard 1926, and Cal/OSHA Standard, Title 8, California Code ofRegulations 1671.

2. Employees are responsible for:a. b. c. d.

Participating in training, abiding by the employer’s safety rules and policies; Following manufacturers’ instructions; Inspecting and maintaining equipment; Asking supervisors or the Production Safety Consultant if they need help or have a question; Report any problems; Watch out for fellow workers when working at heights and around other hazards. Hazards include:

e. f. g.

i. Fall Hazard (i.e. working up in the perms outside of the guardrails without fallprotection) Dropping hazard (i.e. not protecting equipment from dropping and possibly hitting people below when working up high) Tripping (i.e. not dressing cables to one side to eliminate trip hazards when pulling cable) Elevation (i.e. elevating a person using the improper equipment such as a forklift and a pallet).

ii.

iii.

iv.

Safety policy and procedure on any one project cannot be administered, implemented, monitored and enforced by any one individual. The total objective of a safe, accident free work environment can only be accomplished by a dedicated, concerted effort by every individual involved with the production from management down to the last employee. Each employee must understand their value to the production; the costs of accidents, both monetary, physical, and emotional; the objective of the safety policy and procedures; the safety rules that apply to the safety policy and procedures; and what their individual role is in administering, implementing, monitoring, and compliance of their safety policy and procedures. This allows for a more personal approach to compliance through planning, training, understanding and cooperative effort, rather than by strict enforcement. If for any reason an unsafe act persists, strict enforcement will be implemented.

B4-3

4.0 IMPLEMENTATION



4.1 Fall Protection Systems

4.1.1 Standard Railings - Design and Construction

Unless otherwise protected, railings shall be provided along:

1.) All unprotected and open sides, edges and ends of all built-up scaffolds, runways, ramps, rolling scaffolds, elevated platforms, surfaces, wall openings, or other elevations 6 feet or more (7.5 feet in CA) above the ground, floor, or level underneath;

2.) Where work is to be performed at 6 feet or higher (7.5 feet in CA) above the ground;

EXCEPTIONS:

• •

Float and ladder jack scaffolds. During demolition on the floor or surface being demolished.

Railings, except as otherwise provided, shall conform to the following standards:

(a) Railings shall be constructed of wood or in an equally substantial manner from other materials, and shall consist of the following:

(1) A top rail not less than 42 inches or more than 45 inches in height (no higher or lower) measured from the upper surface of the top rail to the floor, platform, runway or ramp. Must be able to withstand 200 pounds of leaning pressure. (Note: the permissible tolerance on height dimensions is one inch.) The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing.

(2) A mid-rail (aka “knee rail”) shall be halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway or ramp when there is no wall or parapet wall at least 21 inches (53 cm) high. Must be able to withstand 150 pounds of leaning pressure. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts, except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. (Note: Local building regulations may require 9-inch spacing of midrails).

(3) Toeboards (“Kick Board”) Required to keep equipment from getting kicked off. Must be a minimum of 3 ½” high in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. It shall be securely fastened in place and have not more than 1/4-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over one inch in greatest dimension. Toeboards shall be provided on all open sides and ends of railed scaffolds at locations where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold and at all interior floor, roof, and shaft openings. Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling or screening from floor to intermediate rail or top rail shall be provided.

(b) Where such paneling or screening extend to the toprail, midrails may be omitted. Note: Screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels or equivalent members, may be used in lieu of a mid-rail subject to the following:

1. Screens and mesh, when used, shall extend from the top rail to the floor,platform, runway or ramp and along the entire opening between top rail

2. Intermediate vertical members (such as balusters), when used between posts, shall be

installed such that there are no openings greater than 19 inches (48 cm) wide.

3. Other intermediate members (such as solid panels, or equivalent members) shall beinstalled such that there are no openings that are more than 19 inches (.5 m) wide.

B4-4


4. Positioned at a distance not to exceed 10’ vertically below the fall hazard.

5. Meets the 150 pound standard.

Wood Railings

(1) "Selected lumber" free from damage that affects its strength, shall be used for railings constructed of wood.

(2) Wood posts shall be not less than 2 inches by 4 inches in cross section, spaced at 8- foot or closer intervals.

(3) Wood top railings shall be smooth and of 2-inch by 4-inch or larger material. Double, 1-inch by 4-inch members may be used for this purpose, provided that one member is fastened in a flat position on top of the posts and the other fastened in an edge-up position to the inside of the posts and the side of the top member. Mid-rails shall be of at least 1-inch by 6-inch material.

(4) The rails shall be placed on that side of the post which will afford the greatest support and protection.

(c) All railings, including their connections and anchorage, shall be capable of withstanding without failure, a force of at least 200 pounds applied to the top rail within 2 inches of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge.

(1) When the 200 pound test load is applied in a downward direction, the top edge of the guardrail shall not deflect to a height less than 39 inches above the walking/working level.

(2) Mid-rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent members shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 150 pounds (666 N) applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the mid-rail, screen, mesh, or other intermediate member.

(d) Railings exposed to heavy stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other means.

(e) The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts, except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard.

(f) Railings shall be so surfaced as to prevent injury to an employee from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing.

(g) Steel banding and plastic banding shall not be used as top rails or mid-rails.

4.1.2 Scaffolds

Scaffolds shall be provided for all work that cannot be done safely by employees standing on permanent or solid construction at least 20 inches wide, except where such work can be safely done from ladders. See Scaffolding Written Program in this manual.

4.1.3 Wall Openings

An opening in a wall or partition not provided with a glazed sash, having a height of at least 30 inches and a width of at least 18 inches, through which a person might fall to a level 30 inches or more below, shall be guarded by a guardrail or other barrier of such construction and mounting that the guardrail or barrier is capable of withstanding a force of at least 200 pounds applied horizontally at any point on the near side

B4-5


of the guardrail or barrier. Barriers may be of solid construction, grillwork with openings not more than 8 inches long, or of slatwork with openings not more than 4 inches wide with unrestricted length.

4.1.4 Floor Openings, Floor Holes, Skylights and Roofs

1. Every floor and roof opening shall be guarded by a cover, a guardrail, or equivalent on all open sides.While the cover is not in place, the openings shall be constantly attended by someone or shall be protected by guardrails. Toeboards shall be installed around the edges at openings where persons may pass below the opening. (EXCEPTION: Stairway entrances.)

2. Every ladderway floor opening or platform with access provided by ladderway, including ship stairs(ship ladders), shall be protected by guardrails with toeboards meeting the requirements of General Industry Safety Orders, Section 3209, on all exposed sides except at entrance to the opening. The opening through the railing shall have either a swinging gate or equivalent protection, or the passageway to the opening shall be so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the opening.

3. The uppermost surface or railing member of the swinging gate or other equivalent protection shall havea vertical height from the platform or floor level of between 42 to 45 inches plus or minus one inch and;

4. The swinging gate or other equivalent protection shall be capable of withstanding a force of at least 200pounds applied vertically downward to the uppermost surface or railing member and horizontally outward at any point on the exit side of the ladder opening.

5. Hatchways and chute floor openings shall be guarded by guardrails or by hinged or removable coversor by removable railings provided such covers or railings will afford protection equivalent to that provided by a guardrail.

This does not apply to chute openings which are effectively covered or protected by machine or equipment during operation. However, such chute shall be covered during repair or maintenance or when otherwise exposing employees to the hazards of unguarded floor openings.

6. Foundry pits and similar sunken locations in which employees are required to work may be leftunprotected during such times as the necessary handling of materials or other work prohibits the use of guardrails or equivalent; but when such pits are not in use they shall be either covered, filled in, or protected with guardrails or equivalent.

7. Floor holes through which materials or tools may fall and create a hazard or through which parts of aperson's body may contact dangerous moving parts, shall be completely covered except when in use unless these floor holes are used to feed machines or receptacles containing hot, toxic or corrosive materials, then these openings shall be guarded by hoppers, guardrails, or grates having openings not exceeding 1-inch by 5 inches. Floor holes through which transmission equipment passes may be guarded by toeboards.

8. Floor and roof opening covers shall be designed by a qualified person and be capable of safelysupporting the greater of 400 pounds or twice the weight of the employees, equipment and materials that may be imposed on any one square foot area of the cover at any time. Covers shall be secured in place to prevent accidental removal or displacement, and shall bear a pressure sensitized, painted, or stenciled sign with legible letters not less than one inch high, stating: “Opening -Do Not Remove.” Markings of chalk or keel shall not be used.

9. Covers shall not project more than one inch above the floor level and all edges shall be chamfered toan angle with the horizontal of not over 30 degrees. All hinges, handles, bolts, or other parts shall set flush with the floor or cover surface.

10. Guardrails shall be required at locations where there is a routine need for any employee to approachwithin 6 feet of the edge of the roof. When intermittent work is being done safety belts and lanyards, or an approved fall protection system may be provided in lieu of guardrails.

B4-6


11. Guardrails shall be provided along the roof edge extending at least 6 feet beyond the areas occupiedby persons accessing, servicing or repairing permanently-mounted machinery and/or equipment.

12. Where fall protection systems are used, safety lines and/or lanyards shall be attached to roof tie- backs orequivalent anchorage. A safe and unobstructed access shall be provided to all roof tie-back locations. (Note: For anchor point designations and weight load limits, contact a structural engineer or your Production Safety Conusltant.

13. Any employee approaching within 6 feet of any skylight shall be protected from falling through theskylight or skylight opening by any one of the following methods:

• Skylight screens installed above the skylight. They shall also be of such design, construction andmounting that under design loads or impacts, they will not deflect downward sufficiently to breakthe glass below them. The construction shall be of grillwork, with openings not more than 4 inchesby 4 inches or of slatwork with openings not more than 2 inches wide with length unrestricted, or ofother material of equal strength and similar configuration.

• Skylight screens installed below the skylight. Existing screens (i.e. burglar bars) shall meet thefollowing requirements if they will be relied upon for fall protection:

• Screens installed within 2 feet of the walking/working surface shall meet the strength requirementswith increased strength based on the fall distance below the walking/workingsurface as determined by a qualified person. In no case shall the strength of the screen below theskylight be less than the strength requirements. A screen more than 2 feet below thewalking/working surface shall not serve as fall protection.

• A screen shall not be used for fall protection if the broken skylight glazing will pose an impalementhazard to a worker who has fallen through the skylight and is lying on top of the screen. Skylightscontaining tempered, laminated, or plastic glazing, or similar materials shall not be considered toimpose an impalement hazard.

• The screen construction shall be of grillwork, with openings less than 12 inches in the leasthorizontal dimension.

Inspection:

1. Skylight nets shall be inspected weekly by a competent person utilizing the inspectionprocedures supplied by the manufacturer.

2. Visual inspections shall be performed daily by an authorized person trained on themanufacturer's inspection procedures before the net is relied upon for fall protection.

Training

Employees shall be trained to recognize the hazards of falling into nets, and on the procedures to be followed in order to limit the potential injury from such falls. The training program shall include, at a minimum:

The tested limits of the net Avoiding falls Location of weekly inspection records and the person responsible Procedures for retrieving a worker who has fallen into the net Manufacturer's instructions on the use and limitations of the skylight net Manufacturer's inspection requirements Factors affecting net life, including, but not limited to, sunlight, abrasion, dirt/sand, rust, and airborne contaminants

ooooooo

B4-7 Back to Top


Care, Maintenance, and Storage

The care, maintenance, and storage of nets shall be in accordance with the net manufacturer's recommendations. Nets shall be protected from sparks, hot slag, or other materials which could compromise the strength of the net.

Nets shall be removed from service under any of the following conditions: o

1. The frame becomes warped, bent or 2. The netting becomes torn, unraveled, cut, or has excessive slippage of the

Mesh crossings.3. The net has been modified from the original manufacturer's design or

The recommended service life of the net as provided by the manufacturer has expired. Nets without a manufacturer supplied expiration date shall not be used for fall protection in accordance with this section.

EXCEPTION: If the employer effectively records and documents the date that the net was first placed in service, the service life of the net shall begin on the date placed into service instead of the date of manufacture.

o Other removal criteria specified by the manufacturer.

o Nets shall not be left on the skylight for longer than the duration of the job or one yearwhichever is less.

Nets shall be used with sufficient clearance to prevent user's contact with the surfaces orstructures below the skylight.

o

• Access shall not be permitted on glazed surfaces such as roofs, vaults, canopies, or skylightsglazed with transparent or translucent materials unless an engineer currently registered in thestate and experienced in the design of such glazed structures has certified that the surface willsupport all anticipated loads. Employees working on such surfaces shall be protected by a fallprotection system meeting the requirements of OSHA General Industry Standard 1910,Construction Standard 1926, and CCR, Title 8 Section 1670 of the Construction Safety Orders.

• When glazed surfaces cannot be safely accessed for maintenance in accordance with subsection(f), scaffolds, catwalks, rolling ladders, platforms or other methods of safe access shall beprovided.

4.1.5 Service Pits and Yard Surface Openings

Unused portions of service pits and pits not in actual use shall be either covered or protected by guardrails, this may be accomplished by moveable posts or stanchions and chain rails or other guardrails which will provide equivalent protection.

EXCEPTION: Inspection, transfer and service pits used exclusively for maintenance of rolling railroad stock where impracticable to install guardrails or equivalent.

Permanent yard surface openings such as pits or sumps shall be guarded as required by OSHA regulations.

B4-8


Trench or conduit covers and their supports, when located in plant roadways, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle load of at least 20,000 pounds.

Manhole covers and their supports, when located in plant roadways, shall comply with local standard highway requirements if any; otherwise, they shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle load of at least 20,000 pounds.

4.1.6 Stair Rails and Handrails

Stairways shall have handrails or stair railings on each side, and every stairway required to be more than 88 inches in width shall be provided with not less than one intermediate stair railing for each 88 inches of required width. Intermediate stair railings shall be spaced approximately equal within the entire width of the stairway. (Note: Intermediate stair railings may be of single rail construction.)

EXCEPTIONS:

(1) Stairways less than 44 inches in width may have one handrail or stair railing except that such stairways open on one or both sides shall have stair railings provided on the open side or sides.

(2) Stairways having less than four risers need not have handrails or stair railings. (3) Stairways giving access to portable stands less than 30 inches high. (4) Stairs that follow the contour of tanks or other cylindrical or spherical structures where the

construction requires the inside clearance between the inside stair stringer and wall or tank side to be 8 inches or less, shall not be considered an "open side."

(5) Guardrails may be erected provided a handrail is attached.

Stair railings on open sides that are 30 inches or more above the surface below shall be equipped with midrails approximately one half way between the steps and the top rail. (Note: Local building standards may require 4-inch spacing of intermediate vertical members.)

Stair railings and handrails shall be continuous the full length of the stairs and, except for private stairways, at least one handrail or stair railing shall extend in the direction of the stair run not less than 12 inches beyond the top riser nor less than 12 inches beyond the bottom riser. Ends shall be returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety terminals, or otherwise arranged so as not to constitute a projection hazard.

A handrail shall consist of a lengthwise member mounted directly on a wall or partition by means of brackets attached to the lower side of the handrail so as to offer no obstruction to a smooth surface along the top and both sides of the handrail. The handrail shall be designed to provide a grasping surface to avoid the person using it from falling. The spacing of brackets shall not exceed 8 feet.

Handrails projecting from a wall shall have a space of not less than 1 1/2 inches between the wall and the handrail.

The mounting of handrails shall be such that the completed structure is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the rail.

EXCEPTION: Handrails and stair rails on flights of stairs serving basements or cellars that are covered by a trap door, removable floor or grating when not in use, shall stop at the floor level or entrance level so as not to interfere with the cover in the closed position.

B4-9

Back to Top


B4-10

4.1.7 Stopping Falls

If guard rails, toeboards and scaffolds are not provided or impractical above 6 feet (7.5 feet in CA) to stop falls one or more of the following Fall Protection Systems must be used:

1. Approved Personal Fall Arrest, Personal Fall Restraint or Positioning Systems shall be worn by thoseemployees whose work exposes them to falling in excess of 6 feet (7.5 feet in CA) from the perimeter of a structure, unprotected sides and edges, leading edges, through shaft ways and openings, sloped roof surfaces steeper than 7:12 or other sloped surfaces steeper than 40 degrees not otherwise adequately protected under the provisions of these orders. (See 4.1.7(a) for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Personal Fall Restraint Systems and Positioning Devices)

2. Safety Nets

Requires safety nets where the elevation is 25 feet or more above the ground, water surface, or continuous floor level below, and when the use of personal fall arrest systems, personal fall restraint systems, positioning device systems or more conventional types of protection are clearly impractical, the exterior and/or interior perimeter of the structure shall be provided with an approved safety net extending at least 8 feet horizontally from such perimeter and being positioned at a distance not to exceed 10 feet vertically below where such hazards exist, or equivalent protection provided safety nets shall extend outward from the outermost projection of the work surface as follows: Nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent user's contact with the surfaces or structures below. Such clearances shall be determined by impact load testing.

Vertical distance from working level to horizontal plane of net.

Minimum required horizontal distance of outer edge of net from the edge of working surface.

Up to 5 feet 8 feet

More than 5 feet up to 10 feet 10 feet

More than 10 feet but not to exceed 30 feet. 13 feet


4.1.7 (a) Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Personal Fall Restraint Systems and Positioning Devices

(a) Approved personal fall arrest, personal fall restraint or positioning systems shall be worn by those employees whose work exposes them to falling in excess of 6 feet (7.5 feet in CA) from the perimeter of a structure, unprotected sides and edges, leading edges, through shaftways and openings, sloped roof surfaces steeper than 7:12, or other sloped surfaces steeper than 40 degrees not otherwise adequately protected under the provisions of these Orders.

(b) Personal fall arrest systems and their use shall comply with the provisions set forth below. Effective January 1, 1998, body belts shall not be used as part of a personal fall arrest system.

(c) Requirements:

1. All fall protection equipment must be constructed to meet the requirements contained in AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) A10.14-1991 and/or Z359.1-1992.

2. All fall protection equipment must be labeled as meeting the requirements contained in ANSIA10.14-1991 and/or Z359.1-1992.

3. All employees utilizing fall protection systems must have received training from a source approvedby Production or the Production Safety Consultant.

4. All fall protection equipment must be visually inspected by the employee prior to use each day.Employee inspections must be conducted as described in the equipment manufacturer’sinstruction manual.

5. Any piece of fall protection equipment which is involved in a fall must be removed from serviceimmediately and turned-in to Production.

6. Any piece of fall protection equipment which does not pass employee inspection, or is found to bemalfunctioning must be removed from service immediately.

7. Safety belts are prohibited from use with fall protection systems.

8. Prior to using any fall protection equipment, employees must also demonstrate competence in theproper use, fitting, inspection and care of that equipment.

9. If all of the requirements listed above are satisfied, the employee will be authorized to utilize fallprotection equipment for a period of 6 months. If the period of employment extends beyond the 6-month authorization period, the harness must be re-inspected and authorized by a qualifiedperson. If no re-inspection is conducted prior to the end of the 6-month authorization period, useof that equipment during employment is prohibited. The authorization period will also end whenthe employee’s employment is terminated.

(c) On suspended scaffolds or similar work platforms with horizontal lifelines which may become vertical lifelines, the devices used to connect to a horizontal lifeline shall be capable of locking in both directions on the lifeline.

(d) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and used, under the supervision of a qualified person, as part of a complete personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two.

(e) Lanyards and vertical lifelines shall have a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds.

(f) When vertical lifelines are used, each employee shall be attached to a separate lifeline.

(g) Lifelines shall be protected against being cut or abraded.

B4-11

B4-12

(h) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit free fall distance to 2 feet or less shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.

(i) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not limit free fall distance to 2 feet or less, ripstitch lanyards, and tearing and deforming lanyards shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.

(j) Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards, lifelines, and strength components of body harnesses shall be made from synthetic fibers except for when they are used in conjunction with hot work where the lanyard may be exposed to damage from heat or flame.

(k) Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds per employee attached, or shall be designed, installed, and used as follows:

- As part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and under the supervision of a qualified person.

(l) Personal fall arrest systems, when stopping a fall, shall:

(A) Limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 1,800 pounds when used with a body harness; (B) Be rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet, nor contact any lower

level, and, where practicable, the anchor end of the lanyard shall be secured at a level not lower than the employee's waist;

(C) Bring an employee to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance an employee travels to 3.5 feet; and (D) Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee free falling a distance of 6 feet, or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is less.

(m) The attachment point of the body harness shall be located in the center of the wearer's back near shoulder level, or above the wearer's head. Body harnesses and components shall be used only for employee protection and not to hoist materials.

(n)The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or shall assure that employees are able to rescue themselves.

(o) Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service.

(p) Body belts are prohibited.

(q) Personal fall arrest systems shall not be attached to hoists, except as specified in the General Industry and Construction Orders, nor shall they be attached to guardrails.

(r) When a personal fall arrest system is used at hoist areas, it shall be rigged to allow the movement of the employee only as far as the edge of the working level or working area.

(s) Each personal fall arrest system shall be inspected not less than twice annually by a competent person in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The date of each inspection shall be documented.

(t) Attachment of a retractable device to a horizontal cable near floor level or using the inserts in the floor or roof members may result in increased free fall due to the dorsal D-ring of the full- body harness riding higher than the attachment point of the snap hook to the cable or insert (e.g., 6 foot tall worker with a dorsal D-ring at 5 feet above the floor or surface, reduces the working length to only one foot, by placing


the anchorage five feet away from the fall hazard). In addition, impact loads may exceed maximum fall arrest forces (MAF) because the fall arrest D-ring would be 4 to 5 feet higher than the safety block/retractable lifeline anchored to the walking-working surface; and the potential for swing hazards is increased. Manufacturers also require that workers not work at a level where the point of snap hook attachment to the body harness is above the device because this will increase the free fall distance and the deceleration distance and will cause higher forces on the body in the event of an accidental fall.

(u) Manufacturers recommend an anchorage for the retractable lifeline which is immovably fixed in space and is independent of the user's support systems. A moveable anchorage is one which can be moved around (such as equipment or wheeled vehicles) or which can deflect substantially under shock loading (such as a horizontal cable or very flexible beam). In the case of a very flexible anchorage, a shock load applied to the anchorage during fall arrest can cause oscillation of the flexible anchorage such that the retractable brake mechanism may undergo one or more cycles of locking / unlocking / locking (ratchet effect) until the anchorage deflection is dampened. Therefore, use of a moveable anchorage involves critical engineering and safety factors and should only be considered after fixed anchorage has been determined to be not feasible.

(v) Horizontal cables used as an anchorage present an additional hazard due to amplification of the horizontal component of maximum arrest force (of a fall) transmitted to the points where the horizontal cable is attached to the structure. This amplification is due to the angle of sag of a horizontal cable and is most severe for small angles of sag. For a cable sag angle of 2 degrees the horizontal force on the points of cable attachment can be amplified by a factor of 15.

(w) It is also necessary to install the retractable device vertically overhead to minimize swing falls. If an object is in the worker's swing path (or that of the cable) hazardous situations exist: (1) due to the swing, horizontal speed of the user may be high enough to cause injury when an obstacle in the swing fall path is struck by either the user or the cable; (2) the total vertical fall distance of the user may be much greater than if the user had fallen only vertically without a swing fall path.

(x) With retractable lines, overconfidence may cause the worker to engage in inappropriate behavior, such as approaching the perimeter of a floor or roof at a distance appreciably greater than the shortest distance between the anchorage point and the leading edge. Though the retractable lifeline may arrest a worker's fall before he or she has fallen a few feet, the lifeline may drag along the edge of the floor or beam and swing the worker like a pendulum until the line has moved to a position where the distance between the anchorage point and floor edge is the shortest distance between those two points. Accompanying this pendulum swing is a lowering of the worker, with the attendant danger that he or she may violently impact the floor or some obstruction below.

(y) The risk of a cable breaking is increased if a lifeline is dragged sideways across the rough surface or edge of a concrete member at the same moment that the lifeline is being subjected to a maximum impact loading during a fall. The typical 3/16 in. cable in a retractable lifeline has a breaking strength of from 3000 to 3700 lbs.

The competent person, who can take into account the specialized operations being performed on this project, should determine when and where a designated erector cannot use a personal fall arrest system.

4.1.7 (b) Positioning Device Systems

Positioning device systems and their use shall conform to the following provisions:

(1) Positioning devices shall be rigged such that an employee cannot free fall more than 2 feet. (2) Positioning device systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service. (3) The use of non-locking snaphooks is prohibited. (4) Anchorage points for positioning device systems shall be capable of supporting two times the intended load or 3,000 pounds, whichever is greater.


B4-13

4.1.7 (c ) Personal Fall Restraint

1. Body harnesses may be used for personal fall restraint.

2. Anchorage points used for fall restraint shall be capable of supporting 4 times the intendedload.

3. Restraint protection shall be rigged to allow the movement of employees only as far as thesides of the working level or working area.

4. Lanyards shall be secured to a substantial member of the structure or to securely rigged lines.

5. All fall arresting, descent control, and rescue equipment shall be used in accordance with themanufacturer's recommendations.

6. If an employee's duties require horizontal movement, rigging shall be provided so that theattached lanyard will slide along with the employee. Such rigging shall be provided for allsuspended staging, outdoor advertising sign platforms, floats, and all other catwalks, or walkways6 feet or more (7.5 feet in CA) above the ground or level beneath.

7. Any lanyard, safety harness, dropline, lifeline or other component subjected to in-serviceloading, as distinguished from static load testing, shall be immediately removed from service andshall not be used again for employee safeguarding. (Note: For the purpose of this subsection,“in-service loading” shall mean loading equivalent to that received in a drop test.)

8. Lifelines and anchorages shall be capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5000 pounds.

- Lifelines subject to excessive fraying or rock damage shall be protected and shall have a wire rope center. - Seriously worn or damaged rope shall be promptly removed from service.

4.1.8 Floor, Roof, and Wall Openings to Be Guarded:

This section shall apply to temporary or emergency conditions where there is danger of employees or materials falling through floor, roof, or wall openings, or from stairways or runways.

1. Floor, roof and skylight openings shall be guarded by either temporary railings and toeboardsor by covers. Temporary railing shall be provided on all exposed sides, except at entrances tostairways.

2. Covers shall be capable of safely supporting the greater of 400 pounds or twice the weight ofthe cover at any time. Covers shall be secured in place to prevent accidental removal ordisplacement, and shall bear a pressure sensitized, painted, or stenciled sign with legibleletters not less than one inch high, stating: “Opening--Do Not Remove.” Markings of chalk orkeel shall not be used.

3. Ladderway floor openings or platforms shall be guarded by standard railings with standardtoeboards on all exposed sides, except at entrance to opening, with the passage through therailing either provided with a swinging gate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly intothe opening.

4. Hatchways and chute floor openings shall be guarded by one of the following:

(a) Hinged covers of standard strength and construction and a standard railing with only one exposed side. When the opening is not in use, the cover shall be closed or the exposed side shall be guarded at both top and intermediate positions by removable standard railings.

(b) A removable standard railing with toeboard on not more than two sides of the opening and


B4-14

fixed standard railings with toeboards on all other exposed sides. The removable railing shall be kept in place when the opening is not in use and should preferably be hinged or otherwise mounted so as to be conveniently replaceable.

5. Pits and trap-door floor openings shall be guarded by floor opening covers of standard strengthand construction. While the cover is not in place the pit or trap openings shall be protected on allexposed sides by movable standard railings.

6. Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged inplace. While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standardrailings.

7. Temporary floor openings shall have standard railings.

8. Floor holes, into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standardrailing with standard toeboard on all exposed sides, or a floor hole cover of standard strength andconstruction that is secured against accidental displacement. While the cover is not in place, thefloor hole shall be protected by standard railing.

9. Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be provided and the swing ofthe door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 inches.

4.1.9 Controlled Access Zones (CAZ)

A controlled access zone means an area designated and clearly marked, in which leading edge work may take place without the use of guardrail, safety net or personal fall arrest systems to protect the employees in the area. Control zone systems shall comply with the following provisions:

(1) When used to control access to areas where leading edge and other operations are taking place, the controlled access zone shall be defined by a control line or by any other means that restricts access. Signs shall be posted to warn unauthorized employees to stay out of the controlled access zone.

(2) When control lines are used, they shall be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8m) nor more than 25 feet from the unprotected or leading edge, except when erecting precast concrete members. See Construction Orders for exception on distance requirements.

(3) The control line shall extend along the entire length of the unprotected or leading edge and shall be approximately parallel to the unprotected or leading edge.

(4) The control line shall be connected on each side to a standard railing or wall, or securely anchored on each end.

(5) Control lines shall consist of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalent materials, and supporting stanchions as follows:

- Each line shall be flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not more than 6-foot (1.8 m) intervals with high-visibility material.

- Each line shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is not less than 39 inches (1m) from the working level/working area and its highest point is not more than 45 inches (1.3m).

- Each line shall have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds (.88kN).

4.1.10 Safety Monitoring Systems

The employer shall designate a competent person to monitor the safety of other employees


B4-15

and the employer shall ensure that the safety monitor complies with the following requirements:

(1) The safety monitor shall be competent to recognize fall hazards;

(2) The safety monitor shall warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner;

(3) The safety monitor shall be within visual sighting distance of the employee and shall always be in communication with the employee being monitored;

(4) The safety monitor shall not have other responsibilities which could take the monitor's attention from the monitoring function;

(5) The safety monitor recognizes unsafe practices or working conditions that could lead to a fall, such as windy conditions;

(6) The safety monitor understands the function, use, and operation of safety monitoring systems, guardrail systems, body harness systems, control zones and other protection to be used, as well as the correct procedure for erecting, maintaining, disassembling and inspecting the system(s) to be used; and

(7) The safety monitor has knowledge of construction sequence or the erection plan.

a. If the safety monitor becomes too encumbered with other responsibilities, the monitor shall:

- Stop the work in progress - Turn over the safety monitoring function to another designated, competent person.

b. The safety monitoring system shall not be used when the wind is strong enough to cause loadswith large surface areas to swing out of radius, or result in loss of control of the load, or whenweather conditions cause the walking-working surfaces to become icy or slippery.

c. No employee, other than an employee covered by a fall protection plan, shall be allowed in anarea where an employee is being protected by a safety monitoring system.

d. Each employee working in a controlled access zone shall be directed to comply promptly with fallhazard warnings from safety monitors.

e. Only individuals with the appropriate experience, skills, and training will be authorized asdesignated erectors. All employees that will be working as designated erectors under the safetymonitoring system shall have been trained and instructed in the areas mentioned above.

f. A safety meeting will take place prior to starting work involving all members, including, but not limitedto: of the erection crew, crane crew, and supervisors of any other concerned contractors. Further, allpersonnel will be informed that the controlled access zones are off limits to all personnel other thanthose designated erectors specifically trained to work in that area.

4.1.11 Accident Investigations

All accidents that result in injury to workers, regardless of their nature, shall be investigated and reported. It is an integral part of any safety program that documentation take place as soon as possible so that the cause and means of prevention can be identified to prevent a reoccurrence.

In the event that an employee falls or there is some other related, serious incident occurring, this plan shall be reviewed to determine if additional practices, procedures, or training need to be implemented to prevent similar types of falls or incidents from occurring.


B4-16

4.1.12 Changes to the Plan

Any changes to the plan will be approved by a qualified person. This plan shall be reviewed by a qualified person as the job progresses to determine if additional practices, procedures or training needs to be implemented by the competent person to improve or provide additional fall protection.

Workers shall be notified and trained, if necessary, in the new procedures. A copy of this plan and all approved changes shall be maintained at the jobsite.


B4-17

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Personal Protective Equipment

(PPE)

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

The OSHA Standard 29 CRF 1910.132(d) and California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8,Section 8414) sets forth the requirements and guidelines for job hazard assessment and the selection of the proper PPE. It requires the employers to assess the workplace and determine the appropriate PPE for the job performed. Once the assessment is complete, employees shall be trained in the selection and use of PPE.

Hazard Assessment: Assess the workplace to determine if hazards are present. Hazards of the job may include, but not be limited to:

1. Sources of motion

2. Extreme temperatures

3. Chemicals

4. Biohazards

5. Harmful dust

6. Light radiation

7. Falling objects

8. Sharp objects

9. Rolling or pinching objects

10. Noise

11. Electrical hazards; Note: A Job Hazard Analysis form is available in the Required Forms andPostings section of this program.

Additionally, note the workplace layout and placement of co-workers.

Evaluate the degree of risk of the specific hazard, including the seriousness of the injury that could occur. Job activities with greater risk should be further evaluated for secondary risks and to ensure the most serious hazards are minimized.

1.0 PURPOSE

B5-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

2.1 Program Elements

Training:

All employees who use personal protective equipment, as well as their supervisors, shall be trained in the use of PPE. This training shall include:

- When PPE is necessary

- What types of PPE are necessary

- Limitation of PPE and potential consequences if PPE is not used properly

- Proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of PPE

- Summary of PPE use policies

- How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE

- The proper storage of PPE

- Employees shall be instructed in the proper use of PPE in accordance with the manufactures’ instructions.

- Demonstrated proficiency and awareness of each affected employee.

Employees shall be retrained when:

- There is evidence that the employee is not using the PPE appropriately

- When the required PPE has changed due to operational changes

- When the required PPE has changed

Employees shall demonstrate that they understand the components of the PPE Policy and how to

use PPE properly, or they shall be retrained.

Training shall be documented and filed with the Production Coordinator.

2.2 PPE Equipment

Eye/Face

Employees shall wear eye/face protection when they are exposed to eye or face hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, biologic hazards, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors or potentially injurious light radiation. (For a more detailed program, see the Eye and Face Protection section of this manual.)

2.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B5-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Employees will use only eye protection built under ANSI specifications Z87.1-1989 or as amended and recognized by OSHA.

Hearing:

Refer to the Noise Control and Hearing Conservation Program for requirements on the use of hearing protection.

Head:

Employees shall wear head protection when they are exposed to areas where there is a potential for injury to the head from falling objects or when they are exposed to electrical conductors that could contact the head.

Protective helmets must comply with ANSI Z89.1-1986 or other equipment demonstrated to be equally effective.

Foot:

Employees shall wear protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, objects piercing the sole of the foot or where the employee’s feet are exposed to electrical hazards. (For a more detailed program, see the Foot Protection section of this manual.)

Protective footwear must comply with ANSI Z41-1991.

Hand:

Employees shall wear appropriate hand protection when their hands are exposed to hazards such as those from chemical absorption, severe cuts or lacerations, severe abrasions, chemical burns, thermal burns and harmful temperature extremes.

Selection of hand protection will be based on the tasks performed, the conditions present, duration of use and other potential hazards that may exist.

When employees are exposed to chemical hazards, the appropriate SDS will be used as the primary means to determine correct hand protection. (For a more detailed program, see the Hand Protection section of this manual.)

2.3 Hazard Assessment

Department managers and supervisors are responsible for conducting a hazard assessment of the work areas and job tasks. The hazard assessment shall identify sources of hazards to workers, co-workers, and pedestrians/observers. For head, foot, eye, face, and hand/skin protection, the main hazard categories evaluated include: impact, penetration/laceration, compression, chemical, temperature extremes, harmful dusts, optical radiation, and electrical sources.

The results of the hazard assessment shall be documented using a Job Hazard Assessment for PPE selection. All new equipment and processes, as

B5-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

well as any changes to existing equipment and processes shall be evaluated. Department managers and supervisors shall continually re-evaluate the suitability and effectiveness of previously selected PPE by soliciting employee feedback, observing its use, and reviewing injury records.

2.4 Evaluation and Selection of PPE

2.4.1 PPE must be evaluated, prior to its selection, to determine the effectiveness and suitability in providing protection against the hazards identified in the hazard assessment. Department managers and supervisors must approve all PPE that is evaluated prior to its distribution. If circumstances arise that are beyond the level of detail presented in this policy, or if further guidance concerning safe work practices or PPE selection is required, department managers and supervisors should contact SPE CSEA for additional guidance.

2.5 General Use of PPE

2.5.1 PPE shall be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, guards, engineering and administrative controls, which should be utilized first. Appropriate PPE shall be supplied and properly used for all operations where hazardous conditions may be encountered. This policy sets the minimum requirements for PPE and should not be interpreted as precluding additional protective measures.

2.5.2 PPE must be worn, stored, maintained, cleaned, and inspected in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions and the SEHS policy. Failure to properly use,store, or maintain PPE as appropriate may result in disciplinary action.

2.5.3 Safety devices, including protective clothing worn by the employee, shall not be shared among the employees until properly cleaned. Exceptions to this are safety devices worn over shoes or outer clothing, no part of which contacts the skin of the wearer, such as metatarsal guards.

2.5.4 PPE requirements for any work area may be downgraded only upon reassessment and approval of the department manager or supervisor after consultation with the Production Safety Consultant

2.5.5 Training in proper PPE use will be provided to all affected personnel.

2.5.6 All PPE shall be worn in the manner in which the manufacturer intends it.

2.5.7 All PPE must be checked by the user daily before each use. The user should ensure that it is clean and is in proper working condition, not damaged or defective.

2.5.8 Employees must store and maintain PPE in such a manner that equipment will remain clean, dry and sanitary during storage, and will not be subject to damage or contamination.

2.5.9 Worn, damaged or defective non-personal PPE will be replaced at no charge to employees.

B5-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

2.5.10 PPE for eye, face, head and extremities shall be used and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition. PPE shall be provided to protect employees from hazards associated with process, chemical hazards, and mechanical irritation encountered in the work environment capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of the body through absorption, inhalation or physical contact.

2.5.11 PPE provided shall be the proper type for the exposure and of the appropriate design strength and quality to eliminate, preclude or mitigate the type of hazard.

2.5.12 PPE provided shall meet the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Bureau of Standards, or other recognized authorities design criteria.

2.5.13 PPE shall be distinctly marked to identify the manufacturer.

2.5.14 PPE shall be designed with fit and durability sufficient to provide protection from which it has been designed. PPE shall be reasonably comfortable and shall not unduly encumber the employee’s movement necessary to perform the work.

2.5.16 All PPE shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. Damaged or defective equipment shall not be used.

2.5.17 Whenever there are flying particles or substances, adequate shields, screens, or chip guards shall be provided. Guards, which are provided, shall be designed to deflect or confine flying material and to prevent injury to employee. Employees subjected to such hazards shall be protected by the use of PPE.

B5-5


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Eye & Face Protection

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL EYE & FACE PROTECTION

The OSHA Eye and Face Protection Policy under 29 CFR 1910.133 and California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 3382) is outlined in this section of the Production Safety Manual.

Sight is one of our most valuable senses. Partial or complete loss of sight would present a challenge to all of us. Hazards to the eyes can take a variety of forms, such as flying particles, biohazards, electromagnetic radiation and corrosive liquids or vapors.

The primary focus of this document is the proper selection, use and care of eye and face protection. The intent of this publication is educational, preventive and has been prepared to supplement the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.133 and CCR Title 8, Section 3382. A copy of this written plan shall be made available upon request to any employee .

The content of this written program applies to employees of the production. Eye and face protection shall be provided to employees. This publication covers common eye hazards likely to be encountered, but excludes ionizing radiation (e.g. X-ray, gamma rays and high-energy particle radiation).

Responsibilities and Authorities

The Safety Program Director is responsible for:

1. Endorsement of the written plan.

2. Delegation of sufficient authority to the respective department heads needed to implement theplan.

3. Appropriate the necessary resources required to implement the plan.

4. Monitor compliance of the respective departments' compliance.

5. Provide guidance and technical assistance to departments regarding eye and face protectionequipment and use.

6. Promote compliance with the OSHA and Cal/OSHA Standard.

1.0 PURPOSE


B5.1-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

7. Provide a means by which employees can direct suggestions, complaints, and concernsregarding the Eye and Face Protection Program.

8.Maintain a database of all reported eye injuries involving employees and visitors.Investigate eye and face injuries where necessary.

Key Department Heads of Employees Who Are Covered by the Eye and Face Protection Plan:

1. Assure that employees using eye protection receive the necessary training.

2. Assure that all eye and face protection equipment necessary is provided and maintained ina good state of repair.

3. Enforce the Eye and Face Protection program.

4. Identify the activities and locations requiring eye and face protection.

Employee:

1. Participate willingly in all training programs offered by the company and learn as much aspossible about the Eye and Face Protection Program.

2. Abide by all rules and apply to the fullest extent possible the safety and health precautionsspecified.

3. Report any problems that are observed which could compromise health and safety to theimmediate supervisor.

4. Maintain his or her eye and/or face protection equipment in a safe and sanitary condition.

5. Ensure that no other individuals are exposed to eye or face hazards based on theoperations being conducted.


Failure to Use Eye Protection:

All employees who fail to don the necessary, provided eye and face protection may be subject to disciplinary action. Each department shall determine what disciplinary action is necessary.

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B5.1-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

3.2 Equipment Selection:

Eye and face protection fall under a broad category known as personal protective equipment, or as it is sometimes called, safety equipment. The Production is obligated to provide most personal protective equipment to employees without charge for recognized hazard. Employees may choose to provide their own eye and face protective equipment if it meets or exceeds the requirements necessary for the activity. Regular prescription glasses are manufactured to safety standards meeting the requirements of the Food and Drug Administration. Although the lenses in prescription glasses are referred to as "safety glass," these lenses do not meet the requirements for workplace safety. Prescription safety glasses are available. Personal protective equipment is considered the last means of protecting an employee from on-the-job hazards. However, in many cases personal protective is the only means of protection, or may be necessary in combination with other controls. Engineering and administrative controls should always be considered first.

Examples of engineering controls include: - Substitution of substances or processes which eliminate or decrease the possibility of an

eye injury.

- Enclosure of a process or equipment that generates a hazard of the eyes or face.

- Installation of shields.

Administrative controls generally involve work procedures, warning signs, and training.

The first step in selecting eye and face protection is recognition of the hazard. If you are unsure if a substance could be injurious to the eyes, consult the product's label or its safety data sheet (SDS). A SDS should be available for each chemical used in the workplace. If a SDS is not available for a specific substance, the company is obligated to provide one. All eye protection shall be provided with side-shields. Note that clip-on side shields are available for prescription safety glasses. The Eye and Face Protection Selection Chart from 29 CFR 1910.133 should be used to select appropriate eye protection.

Eye and Face hazards fall into four main categories:

1. Flying particles and materials

2. Electromagnetic radiation

3. Chemicals that can be accidently splashed in the eye(s) or chemical vapors that can causeeye injury.

4. Biological hazard

If you have a specific question regarding eye and face protection that is not adequately answered by the written program, consult your immediate supervisor.

B5.1-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

3.3 Approved Equipment

Equipment used to protect the eyes and face shall be approved by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). New eye protection shall comply with Z87.1 - 2010 "American National Standards Practice for Occupation and Educational Eye and Face Protection," or later edition. Equipment currently in use may remain in use provided it complies with ANSI Z87.1 - 2010 or later edition and is serviceable. Damaged eye and face protection equipment shall not be used and shall be discarded.

Posting of Hazards:

Signs shall be posted in areas requiring eye and/or face protection. The signs may be posted on entry doors to areas where eye hazards routinely exist. Examples of areas requiring eye protection include shops (wood, machine) and construction sites.

Face shields:

Face shields function as protection for the eyes and face and can be used to supplement eye protection. A face shield should never be used alone for eye protection.

As a general rule, face shields should be worn in combination with other eye protection. There are three basic types, which include provision for crown (head) protection, crown and chin protection, and neither crown nor chin protection.

Goggles:

There are three basic types of goggles. The first type is designed to withstand impact only and is generally vented through the sides of the goggles to prevent fogging. The second type, which has indirect vents, is designed to prevent splashes or particles from reaching the eyes and impact. The vents are capped and limit air flow. Fogging of the goggles could be a problem with this type of eye protection. The third type of goggles is non-vented and is designed only to exclude vapors and fumes. An anti-fogging treatment is required with this type of eye protection.

Eye Wash Facilities:

Eye wash facilities shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of locations where corrosive chemicals are routinely used, mixed, handled, or stored. New eye wash facilities shall comply with the latest edition of ANSI Z358.1 to the extent possible.

Where use or handling of corrosive chemical is transient or where an approved water supply is not available, consideration should be given to portable eye wash facilities.

3.4 Visitors

Visitors to the set may be exposed to eye hazards. Each department head shall ensure thatvisitors to the set are provided with appropriate eye protection when a hazard exists.Consideration should be given to providing visitors safety glasses that can fit over prescription glasses.

B5.1-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

3.5 Training

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration requires employees be trained in proper eye protection. The training shall cover the following information:

- When eye protection is necessary;

- What type of eye protection is required;

- The possible injuries that can occur as the result of failure to wear the provided eye protection;

- How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear the eye protection;

- The limitation of the eye protection; and,

- The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the eye protection.

Training should be provided for each new employee. Refresher training shall be provided when:

1. The employee demonstrates a lack of knowledge;

2. Different eye protection is provided to the employee;

3. Periodically as deemed necessary by the supervision.

Each department shall verify that employees who have been trained understand the training. A written test, quiz or survey shall be conducted at the end of the training session and shall serve as certification that the employee understands the information provided. Training options can beobtained by contacting your Production Safety Consultant.

3.6 Care, Maintenance, and Storage of Eye Protection:

Eye and face protection must be properly maintained in order to be effective. Employees must report damaged eye protection and face shields to their immediate supervisor. Eyewear with lens that has extensive scratches should be replaced. Broken or cracked welding goggles can permit ultraviolet light to penetrate and should be discarded. Eye protection should be inspected periodically for signs of wear and tear and should be stored in a location where it is not subject to physical damage, harmful chemicals, dust, excessive heat or theft. Eye protection should be kept in the immediate vicinity of the fixed equipment requiring eye protection. Fogging may occur with any type of eye protection. Anti-fogging agents are available and should be used when fogging occurs. It may be necessary to apply the anti-fogging compound every few days under heavy fogging conditions. In addition, some eye protection comes from the manufacturer with an anti-fogging coating.

B5.1-5


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Hand Protection

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HAND PROTECTION

The basis for this policy is to prevent all hand injuries and to comply with the OSHA 29 CFR 1910.138 and California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 3384)—Hand Protection.

Hand protection shall be worn when hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances, severe cuts or lacerations, severe abrasions, punctures, chemical burns, thermal burns and harmful temperature extremes. The type of hand protection used shall be based on the performance characteristics of the hand protection relative to the task(s) to be performed, conditions present, duration of use, and the hazards or potential hazards identified.

The Safety Program Director is charged with the responsibility to perform the appropriate hazard analysis initiatives to identify all hand hazards and to ensure employees’ hands are protected while performing duties in the workplace. Questions employees might have relative to hand protection should be directed to their supervisors or the Safety Program Director.

With respect to selection of gloves for protection against chemical hazards:

1.The toxic properties of the chemical(s) must be determined; in particular, the ability of the chemical to cause local effects on the skin and/or to pass through the skin and cause systemic effects.

2.Generally, any "chemical resistant" glove can be used for dry powders.

3.For mixtures and formulated products (unless specific test data are available), a glove shall beselected on the basis of the chemical component with the shortest breakthrough time, since it is possible for solvents to carry active ingredients through polymeric (a chemical compound or mixture of compounds formed by polymerization and consisting essentially of repeating structural units) materials.

4.Employees shall be able to remove the gloves in such a manner as to prevent skincontamination.

5.Employees should report to their immediate supervisor all hand injuries so appropriate post-accidentevaluations can be made to help ensure repeat accidents don’t reoccur.

Note: Employees should be reminded that not all gloves provide protection for cut injuries. Make sure you use the correct gloves for this hazard, which may include Kevlar or metal mesh.

1.0 PURPOSE AND IMPLEMENTATION

B5.2-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Foot Protection

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL FOOT PROTECTION

Each affected employee shall wear protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where such employee's feet are exposed to electrical hazards. The purpose of this policy is to have each effected employee use appropriate foot protection while working for production, in order to minimize the risk of foot injuries.

This policy incorporates the requirements of the U.S. OSHA Regulations 1910.136, California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 3385), Occupational Foot Protection and ANSI Z41-1991, "American National Standard for Personal Protection - Protective Footwear."


It is the responsibility of the Safety Program Director, as well as the employee who is about to perform a specific task to perform a job hazard analysis to determine the need for specific foot protection and to ensure that appropriate foot protection is being worn.

Employees are responsible for their own safe use of foot protection. They shall wear the approvedfoot protection as part of their daily uniform.

Department Heads and Supervisors are responsible for implementing an appropriate footprotection program for individuals, work, and areas under their direction. They shall:

1. Evaluate all their work areas and tasks and assess the risk for foot injuries, plus slips and falls and electrical shock where footwear may have an impact.

2. Determine the need for specific foot protection.

3. Ensure appropriate, approved foot protection is being worn.

4. Provide adequate storage and care capability.

5. Ensure foot protection requirements are being followed.

6. Provide foot protection should a colleague opt not to purchase his/her own foot protection.

The Safety Program Director shall:

1. Consult the Production Safety Consultant for guidance on all foot protection programelements.

1.0 PURPOSE


B5.3-1

http://www.osha-slc.gov/OshStd_data/1910_0136.html

USPSM Version 4.1.0

2. Audit the foot protection program and assist management in developing effective strategies forindicated improvement.

3. Perform job hazard safety analysis to determine the need for and type of foot protection if needed.

4. Ensure appropriate, approved foot protection is selected and ensure that it fits properly.


All protective footwear shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standard Z41-1991:

Protective footwear is intended to provide protection for the toes against external forces through the use of a protective toe box. Compression and Impact resistant protective footwear shall be rated no less than C/75 and I/75, respectively.

Electrical Hazard Safety footwear shall provide protection against open circuits of 600 volts or less under dry conditions. No metal parts shall be incorporated in the sole or heel of the shoe.

Sole Puncture resistant footwear shall include a protective device that will provide protection against puncture wounds of the sole of the foot for the life of the footwear.

The identification of all protective footwear certified as meeting the requirements of this standard shall follow a consistent pattern. One shoe of each pair shall be clearly and legibly identified in letters and numbers by stitched-in labels, stamping, and/or pressure-sensitized labels. The labels shall identify the shoe as complying with the standard, the year of the standard, gender, and which sections of the standard the shoe complies with.

No affected employee may work without safety shoes where there is a danger of the above-mentioned hazards. If anyone needs information on what type of foot protection is appropriate, please contact your Safety Consultant.

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B5.3-2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL FOOT PROTECTION

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Ladder Safety

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL LADDER SAFETY

This policy applies to all employees on Production who use ladders at work. This policy describes how portable ladders are to be selected, used, inspected, and maintained under the OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.1053 and The California Code of Regulations (CCR, Title 8, Section 3277).


Implementation of the provisions within this policy is the responsibility of each employee under the direction of individual departments.

2.2 Requirements

1.Ladder Selection - Different ladders are made for specific uses. For a given task, you mustselect the right ladder to ensure your safety. Prior to purchasing a ladder, check with your Safety Consultant for specifications. New ladders must meet or exceed ANSI Type I-A specifications, with preference to fiberglass construction.

a. Step Ladders - These are self-supporting ladders with flat steps and hinged backs. Theymay be constructed of aluminum, fiberglass, or wood, and they must have a metal spreaderthat locks the ladder open. They should only be used on firm and level surfaces. Themaximum allowable length for a step ladder is 20 feet. These must never be used as astraight-type ladder (leaned up against a wall for use), as the footing was not designed forsafe use in this manner. Never stand or sit on the top two steps of a step ladder! A longerladder may be required to safely perform a given task.

b. Straight-type Ladders - These are not self-supporting ladders. They must be leaned upagainst a stable surface, with a 1:4 scope (1 foot away from the wall for every 4 feet inheight). They may be constructed of aluminum, fiberglass, or wood, in either single orextendable lengths. The maximum allowable length for a single ladder is 30 feet, whileextension ladders may reach up to 72 feet. Both should be placed on firm, stable footings,or utilize leg extensions or non-slip feet. Straight-type ladders should extend at least 3 feetabove the accessed area, and they must be tied off to a secure anchor point if they are tobe used repeatedly in the same spot.

c. Rolling Ladders - These self-supporting, stair-type ladders exist primarily in warehouseenvironments where rolling surfaces are smooth and level. They have integral handrailsand usually have locking devices for stability. Most rolling ladders are constructed of steel,so be aware of conductivity risks when working near electrical equipment.

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND IMPLEMENTATION

B6-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

2. Helpful Hints

a. Never use a ladder unless you have been trained.

b. Always use three points of contact when using ladders (e.g.: two feet and one hand incontact with the ladder).

c. Portable ladders are to be used by only one person at a time, unless specifically designedotherwise.

d. Protect the base of ladders in high traffic areas. If you must close an area due to safetyconcerns, barricade access routes and post alternatives, as appropriate. If you cannot close an area, you must have another employee guard the ladder base.

e. Make sure ladder treads are clear of mud and debris before using. Employees may onlyuse a contractor-owned ladder with the contractor's permission and only after assessing the ladders' condition.

3. Never:

1. Carry awkward loads while using a ladder. Use ropes to haul heavy items up once youhave reached your working height or surface.

2. Place tools or supplies on ladders steps if they could fall. Many injuries are caused byfalling objects.

3. Use wood or metal ladders around exposed, energized electrical equipment. Ladders canprovide energy an easy path to ground.

4. Paint a ladder. Paint conceals defects and can cover rating labels.

5. Reach far out from or turn excessively while on a ladder. These actions risk destabilizingthe ladder.

6. Store a ladder in the rain or direct sun. These shorten ladder service lives.

7. Lean a ladder on windows, unsecured surfaces, or other unstable support. Your supportpoint must be as stable as your base.

8. Use a defective ladder. Report these to your immediate supervisor for repair or disposal.

2.3 Inspection

1. The safety of ladders must be assessed by the user prior to each use. Only ladders ingood condition are to be used.

B6-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

2. Periodic, comprehensive inspections are recommended to ensure each ladder is fit foruse. Departments may wish to keep records of ladder inspections. Records may alsoinclude dated inspection verification stickers applied directly to ladders.

3. Unsafe ladders must be clearly marked or tagged as unsafe (e.g.: Do Not Use or Damaged). Your Production Safety Consultant can help determine repair or disposal needs.

2.4 Training

Training will include the following:

1. A summary of the requirements in this policy and general equipment safety

2. Orientation to the ladders that are available to an individual for tasks required for their job.

3. Physical hazards associated with ladder use in the workplace

4. Proper use and safety procedures to protect against accidents, including placement andorientation of ladders

B6-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Respiratory Protection Program

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM

The Production has developed the following program in compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) General Industry Standard for Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134) and the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA) General Industry Standard for Respiratory Protection (Title 8 CCR 5144) for the protection of their employees in the workplace. In order to control those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dust, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering and administrative control measures. When effective engineering and administrative controls are not feasible, appropriate respirators shall be used. In addition, appropriate respirators shall be used when effective engineering and administrative controls are being instituted but additional measures (i.e. respirators) are also necessary to protect employees.

In any workplace where respirators are required by the Production, this program shall apply.

Employees who wish to wear a respirator (except disposable dust masks) on a voluntary basis shall have that request evaluated on a case by case basis by the Production Safety Consultant. If permitted to wear a respirator on a voluntary basis, those employees shall also be included in all elements of our respiratory protection program.

Employees who wish to wear a disposable dust mask on a voluntary basis shall be allowed to do so and will not be included in this respiratory protection program. These employees will be provided with the information in the Training and Materials section of this manual.


It is management's responsibility, through the Safety Program Director, to determine what specific applications require use of respiratory equipment. Management must also provide proper respiratory equipment to meet the needs of each specific application. Employees must be provided with adequate training and instructions on equipment.

1.0 INTRODUCTION



B7-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


3.2 Supervisory/Management

Department heads, supervisors, or foremen of each production or department are responsible for ensuring that all personnel under their control are completely knowledgeable of the respiratory protection requirements for the areas in which they work. They are also responsible for ensuring that their subordinates comply with all facets of this respiratory program, including respirator inspection and maintenance.

3.3 Employees

It is the responsibility of the employee to have an awareness of the respiratory protection requirements of their area (as explained by management). Employees are also responsible for wearing the appropriate respiratory equipment according to proper instructions, for maintaining the equipment in a clean and operable condition, and storing equipment properly.

The Safety Program Director is responsible for overall program administration (i.e. the Program Administrator).

The Program Administrator, Production Safety Consultant, and the Production’s industrial hygiene consultants are responsible for contaminant identification and measurement, including technical support, air sampling, and laboratory analysis.

Consulting physician, Dr. Steven Witlin M.D., is responsible for overseeing the health of production employees via a medical and health program. Dr. Witlin can be reached at (310) 244-5560. Production also has the right to utilize a third party contractor. Contact your Safety Consultant for contractor guidelines.

The Program Administrator, with the assistance of the Production Safety Consultant, is responsible for directing and coordinating engineering projects, which are directly related to respiratory protection. The Program Administrator is responsible for selection of all respirators used on the Production. The Program Administrator with the assistance of the Production Safety Consultant is responsible for issuing, training, and fit testing of all respirators used on the Production. Health & Medical Services (HMS) may assist in these duties under direction of the Program Administrator.

4.0 ADMINISTRATION

B7-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Monitoring of the workplace atmosphere should be conducted on a periodic basis to provide for a continuing healthful environment for employees. Personal sampling equipment may be used, in accordance with accepted industrial hygiene standards. Results of these samples will pinpoint areas where respiratory protection is required.

Only respirators, filters, and cartridges approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and used in accordance with their certification shall be chosen for use on the Production. The selection of the respirator is dependent on the airborne contaminant present, the operation being performed, and the comfort and the ease of obtaining a proper individual fit. The useful life of each respirator will vary depending on the job duties, the concentration of contaminant, and the actual time in use. Each type of respirator, filter, or cartridge will have some limitations. Refer to the respirator instructions and approvals for the specific limitations. Air purifying respirators (half-face, full-face filter / cartridge) must only be used in environments with at least 19.5% oxygen.

Prior to any respirator being purchased or distributed for use, the Program Administrator or designee must complete the Respirator Selection Worksheet. This is to ensure that allfactors regarding respirator use are considered and the most appropriate respiratory protective equipment is selected. Respirator selection can be determined either by job classification or activity.

Employees shall be allowed to select from a variety of approved respirators having different styles and materials to afford the best fit and comfort of use. The Production shall supply respirators and required accessories at no cost to the employee.

At no time shall an air purifying respirator be approved for use in an atmosphere containing less than 19.5 % oxygen, more than 10 times the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL), or more than 50 % of the level defined as Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH).

At no time shall a loose fitting air supplied respirator be approved for use in an atmosphere containing less than 19.5 % oxygen or more than 50 % of the level defined as IDLH.

At no time shall a tight-fitting air supplied respirator be approved for use in an atmosphere containing less than 19.5 % oxygen or more than 50 % of the level defined as IDLH.

In addition, at no time shall any respirator be approved for use if the manufacturer’s use limitation has been exceeded.

5.0 RESPIRATOR SELECTION

B7-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Respirators for regular use will be available through the employee’s supervisor at no charge to the employee. Supervisors will distribute the respirators to certified (trained and medically fit) employees as needed

Replacement respirators, filters, cartridges, or pre-filters will be made available as required pursuant to manufacturer's change-out schedules based on objective information or data. The 3M Respirator Service Life Software offers an easy to use approach for estimating the service life of 3M chemical cartridges and respirators and will be used where appropriate. An updated list of approved respirators can be found in Training Tools & Materials. TheWood Math Model Table can also be used to determine cartridge change-out schedules. Contact your Production Safety Consultant for a copy of the table.

For supplied air respirators, only Grade D breathing air shall be used in cylinders. The Program Administrator will coordinate deliveries of compressed air with the Production’s current vendor and will require the vendor to certify that the air in the cylinders meets the specifications of Grade D breathing air.

Upon determination that a respirator is required in the workplace, a medical evaluation will be provided before the initial fit testing and before a respirator is used for the first time. Medical evaluations must be performed by a physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP) using either a mandatory medical questionnaire or an initial medical examination that obtains the same information as the medical questionnaire. Any PLHCP (e.g. nurse practitioner, physician assistant, occupational health nurse) may evaluate the employee's medical ability to use a respirator provided that the PLHCP is authorized to do so by state license, certification, or registration.

At a minimum, the Production shall provide additional medical evaluations if:

An employee reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to his/her ability to use a respirator;

A PLHCP, supervisor, or the Respiratory Program Administrator informs the Production that an employee needs to be reevaluated;

Information from the Respiratory Protection Program, including observations made during fit testing and program evaluation, indicates a need for employee reevaluation; or A change occurs in workplace conditions (e.g., physical work effort, protective clothing, and temperature) that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden placed on an employee.

6.0 REQUIRED MEDICAL EVALUATIONS

B7-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Before an employee may be required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting facepiece, the employee must be fit tested with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be used. The Production shall ensure that employees using a tight-fitting facepiece respirator pass an appropriate OSHA-accepted qualitative or quantitative fit test. The Training Tools & Materials section contains theapproved Fit Testing protocols. In addition, employees using tight-fitting facepiecerespirators must be fit tested at least annually thereafter or whenever conditions that could affect respirator fit develop.

It is the joint responsibility of the supervisor and employee to ensure proper use of respiratory protection required in the specific workplace environment. These responsibilities include prohibiting conditions that may result in facepiece seal leakage, (e.g. facial hair); preventing employees from removing respirators in hazardous environments; and taking action to continue active respirator use throughout the work shift. The user seal checks must be performed, according to manufacturer’s recommendations each time the respirator is put on.

Employees will use their respirators under conditions specified by this program, and in accordance with the training they receive on the use of each particular model. In addition, the respirator shall not be used in a manner for which it is not certified by NIOSH or by its manufacturer.

All employees shall be permitted to leave the work area to remove and inspect their respirator for the following reasons:

To clean the respirator if the respirator is impeding their ability to work.

Change filters or cartridges.

Replace parts or inspect the respirator if it stops working as intended.

Employees shall notify their supervisor before leaving the work area.

For any malfunction of an air purifying respirator (e.g. such as breakthrough, facepiece leakage, or an improperly working valve), the respirator wearer should inform his or her supervisor that the respirator no longer functions as intended and move to a safe area to service the respirator. The supervisor must ensure that the employee is provided with a new respirator.

7.0 EMPLOYEE FIT TESTING

8.0 PROPER USE OF RESPIRATORS

B7-5

USPSM Version 4.1.0


For any malfunction of an air supplied respirator (e.g. such as air flow problems, facepiece leakage, or an improperly working regulator), the respirator wearer should leave the contaminated area immediately and inform his or her supervisor that the respirator no longer functions as intended. The supervisor must ensure that the employee is provided with a properly working respirator.

In order to ensure that respirator cartridges are replaced before chemical breakthrough occurs, chemical cartridges should be replaced based on one of the following methods:

9.1 NIOSH- Approved End of Service Lift Indicator (ELSI)

If the cartridge is equipped with a NIOSH-approved ESLI, this should be the primary means of determining when it is time to replace the cartridge.

9.2 Change-Out Schedule

If the cartridge is not equipped with a NIOSH-approved ESLI, cartridges should be changed as indicated in the table below. This schedule has been developed based on previously-conducted industrial hygiene monitoring for chemicals typically associated with common production operations. This data has been entered into the 3M Cartridge Service Life Software Program (Version 3.0). Appropriate safety factors have been combined with the results to determine the values listed in the table below:

Chemical Name

3M 6000 Series Organic Vapor Cartridge

3M 6000 Series Multi Gas / Vapor Cartridge

Mineral Spirits 40 hours 40 hours VM&P Naptha 40 hours 40 hours Lacquer Thinner 4 hours 4 hours Styrene 40 hours 40 hours

The Production may conduct industrial hygiene monitoring of operations that involve potential chemical exposure and update this table as necessary.

9.3 Mathematical Models

When appropriate, the use of mathematical models may be used to determine the cartridge change out schedule.

9.0 CARTRIDGE END OF SERVICE LIFE/CHANGE OUT SCHEDULE

B7-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0


10.1 First Aid Requirements

The Production shall provide each respirator user with a respirator that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. Respirators not discarded after one shift use should be cleaned by the employee on a daily basis according to manufacturer's instructions.

Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected according to manufacturer's recommendations after each use. Respirators not discarded after one shift use should be stored in a sealable plastic bag away from areas of contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals. Respirators shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the facepiece and exhalation valve.

The wearer of a respirator should inspect it daily per the training program whenever it is in use. The department head, supervisor, or foreman should periodically spot check respirators for fit, usage, and condition.

Respirators not discarded after one shift use should be marked or stored in such a manner to assure that they are worn only by the assigned employee. If use by more than one employee is required, the respirator shall be cleaned and disinfected between users. Defective respirators shall be turned in to the Program Administrator immediately upon discovery of deficiency.

Prior to any employee being required to wear any respiratory protective equipment, he/she shall be trained and certified in the selection, use, maintenance, and inspection of the equipment. Supervisors should be trained prior to their employees being required to wear respiratory protective equipment.

The training program will cover the following topics:

The Respiratory Protection Program The OSHA and Cal/OSHA Respirator Standard Respiratory hazards and their health effects Proper selection of respirators Limitations of respirators Respirator donning, doffing, and user seal (fit) checks Fit testing

10.0 MAINTENANCE AND CARE OF RESPIRATORS

11.0 EMPLOYEE TRAINING

B7-7

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Emergency use procedures Maintenance and storage Medical signs and symptoms limiting the effective use of respirators

Employees will be retrained annually or as needed (e.g. if they change departments and need to use a different respirator or site observations indicate a lack of knowledge or understanding). A record will be kept of those employees who have been trained. Each user must understand and be able to apply the contents of this Respiratory Protection Program. Certification shall also consist of a qualitative fit test, hands-on exercises, and employee training.

Management will conduct an evaluation of the workplace to ensure the written Respiratory Protection Program is properly implemented and observed. Employees will also be consulted to determine if they have any problems with the program and to confirm that respirators are being used properly.

The Production, with the assistance of the Production Safety Consultant and HMS shall establish and retain the written information regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program. Records of medical evaluations must be retained and made available in compliance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 -- Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records. Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered. This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program and assist the Production Safety Consultant in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for compliance determinations by OSHA and Cal/OSHA.

(Note: All fit testing documentation should be maintained by the Production Safety Consultant and medical questionnaires or medical evaluations should be maintained by HMS.)

12.0 PROGRAM EVALUATIONS

13.0 RECORDKEEPING

B7-8

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Welding, Cutting, and Brazing

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL WELDING, CUTTING AND BRAZING

To provide the safety requirements for welding, cutting, and brazing in accordance with OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.251 of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the California Code of Regulations (CCR, Title 8, Section 5150).


Responsibility:

1. Each department engaged in welding, cutting, or brazing operations shall do so inaccordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.251, CCR Title 8, Section 5150 and this policy.

2. Each Department Supervisor & Head conducting welding, cutting, or brazingoperations shall be responsible for enforcing this policy.

3. Outside contractors performing work for Production are required to follow therequirements of OSHA's 29 CFR 1910.251, CCR Title 8, Section 5150, and thispolicy. Contact your Safety Consultant for contractor guidelines.

Hazards: There are several hazards to consider when performing welding, brazing, or cutting operations. These hazards include fires, explosions, electrocution, burns, welder's flash, oxygen depletion, and toxic fumes. Each Supervisor and Department Head will be responsible to ensure theirpersonnel are aware of these hazards and have taken adequate steps to prevent such an occurrence. All flammable and combustible materials will be removed at least 35 feet from the worksite.

Personal Protective Equipment:

It is the responsibility of the Supervisor and Department Heads to ensure each employee utilizesthe appropriate equipment required to safely perform welding, cutting, or brazing operations. This includes personal protective equipment listed below:

1. Respirators should be used when ventilation is less than adequate.

2. Flame retardant clothing should be worn to prevent clothing from catching on fire.

3. High top boots should be worn to prevent burns to the legs and feet.

4. Gloves are recommended to prevent hand burns.

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND IMPLEMENTATION

B8-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

5. All personnel are required to use an approved welder's shield or goggles. All shields must beANSI (American National Standard Institute) approved and the proper shade for the type ofoperation being performed.

Fire Watch:

Fire watchers will be required whenever welding or cutting operations are taking place. Fire extinguishing media will be immediately available to extinguish accidental fires.

2.2 Training

The Safety Program Director and Department Heads & Supervisors are required to ensurepersonnel who weld, cut, or braze have received proper training. They are also responsible to ensure personnel are trained in the following areas:

1. Fire extinguisher use.

2. Respirator training, if they are required to use a respirator.

3. How to respond to an emergency (emergency numbers and alarm locations).

4. Confined space training, which includes all requirements of the Confined Space Policy, ifpersonnel are required to work in confined spaces.

5. Personal protective equipment and the type of shield required for their specific operation.

2.3 Permits

1. A welding permit is required for each welding project and should be renewed each day. Copiesof permits shall be obtained and filed by the Production Coordinator.

2. Outside contractors are required to obtain permits from the Safety Program Director BEFOREthe beginning of each project. The contractor is required to complete each permit and fulfilleach requirement before work begins.

B8-2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL WELDING, CUTTING AND BRAZING

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Machine Guarding

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL MACHINE GUARDING

This policy document is designed to ensure that all employees follow procedures which assure that equipment or machines are operated safely and meet state, federal, and industry machine guarding standards under OSHA CFR 1910.212 and the California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 4184).

This applies to all employees who may work with, or adjacent to, equipment or machines that may pose a safety hazard.

Machines include, but are not limited to, fans, compressors, bench grinders, fuel pumps, dumpsters, trash compactors, paper/cardboard shredders, and table saws. Any machine part, function, or process that may cause injury, must be safeguarded. When the operation of a machine or accidental contact with it can injure the operator or others in the vicinity, the hazards must be either controlled or eliminated.

A machine hazard occurs at the point of operation where the actual work is performed, and can be created by:

1. Components which transmit energy, such as pulleys, belts, chains, gears, couplings, orflywheels

2. Other parts which move while the machine is working, including reciprocating, rotating, andtransverse parts.



Department Heads & Supervisors are responsible for ensuring guards on facility equipmentand machines operated by company personnel are kept in place and used as originally designed. The Safety Program Director shall respond to any employee machine guarding concern or question.

All affected employees should report any unguarded machine hazard to their supervisor immediately.

All employees should forward any concerns or observations regarding the lack of machine guarding to their supervisor.

1.0 PURPOSE

B8.1-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Written Plans: The Safety Program Director has a written machine guarding plan, which includes an inventory of guarded equipment and the procedure to be followed to minimize the risk of accidents

Hierarchy of Guarding: Machine guarding decisions should be made in the following order of preference:

1. Design out or eliminate the hazard

2. Physically “engineer out” the exposure to the hazard

3. Guard the hazard · Require personal protective equipment

4. Use warning devices, or make the danger “manifest”

5. Use warning signs

6. Use safe working practices and procedures

Inspections and Audits: Machines that require guarding will be inspected regularly by key personnel. Based on the results of these inspections, maintenance or replacement of guards will be conducted as necessary. The Safety Program Director will audit the program periodically and recommend appropriate corrective actions.

Training: Any person who works near, or adjacent to, any sort of machine will receive “affected employee” training during initial orientation and every two years thereafter. Affected employees receive machine guarding training specific to the hazards being controlled on the piece of equipment. Employees performing maintenance related activities will receive machine guarding training on a periodic basis.

Record Keeping: The Production Coordinator maintains records of the machine guarding inventory, and alsomaintains records of machine guarding training and copies of the annual inspections.

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B8.1-2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL MACHINE GUARDING

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Powered Industrial Trucks (PIT)

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS

All powered industrial trucks (PITs) in this facility shall be operated and maintained in accordance with this policy as put forth in the OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.178 and the California Code of Regulations (CCR, Title 8, Section 3668).

This policy applies to all powered industrial trucks and provides guidance on the safe operation of propane, gasoline and electric battery powered forklifts and power lifts.



1. Reviewing the PIT policy to assure compliance.

2. Coordinating and providing training of affected employees with Department Heads & Supervisors.

3. Inspecting recordkeeping material.

4. Maintaining training records of all operators in conjunction with the Production Office Coordinator.

The Safety Program Director, Department Heads and Supervisors are responsible for:

1. Ensuring employees attend training and operate PITs in a safe manner.

2. Ensuring all equipment is in proper working condition.

3. Assuring operators perform appropriate pre-operation safety inspections and complete logbooks prior to operating equipment.

4. Scheduling maintenance by outside contractors.

5. Maintaining required documentation.

Employees are responsible for complying with this policy.


General Requirements

General requirements for PITs are as follows:

1.0 PURPOSE

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B9-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

1. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) per 29 CFR 1910.178 and CCR,Title 8, Section 3668 states in part, only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted tooperate a PIT;

2. The employee is responsible for ensuring the safe operation of the PIT;

3. Modifications and additions that affect capacity and the safe operation of the PIT shall not beperformed by the Production without the manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity,operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals shall be modified accordingly;

4. If the PIT is equipped with front-end attachments other than factory installed attachments, thePIT shall be marked to identify the attachments and show the approximate weight of the truckand attachment combination at maximum elevation with load laterally centered;

5. Nameplates and markings shall be in place and maintained in a legible condition; and

6. All Company PITs are used in unclassified locations according to 29 CFR 1910.178 Table N-1.If a location is re-classified as hazardous, 29 CFR 1910.178(c) shall be consulted in order todetermine the appropriate type of PIT to be utilized.

3.2 Pre-Operation Safety Inspection:

1. Prior to operating a PIT, the employee shall perform a pre-operation safety inspection.

2. This inspection shall be made at least daily.

3. When PITs are used on a round-the-clock basis, they shall be examined after each shift.

4. The inspection shall identify any conditions that could affect the safe operation of the PIT.

5. If any condition(s) exist, the PIT shall be removed from service and tagged “Out of Service”until the proper repairs or concerns are addressed.

6. Upon an operator discovering any concerns, immediately notify your supervisor so he orshe can notify the person responsible for the repairs.

7. Only outside contractors qualified to repair PITs shall perform all repairs and adjustments.

The Safety Program Director and Department Heads & Supervisors shall inspect all records andlog books. The keys to PITs shall be confiscated by the Safety Program Director or Department Head or Supervisor for any PIT that is determined to be unsafe.

3.3 Fuel Handling and Storage:

The handling and storage of liquid fuels such as gasoline shall be in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA 30).

The handling and storage of liquefied petroleum gas fuel shall be in accordance with the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases Code (NFPA 58).

B9-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

The following procedures shall be followed:

1. When refueling or recharging the batteries of a PIT, the operator shall ensure thatthe PIT is shut-off and the parking brake is engaged.

2. Refueling and recharging shall be completed in areas that are designated and wellventilated.

3. Personal protective equipment (approved face shield, goggles, gloves) shall beworn during all refueling and battery recharging operations.

4. Emergency eyewash/shower station shall be present in the area.

5. Smoking shall be prohibited in refueling and recharging areas. Fuel vapors andgases, which can escape from the battery and fuel vents, are extremely flammable.

6. Tools and other metallic objects shall be kept away from the top of uncoveredbatteries.

7. An ABC rated fire extinguisher shall be present in all refueling or recharging areas.

3.4 Workplace Hazards:

Many hazards exist in the workplace that are easily detectable if a quick survey of the area is conducted. These hazards include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Overhead obstructions such as fire protection sprinkler piping, ventilation ducts, lighting fixtures,power lines. If the load you are moving is carried too high or the PIT mast is raised too high, damage can occur to the overhead obstruction and possibly cause injury to the operator or people in the immediate area.

2. Co-workers or pedestrians traveling to and from certain areas within the facility.

3. Poor housekeeping such as debris left on the floor and wet floors.

4. Poor condition of the floor surface such as uneven concrete, potholes and cracks.

5. Poor visibility around corners. The operator’s view from a PIT can be blocked or obstructed bythe load. If there is not a clear view, drive in reverse or have a co-worker, “spotter”, direct you.

6. Operating a PIT in a confined area with poor ventilation can allow the PIT exhaust gases toaccumulate. This creates a hazard not only for the forklift operator, but also for others within the area or building. The Production Safety Consultant shall be contacted to determine airquality if concerns should arise.

7. For those individuals who wear eyeglasses, this could be a hazard when entering a warmatmosphere from a cold atmosphere (driving into a building from the outside) and having your eyeglasses steam up.

B9-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

8. Driving too fast for the conditions of the area. When operating a PIT, always remain alert andcautious.

Note, the existing and potential hazards and conditions that do or could exist in your work environment. Whenever a hazard is discovered which requires action such as housekeeping, poor floor condition or poor ventilation, immediately notify your supervisor to ensure the proper procedures are followed to address the hazards.

3.5 Operating Procedures:

When operating a PIT, always travel with the forks approximately four inches from the ground so they clear any uneven surfaces. Always survey the area ahead and to the sides as you travel. Always travel in reverse or use a “spotter” when the load you are carrying obstructs your view.

Some factors that could cause the PIT to tip over:

1. Overloads

2. Unstable loads

3. Load not centered on forks

4. Traveling with the load raised

5. Sudden stops and starts

6. Making sharp turns

7. Traveling across a ramp or incline

Safety Practices:

The following safety practices shall be adhered to at all times:

1. Wear seatbelts whenever the PIT is equipped with them.

2. Keep all body parts inside the driver’s compartment.

3. Drive at appropriate speeds.

4. Do not carry passengers on the PIT.

5. No person shall be permitted to stand or pass under elevated portions of any PIT, whetherloaded or empty.

6. All PIT operators working on platforms that are six feet above a lower level shall wearappropriate fall protection devices.

7. When traveling behind other PITs or vehicles, always maintain at least three forklift lengthsfrom the vehicle or PIT ahead, and maintain control of the PIT at all times.

B9-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

8. Slowly approach ramps and inclines straight, not at an angle.

9. Never turn the PIT while on a ramp or incline.

10. When parking a PIT and prior to dismounting or leaving the unit, shut-off the power. Theoperator shall never leave a running PIT unattended.

11. When the PIT is left unattended, the load shall be fully lowered, controls shall be neutralized,power shut off, brakes set and wheels blocked if PIT is parked on an incline.

12. Never park a PIT in front of any fire protection equipment, emergency exits, or in a manner thatwould obstruct a person from exiting the area.

13. If at any time during operation a PIT is found to be in need of repair, defective, or in any wayunsafe, it shall be immediately removed from service. The department supervisor shall benotified so he or she can notify the person responsible for the repairs.

14. Refueling and recharging areas equipped with emergency eyewash stations shall be inspectedon a weekly basis.

15. Follow Dock Safety requirements and Wheel Chocking safety protocol at all times:

a. Never “dock jump,” a knee injury could occur.

b. Never climb into a dock door. A fall could lead to serious injury.

c. Keep dock doors closed to prevent falls and increase security.

d. If dock doors must stay open for ventilation purposes, provide a guardrail system toprevent accidental falls.

e. Keep dock floors dry and clear of spills.

f. If drivers enter the facility, keep an eye out for them to ensure their safety andsecurity.

g. Make sure forklift spot lights function.

h. Make sure trailer lights function to light the inside of dark trailers.

i. When loading or offloading straight trucks, use a pallet jack instead of a forklift.

j. Keep dock areas and stairs free of ice and snow.

k. Forklift operators must wear seat belts and make sure trailer tires are chockedbefore loading and unloading.

l. Keep floors clear of trip hazards such as trash, plastic strapping and shrink wrap.

m. Rain water that leaks into loading dock areas must be mopped up.

B9-5


USPSM Version 4.1.0

n. Use three points of contact when mounting and dismounting forklifts.

o. Remove empty pallets from the work area.

p. Do not stand on empty pallets. Use a proper foot stool.

q. Do not stand pallets on end. They will fall over, resulting in serious injury.

r. Lift truck drivers should never enter a trailer without first verifying that the wheelshave been chocked, and that the floor of the trailer is in good condition and capableof supporting the weight of the forklift and its load. Make sure that vehicles arebraked, that the vehicle or truck is powered off, and wheel chocks are in placebefore entering a trailer or truck.

s. OSHA requires that vehicle wheels be chocked prior to permitting forklifts to entertrailers.

3.6 Training:

Employees and outside contractor employees designated to operate a powered industrial truckshall be required to participate in and successfully complete a PIT training program offered through the Safety Pass Program or other approved program to ensure the operator is competentto operate a PIT safely before assuming their responsibilities. Contact your Production Safety Consultant for for other approved programs.Training consists of a combination of formal instruction and practical training. Formal instruction includes lecture, interactive discussion, video, and written material handouts. Practical training includes demonstrations performed by the trainer, practical exercises performed by the trainee, and evaluation of the operator’s performance in the workplace. Trainees may operate a powered industrial truck only:

1. Under the direct supervision of persons who have the knowledge, training, and experience totrain operators and evaluate their competence.

2. Where such operation does not endanger the trainee or other employees.

Curriculum:

The curriculum of the training program shall, at a minimum, address the following topics:

Pre-Operation Safety Inspection

Workplace Hazards

Safe Driving and Operating Procedures

Loading-Carrying-Unloading of Materials; includes: Dock Safety and Wheel Chocking

Operation and Safety Driving Practical

B9-6


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Retraining:

Employees shall be required to participate in refresher training at least once every three years. Retraining may also be deemed necessary when it has been documented that the operator has been observed to operate the PIT in an unsafe and/or inappropriate manner, involved in an accident or near miss incident, is assigned to drive a different type of PIT, or a condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect safe operation of the PIT as directed by this policy and according to OSHA regulations. Curriculum for retraining shall cover the same topics as the initial training.

B9-7


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Electrical Safety

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY

The purpose of this document is to outline the basic requirements for electrical safety as defined in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.331-.335, NFPA 70E, NEC (NFPA 70), and the California Code of Regulations (CCR Ttitle 8, Sections 2989 &2599).

All employees working for Production will be affected by these procedures.

3.0 DEFINITIONS

Qualified Electrical Worker: A qualified person who by reason of a minimum of two years oftraining and experience with high-voltage circuits and equipment and who has demonstrated by performance familiarity with the work to be performed and the hazards involved.

Qualified Person: A person who by reason of experience or instruction is familiar with theoperation to be performed and the hazards involved.

High Voltage: A sustained voltage of more than 600 volts.

Exposed (as applied to energized parts): Energized parts that can be inadvertently touched orapproached nearer than a safe distance by a person. Parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated.

Equipment: A general term, which includes fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, andthe like, used as part of, or in connection with, an electrical system.

Energized Parts (Live Parts): Parts which are of a potential different from that of the earth, orsome conducting body, which serves in place of the earth.

De-energized Parts: Parts which have been previously energized and are now free from anyelectrical connection to a source of potential difference and from electrical charges.

Nominal System Voltage: A nominal value assigned to designate a system of a given voltageclass.

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 SCOPE

B10-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

All work on exposed energized conductors or energized parts shall be performed only by or under the direct authorization of the electrical department, or with a qualified worker.

Only “qualified workers” shall work on exposed energized conductors or energized parts 600 volts and below.

Only “qualified electrical workers” shall work on exposed energized conductors or energized parts above 600 volts.

5.1 General Procedures

5.1.1 Testing Lines and Equipment

Electrical equipment and lines shall always be considered as energized unless they are positively known to be de-energized. Before starting work, preliminary inspection or verification shall be made to determine what voltage is involved and what conditions exist. Wires designed to operate at ground potential may sometimes become energized by reason of faulty or inadequate connections. Care shall always be exercised to handle ground wires with the same caution as is used with energized wires.

5.1.2 Rubber Gloves

Approved rubber gloves shall be worn at all times when working on exposed energized conductors rated from 120 volts and higher, unless performing work with live line or other approved insulated tools.

5.1.3 Clothing

Employees working on or near exposed electric conductors or equipment energized at 120 volts or greater shall not wear clothing made of, or which contain, synthetic fabrics such as acetate, nylon, polyester, or rayon that have not been treated for flame retardancy.

5.1.4 Sight Protection

Approved eye-protective shall be worn when an employee is engaged in or in the vicinity of work involving the handling of exposed energized parts of equipment or systems energized.

5.1.5 Care and Testing of High- and Low-Voltage and Dielectric Testing of High Voltage

Rubber Protective Equipment


5.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B10-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

5.1.6 Rubber gloves shall never be worn inside out or without approved protectors or overgloves. They shall be exchanged at any time they become damaged or the employee to whom they are assigned becomes suspicious of them. Approved protectors or overgloves shall not be worn except when in use over rubber gloves.

5.1.7 Low voltage rubber gloves shall be inspected for defects and shall be given the roll and air test at least once each day while in use, preferably at the beginning of the work period and at any other time when their condition is in doubt.

5.1.8 High voltage rubber gloves shall be air and water tested at the beginning of each work period and at any time when the glove’s condition is in doubt. The gloves shall be visually examined over their entire inner and outer surface for any defects, i.e., burns, cuts, cracks, or punctures. In addition, the cuffs shall be stretched todetect abrasions or weak spots.

5.1.9 When not in use, rubber protective equipment shall be protected from mechanical and chemical damage, and shall always be stored in the containers provided and nothing else placed therein.

5.1.10 Extreme care shall be exercised to avoid puncturing all protective equipment.

5.1.11 Rubber gloves used on high voltage (above 600 volts) conductors and equipment shall be dielectrically tested at least once every 6 months and before being placed into service when received from the manufacturer. This equipment shall be marked with the date the dielectric test was conducted.

5.2 Grounding

5.2.2 Conductors and equipment normally operated at a voltage in excess of 600 volts shall not be worked on until de-energized and the normally energized parts have been tested as de-energized with an approved device for indication of voltage and all conductors have been short circuited and grounded. This shall not preclude the removal of grounds for test purposes.

5.2.3 Only approved grounding and jumper equipment shall be used. This equipment shall only be used for grounding purposes. Portable grounding devices shall be secured to permanently grounded objects at the location selected for grounding. Grounding devices shall be capable of conducting the anticipated fault current and shall have a minimum conductance of No. 2 AWG copper.

5.2.4 An approved testing device shall be used to prove conductors or equipment de-energized before grounding. The conductors or equipment shall be grounded and short-circuited with approved grounding devices. Grounding devices shall be applied and removed with live line tools.

5.2.5 The grounding devices shall first be connected to a ground before being brought in contact with any conductor to be grounded. When being removed, they shall be removed from all conductors before being disconnected from ground. No employee shall handle any conductive portion of the grounding device while it is being installed or removed from the conductors, except when using live line tools.

5.2.6 The employee applying the grounding device shall determine that all persons are a

B10-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

safe distance from any portion of the grounding device before contacting the conductor with the grounding equipment.

5.2.7 Grounds shall be installed so that at least one set is visible to one member of the crew, unless one of the grounding devices is accessible only to authorized persons.

5.2.8 Grounding devices shall be placed so that employees cannot make accidental contact between the grounding devices and unprotected energized conductors.

NOTE: Nothing in this rule shall prohibit working on conductors with approved insulated tools or equipment by qualified electrical workers, using approved methods.

5.3 Working Distance

5.3.2 No employee shall approach or take any conductive object, except with approved devices, closer than 25 inches to unprotected energized parts rated at voltages above 600 volts.

5.3.3 Approach distances may be reduced, provided adequate approved protective devices are used. Such protection shall be applied and removed with approved insulating devices.

5.4 “PERSONNEL AT WORK – Do Not energize” Signs

5.4.2 “PERSONNEL AT WORK — Do Not Energize” signs shall be placed at all isolation points before contacting de-energized low voltage conductors or equipment, or they shall be considered energized, and worked in accordance with established rules.

EXCEPTION: This requirement shall not apply in cases where the isolation points are in clear view of the workers or a qualified observer during the entire course of the job.

5.4.3 Only the person placing them may remove signs.

EXCEPTION: Where the person placing the sign has left the premises or is otherwise unavailable to remove the sign, the supervisor in charge may authorize removal of the sign after verification that it is safe to do so.

5.5 Qualified Electrical Workers

5.5.2 Only qualified electrical workers or employees in training under the supervision or instruction of a qualified electrical worker shall be assigned to work on conductors or equipment energized in excess of 600 volts. Except as outlined below, when work is being performed on exposed conductors or exposed parts of equipment energized in excess of 600 volts, a second qualified electrical worker or employee in training, shall be in close proximity at each work location to act primarily as an observer for the purpose of preventing an accident and to render immediate assistance in the event of an accident.

B10-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Lockout / Tagout (LOTO)

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT - LOTO

The Lockout/Tagout program establishes practices and procedures for the control of hazardous energy. All equipment with the potential for unexpected start-up during routine adjustment or maintenance is subject to the requirements of this program. This program is called Lockout/Tagout or LOTO.

Implementation of this procedure shall ensure that all energy sources are completely isolated and locked out prior to the servicing of equipment. All potential sources of hazardous energy shall be identified prior to working on the subject equipment. This program is established to comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard 1910.147 and California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 3314) for The Control of Hazardous Energy.

State and local requirements which may be more stringent must also be observed.

Authorized employee: a person who locks out or tags out machines or equipment in order toperform servicing or maintenance on that machine or equipment. An affected employee becomes an authorized employee when that employee’s duties include performing servicing or maintenance covered by this program.

Capable of being locked out: an energy isolating device is capable of being locked out if it has ahasp or other means of attachment to which, or through which, a lock can be affixed, or it has a locking mechanism built into it. Other energy isolating devices are capable of being locked out if lockout can be achieved without the need to dismantle, rebuild or replace the energy isolating device or permanently alter its energy control capability.

Energized: Connected to an energy source or containing residual or stored energy.

Energy isolating device: A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission orrelease of energy, including but not limited to the following:

1. A manually operated electrical circuit breaker

2. A disconnect switch

3. A manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from allungrounded supply conductors and, in addition, no pole can be operated independently

4. A line valve

5. A block

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 DEFINITIONS

B10.1-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

6. Any similar device used to block or isolate energy

Push buttons, selector switches and other control circuit type devices are not energy isolating devices.

Energy source: Any source for electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal orother energy.

Hot tap: A procedure used in the repair maintenance and services activities which involveswelding on a piece of equipment (pipelines, vessels or tanks) under pressure in order to install connections or appurtenances. It is commonly used to replace or add sections of pipeline without the interruption of service for air, gas, water, steam and petrochemical distribution systems.

Live-Dead-Live rule: A test for zero energy state where the operator tries to start the equipment,then shuts it down, then tries to start it again.

Lockout: The placement of a lockout device on an energy isolating device in accordance with anestablished procedure, ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed.

Lockout device: A device that utilizes a positive means such as a lock—either key or combinationtype—to hold an energy isolating device in the safe position and prevent the energizing of machines or equipment. Included are blank flanges and bolted slip blinds.

Normal production operations: The utilization of a machine or equipment to perform its intendedproduction function.

Qualified Person: One familiar with construction, the operation of equipment and the hazardsinvolved. A qualified person has the skills and the techniques to distinguish live parts from other parts of electric equipment. This person can determine the nominal voltage of exposed live parts and can maintain the clearance distances that will be specified for the voltages on which they will be working.

Servicing and/or maintenance: Workplace activities such as constructing, installing, setting up,adjusting, inspecting, modifying and maintaining or servicing machines or equipment. These activities include lubrication, cleaning or unjamming of machines or equipment and making adjustments or tool changes, where the employee may be exposed to the unexpected energization or start-up of the equipment or release of hazardous energy.

Tagout: The placement of a tagout device on an energy isolating device in accordance with anestablished procedure, to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.

Tagout device: A prominent warning device, such as a tag and a means of attachment, whichcan be securely fastened to an energy isolating device in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.

B10.1-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0


Gaffers, Supervisors and Department Heads & Supervisors Shall:

1. Ensure that employees de-energize equipment prior to working on it when the potential forunexpected release of energy which may cause injury exists.

2. Ensure that employees are aware of the lockout/tagout procedures for equipment relative to theproject on which they are working.

3. Inform employees in their area of responsibility when equipment is being locked out/tagged outfor repair.

4. Ensure that no employees attempt to restart equipment until it is verified that it is safe to do sofollowing repair of the equipment using lockout/tagout procedures.

5. Verify that all qualified persons in their area have had the appropriate lockout/tagout training.

The Production Shall:

1. Ensure that all employees involved in the lockout/tagout program have had appropriatetraining.

2. Review the lockout/tagout program for compliance on an annual basis as a minimum.

3. Maintain and revise the LOTO program as required.

4. Administer appropriate disciplinary action for employees who violate the lockout/tagoutprocedures.

5. Direct the LOTO training program.

Qualified Persons Shall:

1. Repair or service equipment as needed.

2. Ensure, where feasible, that all energy sources are locked out on a piece of equipment duringrepair or service.

3. Test equipment to verify that no residual energy exists following lockout and prior to working onthe subject equipment.

4. Place a “Danger—Do Not Operate” tag on the energy source and/or control panel prior toworking on the subject equipment.

5. Obtain assistance when necessary to properly repair or service a piece of equipment.


B10.1-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

6. Remove locks and/or tags following the repair or servicing of subject equipment.

7. Coordinate multi-shift repair with the next shift to work on the equipment.


De-Energizing Equipment:

1. Safe procedures that address de-energizing circuits and equipment must be used in LOTO.

2. The electricians performing LOTO will use the appropriate testing devices on the circuitsaccording to the voltage level. “STOP” buttons, interlocks or other devices on equipment arenot acceptable LOTO devices.

3. Stored electrical energy will be dissipated to ensure workers are not endangered. Capacitorswill be discharged. High capacitance elements need to be short-circuited and grounded if theypose hazards to personnel. Stored non-electrical energy that could re-energize the electricalcircuits shall be blocked or relieved to the extent possible.

Application of Locks and Tags:

1. Locks and tags will be placed on equipment used to de-energize circuits and equipment onwhich the work is to be performed.

2. The lock will be attached to assure that unauthorized personnel cannot re-open the circuit. Thetag (“DANGER—DO NOT OPERATE”) must state that unauthorized use is forbidden and thetag cannot be removed.

3. Only the person who applied the lock(s) and tag(s) may remove the LOTO devices. The onlyinstance in which a LOTO device may be removed exists when the employee is not at work toremove it and the “qualified person” contacts the employee to assure it is all right to remove hisor her LOTO device. The qualified person then must verify that all employees are clear of thecircuits and equipment when it is re-energized.

4. Equipment that was not designed to accept locks must be tagged out of service. This can onlybe done when you can demonstrate that tagging will provide an equivalent means of safety.Equivalent means of safety can be removal of an isolating circuit element, opening of an extradisconnecting device or blocking a controlling switch.

5. “Locks Only” can be used under the following conditions. When one circuit or piece ofequipment is de-energized, when the work does not extend beyond the work shift and whenemployees working around the circuit are familiar with the procedure.

Verifying De-Energized Conditions:

4.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B10.1-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

a. The qualified person must verify that the equipment or controls cannot be restarted by testingthe equipment, controls or circuits with appropriate testing devices.

b. Testing procedures shall also verify that equipment that is back fed or has induced voltageshas indeed been de-energized. The qualified person shall verify any alternate sources ofpower that could be introduced into the electrical circuit. The qualified person shall checkvoltage systems greater than 600 v, nominal, immediately after testing.

Re-Energizing Equipment:

The qualified person must perform tests and visual inspections that assure that the re-energization can take place. All electrical jumpers, grounds, shorts and other devices must be removed before re-energization. Employees who are present at the re-energization shall be informed of any hazards and warned to stay clear of the process.

Training:

1. Qualified personnel shall be trained initially and at least annually thereafter on LOTO per therequirements of 29 CFR 1910.147.

2. Qualified personnel will receive retraining whenever changes are made to their jobclassification or a change in job, machines, assignments and/or energy control proceduresoccur.

3. Additional retraining will also be conducted when a periodic inspection reveals deviations fromor inadequacies in the employee’s knowledge or use for the energy control procedures.

4.2 Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Application

Lockout/Tagout under the General Industry standard may be required on designated projects. Should employees perform work around existing equipment subject to the LOTO requirements under 1910.147, the following information shall be referenced to ensure the work is done safely.

When LOTO Applies:

1. LOTO applies—and must occur—when servicing takes place during production operations andwhen any of the following conditions exist. The employee must bypass guards or interlocks toperform the repair at the point of operation; the employee must place part of his or her body incontact with the point of operation source; or the employee has to place any part of his or herbody into a danger zone.

2. OSHA realizes that some work, such as troubleshooting, must occur on the job. When it does,provisions for employee safety must be made.

Energy Control Programs:

1. LOTO or energy control programs must be developed by the employer to ensure thatprocedures are in place, that employee training has occurred, that procedures areinspected and that inadvertent startup of equipment is not possible. This will ensure that

B10.1-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0

there will be no unexpected releases of energy or injuries. 2. Energy Control Procedures must address how hazardous energy will be controlled. This

includes how the procedure will be used and procedures needed to shut down, isolate, blockand secure machines and equipment; the steps designating the safe placement, removal andtransfer of LOTO devices and who has responsibility for LOTO devices and the specificrequirements for testing the machines or equipment to determine the effectiveness of LOTOand other energy control devices.

Energy Isolating Devices

1. Energy Isolating Devices (those which can be locked out and those which cannot)

2. When the device cannot be locked out, the employer may use tags, providing the following:

a. They are not bypass tags.

b. Tags are legible and understandable by all employees.

c. Tags can withstand the work environment.

d. Tags are securely attached to the equipment.

e. Be careful, as tags may evoke a false sense of security.

f. Tags can only be used when the employer can guarantee full employee protection by usinga tagout system.

g. Remember, tags are only warning devices. Be careful they don’t evoke a false sense ofsecurity.

LOTO Devices:

1. LOTO devices must be durable.

2. LOTO devices must be standardized by color, shape or size.

3. LOTO devices must be substantial—they must not be able to be accidentally removed—theyhave to be removed by force and be identifiable.

4.3 Employee Training:

1. There are basically three types of employees: authorized, affected and all. LOTO training isbased on the relationship of the equipment being de-energized and the degree of knowledgethat employees possess with regards to hazardous energy.

i. “Authorized” employees perform the actual energy control procedure. They know the detailsand how the hazards will be controlled and isolated. These are usually electricians or othermaintenance crafts.

B10.1-5


USPSM Version 4.1.0

ii. “Affected” employees are those who use the equipment that is undergoing repair. They willbe in the area during the repair.

iii. “All” employees refers to any employee on the job site. They need to understand theimportance of LOTO.

2. Training includes the initial training, retraining and certification. Authorized or affectedemployees will be retrained:

a. When job assignments change;

b. When new hazards are introduced into the work environment;

c. When energy control procedures change; and

d. When periodic inspections reveal any deficiencies in the program.

LOTO Application:

1. Prepare for shutdown.

2. Shut down the equipment or circuitry.

3. Apply the LOTO device.

4. Render safe any stored or residual energy.

5. Verify isolation and de-energization.

Group LOTO:

1. Group LOTO needs to be tailored to each specific situation.

2. This usually involves a group LOTO box or multi-hasp box.

3. The qualified person of the group is the last one to take off the lock and tag off the hasp orgroup LOTO box.

B10.1-6


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Scaffolding Design, Erection, Dismantling & Use

This Production has developed this Scaffolding Code of Safe Practices for the protection of our employees in the workplace. These measures have been developed to address the requirements for design, erection, dismantling and use of scaffolding systems.

Federal OSHA Regulations (29 CFR Subpart L, 29 CFR 1910.28 & 29 CFR 1910.29) and California Code of Regulations (Title 8 CCR 1637) provides requirements for individuals exposed to scaffolding hazards. This written program is a summary that provides a reference for employees and management.

It is be the responsibility of the Safety Program Director, production management, and supervisors to ensure that the proper information is obtained and disseminated to the appropriate employees. It is be the employee’s responsibility to follow safe practices as outlined in the program.

Bearer - means a horizontal transverse scaffold member (which may be supported by ledgers or runners) upon which the scaffold platform rests and which joins scaffold uprights, posts, poles, and similar members.

Cleat - means a structural block used at the end of a platform to prevent the platform from slipping off its supports. Cleats are also used to provide footing on sloped surfaces such as crawling boards.

Competent person - means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

Coupler - means a device for locking together the tubes of a tube and coupler scaffold.

Fabricated (decking or planking) - means manufactured platforms made of wood (including laminated wood, and solid sawn wood planks), metal or other materials.

Failure - means load refusal, breakage, or separation of component parts. Load refusal is the point where the ultimate strength is exceeded.

1.0 PURPOSE


3.0 DEFINITIONS

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SCAFFOLDING DESIGN, ERECTION, DISMANTLING & USE

B11-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Guardrail system - means a vertical barrier, consisting of, but not limited to, top rails, midrails, and posts, erected to prevent employees from falling off a scaffold platform or walkway to lower levels.

Maximum intended working load - means the total load of all persons, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted loads, and other loads reasonably anticipated to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold component at any one time.

Qualified - means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his/her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

Runner - means the lengthwise horizontal spacing or bracing member which may support the bearers.

Scaffold - means any temporary elevated platform (supported or suspended) and its supporting structure (including points of anchorage), used for supporting employees or materials or both.

Stilts - means a pair of poles or similar supports with raised footrests, used to permit walking above the ground or working surface.


The Safety Program Director is responsible for the overall administration of the program, ensure all aspects of the program are utilized properly to comply with the Scaffolding Code of Safe Practices, and provide assistance to all departments with regard to the requirements.


Department managers and supervisors are responsible for the day to day compliance with the Scaffolding Code of Safe Practices. Department managers and supervisors shall ensure that employees have successfully completed applicable training, and personal protective equipment (PPE) is available and used when needed. The erection and dismantling of scaffolds over 3 stories (36 feet) in height may require the production to obtain a permit (a Cal/OSHA permit if in CA). Production Safety can be contacted at (310) 244-4544 for questions regarding this matter.


B11-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


4.3 Employees

Employees shall not participate in the designing, erecting, dismantling or use of a scaffold until they have been adequately trained. Employees should report safety concerns and any personal exposure to hazards to the department manager.

5.1 General

1. Review and post this Scaffolding Code of Safe Practices at the work site.

2. Follow all applicable federal, state and local codes when designing, erecting,dismantling and using scaffolding. The erection and dismantling of scaffolds over 3stories (36 feet) in height may require the production to obtain a permit (aCal/OSHA permit if in CA).

3. All scaffold equipment must be inspected before use. Damaged or defectiveequipment must not be used and should be removed from the work site. Erectedscaffolds should be continually inspected by all users to ensure that they aremaintained in safe condition.

4. Do not abuse or misuse scaffold equipment.

5. Scaffolds must not be subjected to loads greater than its maximum intendedworking load.

6. The maximum intended working load for each scaffold shall be posted at aconspicuous location at the jobsite or be provided to each supervisory employeewho should have it readily available at the jobsite.

5.2 Scaffold Design Requirements

Scaffold systems must be properly designed to perform their intended function. The following minimum requirements must be observed:

1. Scaffold systems must be designed by a qualified person and must be constructedand loaded in accordance with the design. For pre-fabricated scaffold systems, theapproval of a qualified person can be assumed within the limitations specified by themanufacturer.

2. Scaffolds must be designed and constructed using a dead load safety factor that will

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B11-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


ensure the scaffold supports, without failure, its own weight and 4 times the Maximum intended working (live) load applied or transmitted to it. Maximum intended working loads are as follows:

a. Light-Duty Scaffolds: 25 pounds per square foot of work platform b. Medium-Duty Scaffolds: 50 pounds per square foot of work platform c. Heavy-Duty Scaffolds: 75 Pounds per square foot of work platform

3. Designs for wood scaffolds over 60 feet in height and metal scaffolds over 125 feetin height must be approved by a Registered Professional Engineer.

4. When the height of a scaffold exceeds 4 times its minimum base dimension it mustbe restrained from tipping. The following minimum requirements must be observed:

a. The bottom tie must be placed no higher than 3 times the minimum basewidth and every 26 feet vertically thereafter. Ties must be placed asclose to the top of the scaffold as possible and, in no case, less than 3times the minimum base width of the scaffold from the top.

b. Vertical ties must be placed at the ends of scaffold runs and at no morethan 30 foot horizontal intervals in between.

c. Ties must be installed as the scaffold erection progresses and notremoved until the scaffold is dismantled to that height.

d. Enclosures, side brackets, cantilevered platforms, pulleys or hoist arms,and wind conditions introduce overturning and uplift forces that must beconsidered and compensated for. These assemblies may requireadditional bracing, tying or guying.

e. Circular scaffolds erected completely around or within a structure may berestrained from tipping by the use of “stand off” bracing members.

f. Each leg of a freestanding tower must be guyed at the intervals outlinedabove or otherwise restrained to prevent tipping or overturning.

g. Scaffolds draped with blacks, backings or other enclosing material willrequire extra support due to wind loading.

h. The hanging of lights or other heavy equipment may require the use ofcounterweights to prevent instability.

5. Work platforms must be fully planked either with scaffold grade solid sawn orlaminated plank, in good sound condition, or with fabricated platforms in goodcondition. Planking must also meet the following conditions:

a. Only scaffold grade wood planking or fabricated planking and deckingwith a nominal dimension of 2 x 10 inches must be used.

b. Planking shall have at least 12 inches of overlap and extend 6 inchespast center of support, or be cleated or restrained at both ends to preventplanking from sliding off its supports.

c. Planks must not extend beyond the support by more than 18 inches.

B11-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Overhangs must be separated from the work platform by guardrails so they cannot be walked on.

d. Planks and / or platforms must be secured to scaffolding when necessaryto prevent uplift or displacement because of high winds or other jobconditions.

6. Guardrails must be used on all open sides and ends of scaffold platforms. Top andmidrails that withstand 200 pounds are both required.

7. Toeboards (4 inches tall) are required whenever people are required to work orpass under or around the scaffold platform.

8. Access must be provided to all work platforms. If access is not available from thestructure, access ladders, frames with built-in ladders or stairways must beprovided. When frames with built-in ladders are used, cleated plank or fabricatedplank must be used at platform levels to minimize or eliminate platform overhang.Access ladders must extend at least 3 feet above platforms.

9. Anchorage and bracing shall be such that scaffolds and falsework will be preventedfrom swaying, tipping, or collapsing.

5.3 Scaffold Erection Requirements

Scaffold systems must be properly assembled and dismantled to ensure the safety of the installation crew and to provide a safe working surface for other crew members.

1. A competent person must oversee the erection and dismantling of all scaffolds.

2. The work site must be inspected before assembly begins to determine the groundconditions or strength of the supporting structure. The proximity of electrical powerlines, overhead obstructions, wind conditions, the need for overhead protection orweather protection should also be considered.

3. The scaffold base must be set on an adequate sill or pad to prevent slipping orsinking, and fixed to an appropriate structure where required. Use adjusting screwsor other approved methods to adjust to uneven grade conditions. Unstable objectssuch as blocks, loose bricks, etc., shall not be used.

B11-5

USPSM Version 4.1.0


4. Requirements for bracing, leveling and plumbing of tube and clamp scaffoldsinclude:

a. Posts must be erected plumb in all directions, with the first level of runners andbearers positioned as close to the base as feasible. The distance betweenbearers and runners shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommendations.

b. Plumb, level and tie the scaffold as erection proceeds. Do not force frames orbraces to fit. Level the scaffold until proper fit can easily be made.

c. Fasten all couplers and / or connections securely before assembly of the nextlevel.

5. All scaffolding components shall be installed and used in accordance with themanufacturer’s recommendations. Scaffolding components shall not be alteredduring assembly.

6. Vertical and / or horizontal diagonal bracing must be installed according tomanufacturer’s recommendations.

7. Scaffold frames and their components manufactured by different companies shallnot be intermixed unless the component parts readily fit together and the resultingscaffold’s structural integrity is maintained.

8. Do not erect scaffolds closer to electrical power lines that the voltage-specificclearance requirement unless proper precautions are taken. Scaffolding must not beerected within 10 feet of any energized electrical power lines. Voltages greater than50,000 volts require additional clearance. Contact the Production Safety Consultantprior to erecting or positioning scaffolding in the vicinity of energized electricalpower lines.

9. All persons erecting or dismantling scaffolds must wear hard hats.

10. Personnel must be protected from falls by the use of personal fall arrest systems.

11. Before use, the erected assembly must be checked to ensure that it complies withall applicable safety codes, that nuts and bolts are properly tightened, that it is leveland plumb, that work platforms are fully planked, that guardrails are in place andsafe access is provided.

B11-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0


5.4 Scaffold Dismantling Requirements

1. Check the scaffolding to ensure that it has not been structurally altered in a way thatwould make it unsafe. If it has, reconstruct the scaffolding where necessary beforecommencing with the dismantling process.

2. Consideration must be given as to the effect that removal of a component will haveon the rest of the scaffold prior to that component’s removal.

3. Do not accumulate excess components or equipment on the level being dismantled.

4. Do not remove ties until the scaffold above has been removed (dismantled).

5. Lower dismantled components in an orderly manner. Do not throw components offof the scaffold.

6. Dismantled equipment should be stockpiled in an orderly manner.

7. Use only proper access. Do not climb cross braces or vertical members. Do notclimb scaffold components unless they are specifically designed for that purpose.

5.5 Rolling Scaffolds

1. Riding rolling scaffolds is prohibited.

2. Casters with plain stems shall be attached to the panel or adjustment screw by pinsor other suitable means.

3. The screw jack shall extend into its leg tube at least 1/3 its length, but in no caseshall the exposed thread between the bottom of the adjusting nut and the top of thecaster extend more than 12 inches.

4. Wheels or casters shall be provided with a locking means to prevent caster rotationand scaffold movement and kept locked.

5. Joints shall be restrained from separation.

6. Use horizontal diagonal bracing near the bottom and at 20 foot intervals measuredfrom the rolling surface.

7. Do not use brackets or other platform extensions without compensating for theoverturning effect.

B11-7

USPSM Version 4.1.0


8. The platform height of a Rolling Scaffold must not exceed 3 times the smallest basedimension.

9. Secure or remove all materials and equipment from platform before moving.

10. Do not attempt to move a rolling scaffold without sufficient help – watch out forholes in floor and overhead obstructions – stabilize against tipping.

11. Move rolling scaffolds from the base level only. Do not pull or push from the top.

12. Lock all casters before getting on a rolling scaffold. Casters must be locked at alltimes the scaffold is not being moved.

13. Do not bridge between rolling scaffolds.

5.6 Scaffold Use Requirements

Serious injury or death can result from improper actions when working on or around scaffolding. The following practices must be adhered to at all times when working on or around scaffolding:

1. Inspect the scaffold assembly prior to each use to ensure that:

a. It is assembled correctly.b. It is level and plumb.c. The base plates are in firm contact with the sills.d. Bracing is in place and connected.e. Platforms are fully planked.f. Guardrails are in place including along all open sides and on platform ends.g. The scaffold is properly tied and / or guyed if necessary (i.e., if the height-to-

base ratio exceeds 4:1).h. Safe access is provided.

2. Use only the safe means of access that is provided. Do not climb bracing or framesnot specifically designed for climbing. If such access is not provided, insist that it beprovided. Climb safely as follows:

a. Face the rungs as you climb up or down and use both hands. Do not try to carrymaterials while you climb.

b. Be sure of your footing and balance while climbing. Keep one hand firmly on theframe or ladder at all times.

c. Do not work on ladder rungs.d. Do not jump onto planks or platforms.

B11-8

USPSM Version 4.1.0


3. Platforms on all working levels or scaffolds must be fully planked or decked.Openings between planks or between planks and uprights cannot exceed 1 inchunless necessary to fit around obstacles.

4. Do not overload platforms. Loads on planks should be evenly distributed andshould not exceed the allowable loads for the type of plank being used. No morethan one person should stand on an individual plank at a time.

5. Unless all open sides of the scaffold are protected by a top rail and midrail,personnel must utilize fall protection devices.

6. Working height must not be extended by placing planking on guardrails or by usingboxes or ladders on scaffold platforms.

7. Do not remove any components of a completed scaffold assembly except under thesupervision of a qualified person. Any component that has been removed shouldbe immediately replaced.

8. Side and end brackets are designed to only support people. Material must never beplaced on cantilevered platforms unless the assembly has been designed to supportmaterial loads.

9. Bridging between towers cannot be done with planks or stages unless the assemblyis designed by a qualified person.

10. Scaffolds cannot be used as material hoist towers or for mounting derricks unlessthe assembly is so designed by a qualified person.

11. Scaffolds must never be draped with blacks, backings or other enclosing materialsunless they are designed for this, due to the added wind load forces created by thematerial.

12. Never apply shock loads to the scaffold platform. Never jump down onto theplatform.

13. Never take chances while working with scaffolds! If you are in doubt regarding thesafety or use of a scaffold, consult with your supervisor immediately or contactProduction Safety.

14. Do not work on scaffolds if your physical condition is such that you feel dizzy orunsteady in any way.

B11-9

USPSM Version 4.1.0


15. Do not use, erect or dismantle scaffolding near or where contact can be made withpower lines or other energized electrical conductors. Always maintain a safeclearance of at least 10 feet from any electrical source. Voltages greater than50,000 volts require additional clearance. Contact the Production Safety Consultantprior to erecting or positioning scaffolding in the vicinity of energized electricalpower lines.

16. When hoisting material from the ground, control it with a tagline.


Each employee who performs work while on a scaffold shall be trained by a person qualified in the subject matter to recognize the hazards associated with the type of scaffold being used and to understand the procedures to control or minimize those hazards. The training shall include the following areas, as applicable:

1. The nature of any electrical hazards, fall hazards and falling object hazards in thework area;

2. The correct procedures for dealing with electrical hazards and for erecting,maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection systems and falling objectprotection systems being used;

3. The proper use of the scaffold, and the proper handling of materials on the scaffold;

4. The maximum intended load and the load-carrying capacities of the scaffolds used;

5. Any other pertinent requirements of this code.

Each employee who is involved in erecting, disassembling, moving, operating, repairing, maintaining, or inspecting a scaffold trained by a competent person to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question. The training shall include the following topics, as applicable:

1. The nature of scaffold hazards;

2. The correct procedures for erecting, disassembling, moving, operating, repairing,inspecting, and maintaining the type of scaffold in question;

3. The design criteria, maximum intended load-carrying capacity and intended use ofthe scaffold;

4. Any other pertinent requirements of this code.

B11-10

USPSM Version 4.1.0


When the employer has reason to believe that an employee lacks the skill or understanding needed for safe work involving the erection, use or dismantling of scaffolds, the employer shall retrain each such employee so that the requisite proficiency is regained. Retraining is required in at least the following situations:

1. Where changes at the worksite present a hazard about which an employee has notbeen previously trained; or

2. Where changes in the types of scaffolds, fall protection, falling object protection, orother equipment present a hazard about which an employee has not beenpreviously trained; or

3. Where inadequacies in an affected employee's work involving scaffolds indicate thatthe employee has not retained the requisite proficiency.

B11-11

Bloodborne Pathogens

This Exposure Control Plan (ECP) is provided only as a guide to assist Production in complying with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030 and the California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 5193 Bloodborne Pathogens Standard. It is not intended to supersede the requirements detailed in the standard.

Bloodborne Pathogen: Microorganisms present in human blood that can cause disease (i.e. viruses, bacteria, parasites, fungi). These microorganisms can be transmitted through contact with contaminated blood and body fluids mixed with blood. Primary bloodborne pathogens include: HIV, Hepatitis B and C.

4.1 Exposure Determination

OSHA requires employers to perform an exposure determination concerning which employees may incur occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials. The exposure determination is made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment (i.e., employees are considered to be exposed even if they wear personal protective equipment). This exposure determination is required to list all job classification in which all employees may be expected to incur such occupation exposure, regardless of frequency. At this facility, the following job classifications are in this category:

First Aid Coordinator / Set Medic and First Aid Certified Representatives.

Department Heads (including but not limited to: Construction Coordinator, Lead Scenic, SPX Coordinator, Special Effects Coordinator, Gaffer, Key Grip)

In addition, OSHA requires a listing of job classifications in which some employees may

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 SCOPE

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS

All employees working for Production will be affected by these procedures.

3.0 DEFINITIONS


have occupational exposure. Since not all employees in these categories would be expected to incur exposure to blood or other potentially infections materials, tasks or procedures that would cause these employees to have occupational exposure are also required to be listed in order to clearly understand which employees in these categories are considered to have occupational exposure. The job classifications and associated tasks for these categories are:

B12-1

Job Classification Tasks/Procedures

First Aid Coordinator / Set Medic – First Aid Certified Representatives exposed to cuts and other injuries where blood exposure may occur.

Department Heads (including but not limited to: Construction Coordinator, Lead Scenic, SPX Coordinator, Special Effects Coordinator, Gaffer, Key Grip)—Cleanup of spills, glass, wires, cuts due to working with hand and power tools for constructing of sets, rigging equipment, and use of other material on stunts/SPX where injury may occur.

4.2 Potential for Exposure

1.) Contact with someone who suffers a bleeding injury 2.) Contact with blood while administering first aid 3.) Touching a contaminated surface 4.) Assigned to clean up blood 5.) Contact with contaminated paper products or equipment in restroom 6.) Using a tool covered with dried blood 7.) Needle sticks or sticks with a sharp object that can penetrate the skin

4.3 Modes of Transmission Bloodborne pathogens can be transmitted through contact with infected human blood and other potential infection materials (OPIM) such as: saliva and any fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood.

5.1 Implementation Schedule and Methodology

OSHA also requires that this plan include a schedule and method of implementation for the various requirements of the standard. The following complies with this requirement:

Production crew members are trained on this topic through outside courses provided by such providers as the Safety Pass Training Program and on an annual basis. Set Medics who are First Aid certified undergo annual certification.

5.1.1 Compliance Methods:

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION


Universal precautions will be observed during production in order to preventcontact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

1.

B12-2

2. All blood or other potentially infectious material will be considered infectiousregardless of the perceived status of the source individual.

3. Engineering and work practice controls will be utilized to eliminate or minimizeexposure to employees working on the production.

4. Where occupational exposure remains after institution of these controls,personal protective equipment shall also be utilized.

5. At the production facilities, the following engineering controls will be used.Control measures include PPE such as nitrile gloves for use when handling boxcutters.

6. The above controls will be examined and maintained on a regular schedule. Theschedule for reviewing the effectiveness of the controls is as follows:

Weekly responsibility is handled by the Construction Coordinator and other KeyDepartment Heads and Leads.

7. Hand washing facilities are available to employees who incur exposure to bloodor other potentially infectious materials. OSHA requires these facilities be readilyaccessible after incurring exposure.

a. At the production facilities, hand washing facilities are located inbathrooms throughout production offices/stages including washroomswhen filming on location.

b. If hand washing facilities are not feasible, the producer is required toprovide either an antiseptic cleanser in conjunction with a cleancloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. If these alternatives are used,the hands are to be washed with soap and running water as soon asfeasible.

c. Employers who must provide alternatives to readily accessible handwashing facilities should list the location, tasks and responsibilities toensure maintenance and accessibility of these alternatives.

8. After removal of personal protective gloves, employees shall wash hands andany other potentially contaminated skin area immediately or as soon as feasiblewith soap and water.

9. If employees incur exposure to their skin or mucous membranes, those areasshall be washed or flushed with water as appropriate as soon as feasiblefollowing contact.


B12-3

5.2 Personal Protective Equipment

All personal protective equipment (PPE) used at the production facility will be provided without cost to employees.

PPE will be chosen based on the anticipated exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials.

The PPE will be considered appropriate only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through or reach the employees’ clothing, skin, eyes, mouth or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time the PPE will be used.

Protective clothing will be provided to employees by the production.

Personal Protective Equipment Task

Gloves – exposure to blood or material covered in blood due to injury from cutting, hand and power tool use, etc.; contact with blood while administering first aid; spill cleanup, decontamination and disposal.

Masks – exposure to blood or material covered in blood; spill cleanup, decontamination and disposal.

Safety Glasses or Goggles – protection from blood splatter when exposed to blood or material cover in blood due to injury; contact with blood while administering first aid; spill cleanup, decontamination and disposal.

Tyvek Suit (if necessary) – Spill cleanup, decontamination and disposal.

All PPE will be cleaned, laundered and disposed of by the producer at no cost to employees. All repairs and replacements will be made by the producer at no cost to employees.

All garments penetrated by blood shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible. All PPE will be removed before leaving the work area. The following protocol has been developed to facilitate leaving the equipment at the work area. Garments are placed in a designated bag / container for proper segregation.

Gloves shall be worn where it is reasonably anticipated the employees will have hand contact with blood, other potentially infectious materials, non-intact skin and mucous membranes. Gloves will be available at each location and are provided by the facility manager.


B12-4

Cuts, handling of material, cleaning wounds for associates injured on the job.

1. Disposable gloves used at the production facility are not to be washed ordecontaminated for re-use and are to be replaced as soon as practical when they become contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

2. Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use provided the integrity of theglove is not compromised. Utility gloves will be discarded if they are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured or exhibit other signs of deterioration or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

Masks, in combination with eye protection devices such as goggles or glasses with a solid shield, or chin-length face shields, are required to be worn whenever splashes, spray, splatter or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials may be generated and eye, nose or mouth contamination can reasonably be anticipated. Situations at the production facility which would require such protection are as follows:

Serious injury to a co-worker or crew member that needs to be transported to a hospital or clinic.

Laundry Procedures: Laundry contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials will be handled as little as possible. Such laundry will be placed in appropriately marked bags at the location where it was used. Such laundry will not be sorted or rinsed in the area of use.

All employees who handle contaminated laundry will use PPE to prevent contact with blood of other potentially infectious materials.

Laundry at this facility will be cleaned by a designated vendor.

Note here if laundry is sent off-site. If this is the case, the laundry service accepting the laundry is to be notified, in accordance with Section (d) of 29 CFR 1910.1030.

5.3 Hepatitis B Vaccine

1. All employees who have been identified as having exposure to blood or otherpotentially infectious materials will be offered the Hepatitis B vaccine, at no cost tothe employee.

The vaccine will be offered within 10 working days of their initial assignment to workinvolving the potential for occupational exposure to blood or other potentiallyinfectious materials unless the employee has previously had the vaccine or whowishes to submit to antibody testing which shows the employee to have sufficientimmunity.

Gloves will be used for the following procedures:


B12-1

B12-1

B12-5

2. Employees who decline the Hepatitis B vaccine will sign a waiver that uses thewording in Appendix A of 29 CFR 1910.1030. Contact Medical Services for thewaiver.

3. Employees who initially decline the vaccine but who later wish to have it may thenhave the vaccine provided to them at no cost. The Set Medic—in conjunction withthe Medical Services are responsible for authorizing the vaccine, supplying liabilityand release forms, and maintaining records.

5.4 Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-Up

1. When the employee incurs and exposure incident, it should be reported to the SetMedic, Department Supervisor, UPM and Production Safety Consultant.

2. All employees who incur an exposure incident will be offered post-exposureevaluation and follow-up in accordance with the OSHA standard.

3. This follow-up will include the following:

Documentation of the route of exposure and the circumstances related to theincident.

If possible, the identification and status of the source individual. The blood of thesource individual will be tested (after consent is obtained) for HIV/HBV infectivity.

Results of testing of the source individual will be made available to the exposedemployee with the exposed employee informed as to the applicable laws andregulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectivity of the sourceindividual.

The employee will be offered the option of having blood collected for testing of theemployee’s HIV/HBV serological status. The blood sample will be preserved for upto 90 days to allow the employee to decide if the blood should be tested for HIVserological status. However, if the employee decides prior to that time that testingwill or will not be conducted, the appropriate action can be taken and the bloodsample discarded.

The employee will be offered post-exposure prophylaxis in accordance with thecurrent recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Services.

The employee will be given appropriate counseling concerning precautions to takeduring the period after the exposure incident. The employee will also be giveninformation on what potential illnesses to be alert for and to report any relatedexperiences to appropriate personnel.


B12-6

The following person has been designated to assure that the policy outlined here is effectively carried out as well as maintain records related to this policy: Producer and UPM.

5.5 Interaction with Health Care Professionals:

A written opinion shall be obtained from the health care professional who evaluates employees of this facility. Written opinions will be obtained in the following instances:

When the employee is sent to obtain the Hepatitis B vaccine.

Whenever the employee is sent to a health care professional following an exposure incident.

Health care professionals shall be instructed to limit their opinions to:

Whether the Hepatitis B vaccine is indicated and if the employee has received the vaccine, or for evaluation following an incident;

That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation; and

That the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or other potential infectious materials. (Note that the written opinion to the employer is not to reference any personal medical information.)

5.6 Training

Training for all employees will be conducted during the initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may occur. Training for employees will include the following: an explanation of:

1. The OSHA standard for Bloodborne Pathogens

2. Epidemiology and symptomatology of bloodborne diseases

3. Modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens

4. This Exposure Control Plan (e.g., points of the plan, lines of responsibility, how the planwill be implemented, etc.)

5. Procedures that might cause exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materialsat this facility.

6. Control methods that will be used at the facility to control exposure to blood or otherpotentially infectious materials.


B12-7

7. Personal Protective Equipment available at this facility and who should be contactedconcerning PPE

8. Post-exposure evaluation and follow-up

9. Signs and labels used at the facility

10. Hepatitis B vaccine program at the facility

11.All employees will receive annual refresher training. (Note this training is to beconducted within one year of the employee’s previous training.)

5.7 Recordkeeping:

As required by this standard, the following records will be maintained in a confidential manner by Medical Services.

- Medical Record - Training Record - Sharps Injury Log (if exposure to needles) - Exposure Incident Investigation reports Records will be maintained in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 and 29 CFR 1904.


B12-8

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Ergonomics

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL ERGONOMICS

The OSHA Ergonomics Standard 29 CFR Part 1910.900 and California Code of Regulations (CCR Title 8, Section 5110) outlines the Ergonomic standards put forth in this manual. Production recognizes the potential of ergonomic stressors to adversely impact worker health and safety and has established controls to reduce the duration, frequency and severity of exposure to ergonomic stressors.

The purpose of this Ergonomics Program is to improve the work environment surrounding each employee using a multi-disciplinary approach in order to enhance human performance, and to reduce the occurrence of ergonomic-related disorders.

Cumulative Trauma Disorder (CTD): Health disorders that may arise from the repeatedbiomechanical stress due to ergonomic stressors.

Ergonomic Risk Factors: Conditions of a job, process or operation that contribute to therisk of developing CTDs. Examples include repetitiveness of activity, force required and awkwardness of posture. Risk factors are regarded as synergistic elements of ergonomic hazards, which must be considered in light of their combined effect in inducing CTDs. Jobs, operations or workstations that have multiple risk factors will have a higher probability of causing CTDs, depending on the relative degree of severity of each factor.

Ergonomic Stressors: Workplace conditions that pose a biomechanical stress to theworker. Such hazardous work conditions include, but are not limited to, faulty workstation layout, improper work methods, improper tools, excessive tool vibration and job design problems that include aspects of work flow, line speed, posture and force requirements, work/rest regimens and repetition rate. These are also referred to as ergonomic hazards.

Ergonomic Worksite Analysis: A detailed assessment of a particular job task to identifypotential ergonomic stressors. This assessment helps to verify lower risk factors at light duty or restricted activity work positions and to determine if risk factors for a work position have been reduced or eliminated to the extent possible. The assessment includes an analysis of the workstation layout and the ergonomic risk factors of the job.

Ergonomic Worksite Survey: A methodology that identifies job tasks as having a high orlow level of ergonomic risk. Job tasks identified as having a high ergonomic risk require an

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 DEFINITIONS

B13-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

ergonomic worksite analysis. The survey includes the review of injury and illness records to identify patterns and trends that may indicate the development of CTDs.

Human Engineering Design Criteria: The summation of available knowledge that definesthe nature and limits of human capabilities as they relate to the checkout, operation, maintenance or control of systems or equipment; and which may be applied during engineering design to achieve optimum compatibility between equipment and human performance.

Responsibilities and Authorities It will be the responsibility of the Safety Program Director and Department Heads and

Supervisors to ensure:

1. Employees reporting ergonomic-related symptoms are referred to Health andMedical Services (HMS) for surveillance or treatment.

2. Assist in performing worksite surveys.

3. Ensure implementation of corrective action for control of ergonomic stressorsas recommended by HMS.

4. Address proper work-related techniques in an on-the-job training program.

Employees are responsible for:

1. Using proper work techniques in performing their duties.

2. Reporting all injuries, symptoms and illnesses that may be related to ergonomics totheir supervisors.

3. Checking with their supervisors regarding ergonomic improvements in their work area.


Worksite Surveys:

Accident reports and injury and illness records shall be reviewed regularly by the Safety Program Director for evidence of ergonomic concerns.


4.0 IMPLEMENTATION

B13-2


USPSM Version 4.1.0

1. Any apparent trends shall be identified and analyzed to determine the source of theinjuries or illnesses.

2. Worksite surveys shall be performed by Department Heads & Supervisors inconjunction with the Safety Program Director.

3. The worksite survey shall identify work conditions that put workers at risk of developingergonomic-related injuries or illnesses. Jobs will be identified as having a high or lowlevel of ergonomic risk.

4. Results of worksite surveys shall be available to all employees.

5. Ergonomic Worksite Analysis.

6. Job tasks identified as having a high level of ergonomic risk shall have a worksiteanalysis performed.

7. Ergonomic worksite analysis shall be performed by Department Heads &Supervisors in conjunction with the Safety Program Director to reduce or eliminatethe high level of ergonomic risk where possible.

8. The ergonomic worksite analysis shall validate whether efforts to eliminate or reduceergonomic risk factors have been effective to the extent feasible.

4.2 Hazard Prevention and Control

Engineering Controls:

1. Engineering controls, where feasible, are the preferred method of controllingergonomic stressors.

2. Workstation design shall be flexible enough to accommodate the person who willactually be performing a given job.

3. Work spaces shall be large enough to allow for the full range of requiredmovements.

Work Practice Controls:

1. The ergonomic worksite analysis shall emphasize an evaluation of work practicecontrols, including:

1. Proper techniques and methods that improve posture and reduce stress and strainon extremities;

2. Proper care, use and maintenance of tools;

B13-3


USPSM Version 4.1.0

3. Correct lifting techniques; and4. Correct use of ergonomically designed workstations and fixtures.

2. Department Heads & Supervisors shall be sensitive to the potential need for themodification of work practice controls to accommodate changes in the dynamics of theworkplace, such as:

1. Production schedules

2. Staffing allocations

3. Type, size, weight or position of the workplace being handled.

3. Administration controls may be used to reduce the duration, frequency and severity ofexposures to ergonomic stressors.

4. Each department shall have an effective housekeeping program to minimize thepotential for slips and falls.

Personal Protective Equipment:

1. Production will supply personal protective equipment as necessary for a specific jobassignment.

2. Braces, splints, back belts and other similar devices are not considered personalprotective equipment.

3. Personal protective equipment shall be chosen to minimize other ergonomicstressors.

Medical Management:

1. Medical treatment shall be available on each shift to facilitate treatment foroccupational injuries and illnesses.

2. Production will consult the Health and Medical Services department to identify jobsconsistent with medical restrictions.

3. Department Heads & Supervisors will perform walk-throughs of work areas to remainknowledgeable of operations and work practices and to investigate ergonomic-relatedemployee concerns.

4. Prior to assignment to a job with a high ergonomic risk, all new and transferredemployees shall receive baseline health surveillance. Any necessary follow-up will beprovided on a schedule to be determined by the examining physician.

B13-4


USPSM Version 4.1.0


Training and Education:

The Safety Program Director shall administer a training program for ergonomics. This program shall

include:

1. General information2. Training modules:

3. Office ergonomics

4. Industrial ergonomics

5. Ergonomics for process safety

Employee Involvement:

1. Employee comments and suggestions shall be solicited as a part of the worksiteanalysis.

2. Employee comments on ergonomics issues shall be solicited during medicalsurveillance activities.

3. Employees are encouraged to call the Safety Hotline (888) 883-SAFE with anyergonomic health concerns.

B13-5


Environmental Compliance

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

USPSM Version 4.1.0 B14 - 1

The production is committed to minimizing impacts on the environment and maintaining compliance with Federal, state, and local environmental regulations. It is the responsibility of Production’s individual departmental coordinators and supervisors in conjunction with the Safety Program Director to ensure compliance with all applicable environmental regulations. Please contact the Sustainable Production Manager (SPM) at (310) 244-4544 for complete hazardous waste management instructions and with any questions, concerns or if you require assistance with any environmental compliance, hazardous waste or other regulations at any time.

1.1 Air Emissions

All surface coating (i.e., painting) operations that involve spray-applied coatings ofnon-architectural set pieces should take place in a properly constructed andpermitted spray booth. It is required that all coating operations comply with allapplicable environmental regulations. If the use of a spray booth is not possible,please contact the SPM prior to the initiation of coating operations to ensureregulatory compliance.

The production encourages the use of water-based and no- and low-VOC(volatile organic compound) products.

Generally, spray-applied coatings should be applied with a high volume, lowpressure (HVLP) spray gun, electrostatic application, airless or air-assistedairless spray gun, or an equivalent technology. Spray gun cleaning shouldprevent atomizing cleaning solvents. All solvents used to clean spray gunsshould be properly contained.

Lacquer thinner is not to be used to clean spray guns or for any other purposethan thinning lacquer-based coatings. Alternative solvents are available for gun-cleaning and wipe-cleaning. The use of fluid-recycling parts washers isrecommended.

In California, ensure that Production complies with Volatile OrganicCompound (VOC) regulations by the local Air Quality Management District(AQMD) or Air Pollution Control District (APCD).

All air quality permit regulations, including recordkeeping requirements such asVOC logbooks, must be strictly adhered to. Air quality permits are generallyrequired for spray booths, coating operations, portable generators, etc. Copies ofpermits and log books should be kept with Production files.

Only water-based coatings may be sprayed on set unless approved in advance bythe SPM and the local fire authority. Do not spray lacquer or other flammable

1.0 PURPOSE & PROGRAM



materials without pre-approval. Please also refer to Section 5.4 – Paint, Flammable Liquids, & Gases, of this manual.

Use all materials in accordance with manufacturer recommendations forapplication andthinning.

All containers must have tight-fitting lids. Keep lids on containers when not inuse.

Products should be kept in their original, labeled containers. If materials must betransferred into secondary containers (i.e., can or bottle), ensure that thesecondary container is properly labeled with, at a minimum, the identity of thematerial (i.e., chemical name) and the proper hazard warnings (i.e. flammable,corrosive, etc.) along with the proper GHS label.

1.2 Water Discharges

Ensure that routine and non-routine activities including vehicle washing,vehicle/equipment maintenance, pressure washing, and other industrial activitiesdo not impact or discharge to storm drain systems. Utilize best managementpractices to ensure pollutants are not discharged to the storm drain system,rivers and ocean.

1.2.1 Vendors are available that can assist with capturing wastewaterbefore it enters the storm drain.

1.2.2 Identify all equipment and systems used outdoors that may spill or leakpollutants. Regularly inspect these areas to detect potential leaks, or identify conditions that may result in the development of leaks.

1.2.3 Cover waste disposal containers and material storage containers when not inuse.

1.2.4 Do not dispose of chemicals in the garbage, storm drain or thesewer.

1.3 Abatement

The Production Safety Consultant provides project management services for removing hazardous materials from facilities. Special precautions must be taken when handling asbestos, lead-based paint, and other potentially hazardousbuilding materials. The Production Safety Consultant should be notified prior to beginning work on all construction and abatement projects in order to identify potential hazardous materials and safety issues.



1.4 Hazardous Waste / Materials Spill Response and Management

Hazardous waste and regulated materials must be handled, stored and disposed of in accordance with local, state and Federal requirements. Contact the SPM and refer to the below information and the Hazardous Waste Manual for guidance. The Manual and Appendices are available in Scenechronize; required file documents should be posted and published to Scenechronize.

Measures should be taken to protect employees in the workplace from hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed to during normal work operations or in any reasonable foreseeable emergencies.

Use all chemicals in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.

Always read and comply with the manufacturer’s labels and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and maintain a current chemical inventory.

Productions are required to obtain safety data sheets (SDSs) for all chemicals used or stored. SDSs are available from the chemical supplier or manufacturer. SDSs must also be made available to all employees working with or near the hazardous chemical. SDSs can also be obtained by calling the SDS Hotline at (888) 362-7416 or using the following link:https://msdsmanagement.msdsonline.com/?ID=bb746828-0be8-4f43-89b8-f80ed25d4b3c.

Hazardous waste (corrosive and flammable materials, asbestos contaminated debris, lead contaminated debris, etc.) is regulated waste and must not be mixed with other waste. Acute Hazardous Wastes are those that can be fatal to humans or animals in low doses.

Typical hazardous wastes generated by production include by are not limited to paints and solvents.

**In the case of an incident or emergency, call 9-1-1 as necessary. Contact your local hazardous waste vendor for assistance and call (310) 244-4444 for additional assistance and to report the issue.**

1.4.1 Hazardous Materials Spill ResponseMeasures should be taken to protect individuals from exposure, isolate the spill and prevent the material from entering a storm drain. The production is required to have a spill kit or other spill supplies in advance for small spills. Spill kits are available through Studio Expendables.

Larger spills must be cleaned up by trained professionals. Call the Veolia emergency number: (800) 688-4005 and/or contact your local vendor

https://msdsmanagement.msdsonline.com/?ID=bb746828-0be8-4f43-89b8-f80ed25d4b3c

https://msdsmanagement.msdsonline.com/?ID=bb746828-0be8-4f43-89b8-f80ed25d4b3c



representative. Contact the SPM at 310.244-4544 for assistance with emergencyresponse and to coordinate regulatory notification(s).

Regardless of the size, all incidents must be reported as soon as safely possible via the 24-hour emergency line at 310-244-4444.

Hazardous Waste ManagementThe Construction Coordinator and / or Lead Scenic is responsible for proper hazardous and regulated waste management in accordance with local, state and Federal requirements. The Construction Coordinator and/or Lead Scenic are responsible for applying for an EPA ID and contracting with a hazardous waste vendor. The UPM is responsible for signing the EPA ID form and waste manifests.

The following overview refers to domestic Federal regulations. Production isresponsible to understand and adhere to Federal as well as additional or overridingrequirements based on location.

Supporting documents are available in Scenechronize; completeddocuments should be posted and published to Scenechronize as follows:Features: Studio Documents > Hazardous WasteTV: Studio Documents > Corporate Safety & Environmental Affairs > HazardousWaste

On-lot productions will receive hazardous waste management services.

Domestic productions off-lot must: o Determine their generator status and proceed accordingly, per the

guidelines in the Hazardous Waste Generator Chart;o The Construction Coordinator and/or Lead Scenic can obtain an EPA or

State ID number as required (For California, go to: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/IDManifest/TempHWID.cfm );

Report ID number to SPM

o Arrange for necessary training: On-line hazardous material’s training is available to each production that

generates or uses hazardous materials. This training is recommended for Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity

Generators (CESQGs) and for persons responsible for signingtransportation documents. For (Small Quantity Generators (SQGs) andany generator which requires an ID number, at least one person whosigns the documents must complete the “Off-site Hazardous WasteHandling” on-line course.

Contact the SPM to arrange training prior to working with hazardous materials.

http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/IDManifest/TempHWID.cfm



Proper accumulation, storage, labeling, signage, etc., is required Follow appropriate training, preparedness and inspection

requirements.

o Coordinate with approved vendor for off-site shipment:

Contract with a hazardous waste management vendor, preferablyVeolia [local representative information available from 8 a.m.-4p.m. CT at (262-236-8130], using the Veolia HW Form.

Obtain approval through the SPM prior to contracting with analternate hazardous waste vendor.

o The Construction Coordinator is responsible for completing and post/publish to Scenechronize a Weekly HW Inspection Form.

o Sign and retain transportation documents (aka Manifests): Manifests must be kept with production files, Post/publish copies of Manifests to Scenechronize, Follow local regulations regarding other manifest submission

requirements.

1.4.2 Never dispose of chemicals in the trash, storm drains, or the sewer.

1.4.3 International productions must adhere to local and applicable regulations.

1.5 Banned Substances

The use of the following substances is banned:

1.5.1 CFC (non-refrigerant) 1.5.2 HCFC (non-refrigerant) 1.5.3 Methyl bromide1.5.4 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1.5.5 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 1.5.6 1,2-Dichlorethane1.5.7 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1.5.8 1,2-Dichloroethylene 1.5.9 Methylene Chloride 1.5.10 Chloroform1.5.11 Trichloroethylene1.5.12 Tetrachloroethylene 1.5.13 Carbon tetrachloride 1.5.14 Cadmium and its compound

Mercury and its Components Asbestos Vinyl Chloride Monomer PCBs Benzene Nonylphenol Octyphenol Halon CFCs Lead Solder Methyl Cellosolve and its Acetate Ethyl Cellosolve and its Acetate Dioxin / Furan

Manage waste on-site in accordance with regulations:o


1.6 Transportation of Dangerous Goods

It is prohibited to ship or transport dangerous goods without specific training and certification. Specific regulations are set by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and Department of Transportation (DOT) and apply to both production and personal goods. Common examples of dangerous goods which are prohibited to ship or transport without proper authorization and documentation include, but are not limited to:

1.6.1 Pyrotechnic materials such as explosives,1.6.2 Blank ammunition,1.6.3 Lithium ion batteries (cameras, drones, power tools, etc.),1.6.4 Other specific battery types,1.6.5 Aerosol canisters (hair spray, canned air, lubricants, adhesives, etc.), 1.6.6 Compressed gas cylinders (propane, CO2, nitrogen, etc.),1.6.7 Flammables or combustibles (solvents, lacquers, rubber cement, etc.), 1.6.8 Paint, sludge and chemical waste,1.6.9 Other hazardous wastes.

Location Services utilizes trained and certified shipping firms to ensure that dangerous goods are properly packaged and labeled. Prior to shipping any dangerous or potentially dangerous goods, contact Location Services at (310) 244-8122. The Transportation Department can also be contacted at (310) 244-7016 for assistance in this area.

B14 - 6

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Training Tools & Materials


U.S. PRODUCTIONS TRAINING TOOLS & MATERIALS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Click on the section or individual document of interest below for specific content for each:

I. Safety Awareness (IIPP)** General Safe Practices for Production

II. Fire & Life Safety* Film Location Inspections**

III. Hazardous Communication*IV. Heat Illness Prevention**V. RespiratorVI. Industry Safety Bulletins (CSATF)VII. ToolBox Talks

Code of Safe Practices Construction

Table Saws Hearing Protection Influenza Rough Terrain Utility Vehicles (RTUV)

Scaffolding Security Tips Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) / DronesLiftgate Operations

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Safety Awareness (IIPP)

USPSM Version 4.1.0 C1-1


(Turn completed copy into the Production Office Coordinator)

I, ___________________________________(PRINT your name here) have been made aware of the following Safety / Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP) and of the General Safety Guidelines for Production.

Occupational Health and Safety Policy

The Production is committed to providing a workplace for its employees where the protection and preservation of their health and safety is of paramount importance. Safety will take precedence over expediency or shortcuts in the operation of our company.

This Safety Program (IIPP) is a plan of action to prevent workplace accidents, injuries, and occupational disease for location and stage production activities in the United States of America, and has been developed to assure compliance with Federal and state occupational health and safety legislation in the USA. All cast, crew, and contractors are required to work in a safe and healthful manner. Prevention of illness and injury is an achievable goal. Through communication, participation, education, and a proactive approach to injury prevention, we can achieve this goal.

Health and Safety Responsibilities All personnel are required to know, understand, and follow the policies and procedures contained within this Safety Program (IIPP) and to comply with all applicable Federal, state, and local safety regulations. If you see any unsafe work conditions or feel it is unsafe to perform a task, let your supervisor, Unit Production manager, Producer, or studio safety representative know, and/or call the Studio Safety Hotline anonymously. You will not be disciplined or discharged for bringing attention to safety concerns. Refer to Notice of Unsafe Condition and Action Plan (Form 7), located in the Required Forms Section of the Safety Manual.

Incident Reporting

All incidents (injuries, near misses, property damage etc.) are to be reported to your supervisor and first aid attendant immediately.

Emergency Procedures for the Location of Work

The Department Head will inform you of the emergency procedures for the location you will be assigned to work. You should become familiar with the location of fire exits and applicable emergency response equipment nearest you.

Copies of the Production Occupational Health and Safety Manual

Copies of the Safety Program (IIPP) and Production Safety Manual are located in the Production Office, each location, and on set. Reasonable access to the Federal OSHA and state health & safety regulations will be made available in a timely manner upon request.

Employee Safety Program (IIPP) Orientation and Safety Guidelines Acknowledgment (Form 1)



Employee Safety Program (IIPP) Orientation and Safety Guidelines Acknowledgment (Form 1 - Continued)

General Safety Guidelines and Relevant Job Specific Safe Work Practices

You have received a copy of the General Safety Guidelines for Production to read, understand, and follow. Special work related procedures will be explained by your supervisor or Department Head as needed. Failure to adhere to the General Safety Guidelines for Production and safe work procedures may result in disciplinary action. Please keep a copy of the safety guidelines for your reference.

Employee Signature: Date:

Employee Name (Print or Type) Job Title or Position:

IM PORTANT: By signing this form you do not waive any of your rights under Workers Compensati on Laws.

Page 1 of 7THE GENERAL CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES IS A RECOMMENDED GUIDELINE ONLY; CONSULT ALL APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS

SAFETY BULLETINS MAY BE VIEWED OR DOWNLOADED FROM THE WEBSITE WWW.CSATF.ORG

GENERAL CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES FOR PRODUCTION

This "General Code of Safe Practices" incorporates information from safety bulletins that have been developed and issued by the Industry-Wide Labor Management Safety Committee over the past 20 years. Many of these guidelines are simply common sense; others have evolved from Federal, State and/or Local laws and regulations.

These laws require every employer to have and post a general set of Code of Safe Practices at each job site.

This document is not intended to take the place of the Safety Bulletins. You should also refer to the Safety Bulletins (index attached), which address concerns specific to your work environment.

By following these guidelines, Safety Bulletins, laws, regulations and company policy and procedures, serious accidents and injuries can be prevented.

Working conditions may change from day to day, particularly on location. To prevent accidents, you need to be aware of your work environment and the equipment being used. Pay special attention to call sheets as they may contain important safety information for the next day's shoot. Safety Meetings will be conducted as necessary to brief you on potentially hazardous set conditions. (Additional information on "Safety Awareness" and "Safety Meetings" may be found in Bulletin #5)

If you have any questions or concerns, or notice anything you believe could be hazardous and/or unsafe to the cast and crew, please talk to your supervisor, unit production manager, producer, union

representative or studio safety representative and/or call the studio safety hotline anonymously. You will not be disciplined or discharged for bringing attention to safety concerns.

Each company is required to name the person responsible for safety on the production as outlined in their Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP).

A production company or studio may have additional or specific guidelines as part of their IIPP. You should refer to the IIPP and Safety Manual of the employer for whom you are employed.

1. GENERAL RULES

Familiarize yourself with emergency procedures for each location. You are responsible for knowing how to react in an emergency situation. Contact your supervisor if you do not know emergency procedures.

At a minimum, a four-foot perimeter should be kept clear around the interior of the stage walls. Make sure all exit doors are unobstructed, unlocked and capable of being opened from the inside.

Good housekeeping should be maintained at all times. Walkways and work areas are to be kept clear of materials, trash, equipment and debris.

All decorative set materials should be flame retardant or made of non-combustible materials if such materials will be exposed to hot lamps, fire effects or other ignition sources.

G:\wpdata\AMPTP\Bulletins\Current\Gen Code of Safe Practices.doc

General Code of Safe Practices

Obey all "No Smoking" signs. Observe designated smoking areas and always extinguish cigarettes in the appropriate containers (butt cans).

Page 2 of 7THIS CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES IS A RECOMMENDED GUIDELINE ONLY; CONSULT ALL APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS


Fire equipment (hydrants, extinguishers, sprinklers, hoses, etc.) must be accessible at all times.

Always be aware of personnel working above and below you. All overhead equipment fixtures and props should be properly secured.

All cables should be neatly routed. Cables in walkways and traffic areas should be covered with mats and/or cable crossovers.

Pranks and other types of horseplay are unacceptable. Distracting crewmembers could result in accidents and injuries.

Report accidents immediately to your leadman, foreman, supervisor, and/or medical personnel. Follow instructions given to you when referred for medical treatment for any injury and retain documentation. All injuries must be reported on the date of occurrence.

Wear appropriate clothing and any required personal protective equipment (PPE). A shirt and proper footwear should be worn at all times. Safety glasses or hearing protection must be worn when operating equipment or performing work where eye or ear damage could potentially occur.

Medication which might interfere with your alertness or ability to perform your work should be used only under a doctor's direction. If you feel that any medication is impairing your work, please discuss this with your supervisor. Do not work while under the influence of illegal drugs or

alcoholic beverages. Don't put yourself or your fellow workers at risk.

Attend all on-production, off-production and/or individual department Safety Meetings.

If involved in any stunt, special effect, aviation sequence, water sequence or other potentially hazardous or unusual activities, attend any additional Safety Meetings held for that activity.

Be aware of general location safety concerns, including extreme temperature conditions, physical surroundings, indigenous critters and nasty plants.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #17, #21, #26, #27, #31, #34, #34A and #35.

2. LIFTING AND MOVING OBJECTS

Lifting loads improperly can cause back injuries.

Make sure you get the appropriate assistance when lifting or moving heavy or awkward objects. Avoid lifting such objects whenever possible by using carts, dollies and other mechanical devices or GET ADEQUATE HELP.

Before lifting any load, check for slivers, jagged edges, burrs, rough or slippery surfaces and protruding nails.

Check your intended path for obstructions.



3. COMMON FALL RISKS



Fall Protection:

Use appropriate fall protection equipment whenever you are working greater than 30 inches (general use/California) or 6 feet (during construction) above the floor, ground or other working area, when standard guardrails or other equivalent protection is not available.

Unprotected work areas such as platforms, sets, walkways, cliffs, floor openings, shafts and rooftops (when approaching within 6 feet of the roof's edge) require the use of approved fall protection measures. These measures include but are not limited to guardrails, barriers, safety net systems, a written fall protection plan, and/or the use of personal fall arrest, fall restraint, or work positioning systems.

Fall arrest equipment is always required when working in the permanent grid and truss system (perms) outside the catwalks and handrails.

DO NOT use fall protection equipment without proper training and instruction. Only use appropriate anchorage points.

Temporary stair railings and guardrails are required around elevated surfaces, pits, holes or other unprotected openings.

Ensure proper lighting in such areas and post signs as necessary.

Scaffolds:

Only use scaffolds with the appropriate guardrails, mid rails and toe boards. DO NOT remove guardrails; contact the scaffold "competent person" if they need to be

removed to perform special work. REPORT any missing guardrails at once.

DO NOT climb across braces.

Ladders:

Inspect all ladders before each use for broken or missing rungs, steps, split side rails or other defects.

NEVER place ladders in doorways unless protected by barricades or guards.

NEVER stand on the top two rungs of a ladder.

USE only approved ladders or steps. Check the labels for compliance.

ALWAYS USE both hands while climbing.

4. CHEMICALS AND FLAMMABLEMATERIALS

Store all flammable liquids in approved safety containers or cabinets. Paint, chemicals, and other materials should not accumulate on stage floors, under platforms or in other work areas.

You should know and follow proper handling and storage procedures for all combustible or flammable materials.

Ensure that there is proper ventilation and wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE).

A Safety Data Sheet (SDS) shall be obtained from the manufacturer or distributor and a copy of the SDS must be kept on file for all chemicals and substances being used and/or stored.



Use the proper equipment for the job; be aware of load and rider capacities. Never allow more than 9 people (including the driver) on an insert car.

5. HAND TOOLS AND RELATEDEQUIPMENT



Use the right tool for the job. Do Not use tools or equipment for which you have not been properly trained and qualified. See your supervisor if you are unfamiliar with the equipment, have any questions or feel that you need additional training.

Operators and passengers of all vehicles should always use personal protective equipment (PPE).

Obtain training from a qualified instructor prior to operating aerial lift platforms, scissor lifts, forklifts or rough terrain variable-reach forklifts. OSHA requires the operators of such equipment to wear approved personal protective equipment (PPE).

Ensure that all equipment is in proper working order and that all protective guards are in place and used.

Do Not attempt to alter, modify, displace, or remove any existing safety equipment. Saw guards, safety switches and other safety mechanisms are installed for your protection. Tag ("Do Not Use") and report any damaged or malfunctioning equipment.

Be particularly cautious when driving, walking or traveling; proceed slowly and watch for sudden movements of objects or individuals.

Be especially careful when working around helicopters or on runways. Remain at least 50 feet away from helicopters or other aircraft unless directed by the Aerial Coordinator and/or Pilot in Command or ground safety contact.

Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and be aware of flying debris.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletin #21.

Under no circumstances should you approach the helicopter or aircraft without permission from the ground safety contact or the Pilot in Command.

6. FILMING EQUIPMENT & VEHICLES

(Including Booms, Camera & Insert Cars, Cranes, Process Trailers, Tow Dollies, Camera Dollies, Elevated Platforms, Fixed Wing Aircraft, Boats, Cars, Helicopters, Motorcycles, Trains)

Ratchet straps and/or ropes are the preferred method of securing loads and/or equipment. If using “bungees,” “rubber snubbers” or other elastic-type devices, ensure they are not frayed, worn, damaged, cracked or have damaged or bent hooking devices. Uncontrolled release can cause severe injuries to unprotected body parts, particularly to the face or eyes.

Whether the rotors are turning or not, always approach and leave the helicopter from the front. NEVER WALK NEAR OR AROUND THE TAIL ROTOR OF A HELICOPTER.

The use of aircraft, boats, trains or cars may require special permits and/or operator certifications. All vehicles, including their peripheral safety equipment (i.e., harnesses, belts, roll-cage, fuel cells, etc.), must undergo thorough safety inspection and testing on a daily basis by qualified experienced personnel.



Keep electric panels accessible at all times. There should be no obstructions or storage within three feet (3’) of a panel.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #3, #3A, #8, #8A, #8B, #8C, #11, #11A, #15, #20, #22, #28, #29, #29A, #36 and #37.

Remember that lights placed too closely to props, sets and other materials may pose a fire risk and, therefore, make sure that lights are placed far enough away to alleviate risk.



7. ELECTRICAL SAFETY

POWER LINES: California Code of Regulation, Title 8, Section 2946, Overhead Clearances, must be observed and maintained at all times (applicable regulations are set forth in Addendum #8C, #22A and #25A of the Industry Safety Bulletins). This applies to ladders, scaffolds, booms, forklifts, aerial lifts, scissor lifts, cranes, rigging, sets, truss work, backdrops and other equipment that could come in contact with power lines.

Only qualified persons with the appropriate technical knowledge should perform electrical work.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #8, #8A, #22, #22A, #23, #23A and 25.

8. WATER HAZARDSTo prevent electrocutions and injury resulting from contact between overhead power lines and conductive tools, materials, or scaffolds, OSHA recommends that employees be informed that most overhead, high voltage power lines are not insulated and, when in doubt, employees should assume that power lines are not insulated.

If working on or near water, an employee should make the Production Company aware if he or she has a fear of working around water or cannot swim.

All cast and crewmembers working on or near water should wear life vests or other water safety gear when appropriate. Employers should notify the utility company

when work must be performed under and/or near overhead power lines where clearances cannot be maintained. In such situations, utility companies should de-energize the power lines or temporarily move or cover them with insulating hoses or blankets before any work is initiated.

When using watercraft, be aware of load and rider capacity limits. Only required personnel should be on watercraft; all others should remain on land.

Safety lines, nets, watch safety personnel and/or divers should be used when filming in rivers or other bodies of water where potentially hazardous conditions could exist (e.g., swift currents, thick underwater plant life, or rocks).

Properly maintain all electrical equipment and wiring; no live parts should be exposed. Use equipment only for its intended purpose. Be particularly careful around water, especially when filming in rain scenes.

All A.C. (alternating current) electrical systems shall be grounded.



Know as much as you can about the body of water you’re working on or in, including its natural hazards and animal life. The Production Company, Location Manager or the Safety Coordinator should have all relevant information.



If personnel are going to enter the water, when appropriate, samples of the water should be taken and analyzed for any potential environmental concerns and/or health hazards.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #7, #15 and #17.

9. STUNTS & SPECIAL EFFECTS

All stunts and special effects should be reviewed by all participants prior to execution to help ensure that they are performed in the safest manner possible.

Before filming a stunt or special effect, the involved parties should all perform an on-site dry run or walk-through. A safety meeting should be held and documented.

Special effects involving pyrotechnics, explosives and/or fire must be noted in advance on the call sheet. Properly licensed individuals must perform all such effects. The necessary permits must be obtained and the appropriate regulatory agencies notified. Explosives must be stored and disposed of properly.

Appropriate personal protection equipment (PPE) and/or other safety equipment must be provided to the cast and crew as needed. There must be a planned escape route and each person involved should personally check all escape routes. Only persons authorized

by the special effects and/or stunt coordinator shall be allowed in the area.

Radios, cell phones, pagers, personal data assistants (PDAs), transmitting equipment or remote control equipment should not be used around pyrotechnic or other explosive devices.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #1, #2, #3A, #4, #11A, #14, #16, #18, #20, #29A, #30 and #37.

10. ARTIFICIALLY CREATED SMOKES,FOGS & DUST EFFECTS

Be aware that the use of atmosphere smoke has become highly regulated and limited by a variety of regulatory agencies. Contact the Safety Coordinator or Studio Safety Representative for guidelines and regulations.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletin #10 and the Photographic Dust Awareness Sheet.

11. FIREARMS & OTHER WEAPONS

Treat all weapons as though they are loaded and/or ready to use. Do not play with weapons and never point one at anyone, including yourself. Follow the directions of the Property Master and/or Weapons Handler regarding all weapons.

The use of firearms and other weapons may require special permits and/or operator certifications. Anyone that will be using a weapon shall know all the operating features and safety devices. All weapons must undergo thorough safety inspection, testing and cleaning on a daily basis by qualified personnel.



transportation and disposal of such waste is required by law.

Anyone handling a weapon shall receive the proper training and know all operating features and safety devices.



If firearms and other weapons are used in filming, the Property Master and/or Weapons Handler must meet with cast and crew and inform them of the safety precautions in effect and answer any questions.

Additional information can be found in Industry Safety Bulletins #1, #2, #16 and #30.

12. ANIMALS

Animals are unpredictable. If animals are used in filming, the Animal Handler should meet with cast and crew and inform them of the safety procedures in effect and answer any questions. Safety meetings should be held when appropriate.

Do not feed, pet or play with any animal without the permission and direct supervision of its trainer. Defer to the animal trainers at all times.

When working with exotic animals, the set should be closed and notices posted to that effect, including a note on the call sheet.


13. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS

All hazardous waste generated by the company, including paint, must be disposed of properly. Proper documentation and permits for the

Be aware of hazards associated with lead paint and asbestos. If encountered, do not disturb and immediately report to your supervisor or safety representative.

Be aware of biological hazards such as human or animal waste, mold, fungus, bacteria, body fluids, blood borne pathogens, used needles (sharps), vermin, insects and other potentially infectious materials.

Employees shall not enter confined spaces (manholes, underground vaults, chambers, silos, etc.) until the oxygen and gas levels have been checked and confirmed to be within acceptable levels.

Certain situations may require permits and/or licenses, for example, when the production will be using artificial smoke, large dust effects, creating excessive noise or when working around endangered plant or animal life. Please be sure to comply with all applicable statutes and/or regulations.


NOTE:

Additional information regarding "job specific" safe practices and guidelines relating to special equipment should be reviewed as necessary. Contact the production company Safety Coordinator, Studio Safety Representative, supervisor or your union representative for additional information.


Fire & Life Safety

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL FIRE & LIFE SAFETY

ATTENTION!

PLEASE USE THE APPROPRIATE

FIRE & LIFE SAFETY SECTION

If you are working on the Sony Pictures Studio Lot, please contact Scot Falkenstien, V.P. of Emergency Services and BCP at (310) 244–5501 (office) or (310) 877-3151 (cell) to obtain the appropriate on lot regulations.

In the event of an Emergency or if you are unable tocontact Scot Falkenstien, call (310) 244-4444. GSOC(Global Security Operations Center) is a 24 / 7 dispatchcenter that will channel your request.

All other locations, please use the regulations includedwith this manual.

C2-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


The fire regulations outlined within this section are considered to be best practices and should be followed in the course of this Production. They are presented here to aid the Production in providing a fire safe environment for employees, while complying with State and Local fire codes. Depending on specific geographic and municipal locations, these practices may not comply with local fire codes – the local fire authority should always be consulted for specific requirements. For production activities on the main lot please refer to the Fire & Life Safety Regulations provided to the Production by the facility. In many instances, special permits or a standby fire safety officer may berequired. In all cases, the Fire Prevention & Life Safety Department (FLS) and the Production Safety Consultant should be notified of all fire and life safety issues and mitigation plans.

IN CASE OF FIRE

Remain Calm

Activate the fire alarm and alert everyone in the area.

Call the fire department - your facility’s emergency number OR 911 from acell phone.

Use a fire extinguisher if the fire is small and ONLY IF SAFE TO DO SO.

For larger fires, immediately leave the building.

A. NOTIFICATION - In preparation for construction and production, the local fire authority should be contacted to determine any requirements. In addition, contact should be made with FLS and the Production Safety Consultant.

B. Proper housekeeping must be maintained at all times. All areas, including the stages and locations, must be free from conditions that would create a fire hazard, or contribute to the rapid spread of fire. Waste material must be removed and properly disposed of on a regular basis.

5.0 INTRODUCTION

5.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

C2-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


C. A minimum 4-foot (1.2 m) fire lane around the interior perimeter of all sound stages must be maintained at all times. These lanes shall also have a minimum clear unobstructed height of 7 feet (2.1 m). No paint storage, set debris, toolboxes, props, set dressings, backing, or electrical cords may be stored in the 4-foot (1.2 m) perimeter, even on a temporary basis. All electrical cords, air hoses, etc., crossing the 4-foot (1.2 m) perimeter must be adequately matted or ramped.

D. All designated fire vehicle access lanes shall remain clear. It is imperative that these lanes remain clear for fire department access in case of a fire or medical emergency.

E. All fire protection equipment (i.e. hoses, extinguishers, fire hydrants, alarm panels, fire sprinkler risers, and exterior roof access ladders) must remain unobstructed at all times.

F. Smoking is not permitted in any building, stage, tent, or canopy on the production.

Candles and/or incense are generally not allowed inside any stage, or building (including offices) without a permit from the local fire authority. Contact the local fire authority for specific regulations in the local jurisdiction

A. All interior solid ceiling sets over 600 square feet (55.7 m2) in area, and platforms over 600 square feet (55.7 m2) in area and which exceed 3 feet (1 m) in height shall be protected by one of the following in accordance with Chapter 48 of the California Fire Code, Section 4805.3:

(PLEASE REFER TO APPENDIX A FOR A COPY OF THIS CODE. NOTE: WE WILL BE USING CHAPTER 48-APPENDIX A AS A STANDARD FOR ALL STATES.)

1. An approved and listed heat detector system. Heat detectors shall bespaced 30 feet (9.1 m) on center or as required by the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions. Detectors shall be connected to an approved andlisted central, proprietary or remote station service or a local alarm, whichwill give an audible signal at a constantly attended location.

2. The ceiling shall be positioned to allow for the operation of the building’sautomatic fire sprinkler system after rehearsal, videotaping, filming, orbroadcasting of programs has been completed for the day.

3. An approved fire watch.

5.2 CONSTRUCTION

C2-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


4. Special hazards shall be reviewed by the local fire code official.

Detectors are not required beneath raised platforms where there are no ignition sources below, including electrical, and are provided with chicken wire along the entire perimeter to prevent accumulation of storage.

Heat detectors may be removed during actual shooting but must be installed after daily shooting is finished. Large areas of horizontally flown or suspended material, such as Duvetyne, that is flame retardant, may necessitate heat detection below the material, due to the nature of the material and the blockage of the stage sprinkler system. FLS in conjunction with the local fire authority will address these issues on a case-by-case basis.

B. PLASTIC AND FOAM USE IN SET CONSTRUCTION

1. In accordance with Chapter 48 of the California Fire Code, Section4811.5, foam plastics and all materials containing foam plastics used in set construction shall conform to the following:

a. Decorative objects, including but not limited to mannequins, muralsand signs, shall have a maximum heat release of 150 kilowatts whentested in accordance with UL 1975.

b. Theater, motion picture and television stage settings with or withouthorizontal projections and simulated caves or caverns shall have amaximum heat-release rate of 100 kilowatts when tested inaccordance with UL 1975.

Before any foam plastics are used in set construction, FLS shall verify the flame spread rating of the foam through the products Technical Data Sheet. This data sheet should be forwarded to FLS.

2. Plastic materials other than foam plastics shall be flame resistant or shallbe rendered flame resistant by treating with a flame retardant coating.Treatments used to render materials flame resistant shall be renewed asoften as necessary to maintain the materials flame resistance. Recordsof treatment shall be made available upon request.

3. All foam cutting/sculpting operations involving heat or hot wire shallrequire a Hot Work Permit (See Appendix C below) issued by either FLSor the local fire authority.

C2-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0

C. HOT WORK (CUTTING, WELDING, BRAZING) 1. Hot work refers to cutting, welding, brazing, grinding, or any other

operation using an open flame or that generates heat or sparks.

2. Whenever possible, hot work should be conducted outdoors at a safedistance away from any building or flammable / combustible storage.

3. A Hot Work Permit must be obtained from either FLS or the local fireauthority prior to starting any hot work.

a. For short-term work at a facility, the facility will generally issue a dailypermit. Call (310) 244-5505 to dispatch a Fire Marshal to issue apermit.

b. For long-term work or for off lot productions, a permit from the localfire authority will generally be required.

4. Please refer to the Appendix B for a sample Hot Work Permit. Allnecessary requirements outlined on the permit shall be strictlyfollowed.

5. In the event a permit is not available, the following minimum precautionsare required:

a. All available fire sprinklers, hose streams, and fire extinguishers are inservice and operable.

b. All hot work equipment is in good repair.

c. Within 35 feet (10.7 m) of hot work area, all flammable liquids, gases,dust, lint, and oily deposits shall be removed. In addition, everyattempt should be made to eliminate any combustible material. Ifcombustibles cannot be removed, other methods such as shielding orcovering combustibles with fire resistive materials are acceptable.

d. Within 35 feet (10.7 m) of the work area, all openings in walls, floor,and ceilings are covered. This includes all vents, pipe chases, cracks,windows, doors, etc.

C2-5


USPSM Version 4.1.0


f. A dedicated fire watch is required during and for a minimum of 1 hourafter all hot work operations are completed. Certain situations mayrequire a dedicated fire watch of longer duration. The fire watch dutiescan be assigned to anyone who understands the hazards of hot workand is properly trained in the use of portable fire extinguishers andemergency notification procedures. The fire watch has theresponsibility to make certain the hot work area is maintained ina fire safe condition throughout the performance of hot work andhas the authority to stop hot work is unsafe conditions areobserved.

g. Please refer to Appendix D for a sample fire watchdocumentation form.

h. All oxygen, acetylene and other fuel gas cylinders and tanks shall becapped and secured, or removed from stages when not in use.

i. Fully charged fire extinguishers with a current service tags must be atthe hot work site at all times.

D. MISCELLANEOUS

1. No building materials are allowed to be stored within the 4-foot (1.2 m)perimeter fire lane.

2. No building materials are allowed to be stored in front of any stage doors(elephant doors) or exit doors.

3. No storage is allowed on top of hard sets or any open room with a wiremesh ceiling.

4. There is no storage allowed under audience seating unless it is protectedby a sprinkler, heat, or smoke detection system, or approved by FLS andthe local fire authority.

5. Construction of audience seating must be in accordance with local / statefire and building codes, NFPA and ANSI Standards.

6. Other than the standard stage exiting signage, additional signage may berequired depending on set arrangement. Exit signage and illuminationshall be in accordance with local / state fire codes and/or local buildingcodes.

C2-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0


7. Full or partially full trash dumpsters must be removed from the stage atthe end of the day.

8. All practical fireplaces, whether built on stage or acquired elsewhere shallmeet FLS and local fire authority requirements. Contact FLS for additionalinformation and refer to an example of practical fireplace construction inAppendix B of this document.

A. All electrical equipment including lighting, cabling, and temporary power shall be maintained in good working order and comply with the provisions of the National Electrical Code and local electrical codes. Such equipment shall not block exits, means of egress, fire protection equipment, or fire department access.

B. Electrical installations shall be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and local electrical codes.

C. Portable, mobile, or stationary power generating equipment is sometimes used to supplement building electrical power for temporary wiring. Such equipment shall not block exits, means of egress, fire protection equipment, or fire department access. This equipment may need to be located at a pre-designated location approved by the facility representative and the local fire authority.

D. A minimum 3-foot (1.0 m). clearance must be maintained in front of all electrical shutoff panels.

E. All HVAC and mechanical equipment shall be approved and listed. Any flexible ducting shall be noncombustible. Such equipment shall not block exits, means of egress, fire protection equipment, or fire department access.

F. Equipment such as cords and hoses that cross the 4-foot (1.2 m) fire lane around the perimeter of the stages shall be in approved troughs or ‘crossovers’, or adequately covered to facilitate safe egress.

5.3 ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL

C2-7

USPSM Version 4.1.0


G. LIGHT BOXES (AKA COFFIN BOXES)

Historically there have been a number of fires in the Industry related to custom light boxes used on soundstages. The cause of these incidents was usually the result of lightweight combustible construction (wood, foam core) or improper rigging. The following requirements apply to light boxes used on stages and at locations:

1. The framework shall be constructed of non-combustible material.Aluminum speed-rail is an example of an approved material.

2. The side and top panels shall be constructed of non-combustiblematerials.

3. Light boxes shall be ventilated to prevent excessive heat within the box.

4. An appropriate noncombustible shield shall be provided over the lightbulbs. Metal screening with 1/8 inch openings or glass arerecommended.

5. All light boxes shall be rigged with a minimum of three feet of wire cableor non-combustible equivalent before any rope is used.

6. All combustible materials shall be kept a minimum of three feet away fromthe surface of the lamp.

A. Non-flammable paints and cleansers should be used whenever possible.

B. All flammable liquids must be handled in approved and listed safety cans with a maximum capacity of 5 gallons (19 L), and stored in approved flammable liquids cabinets with the following limitations:

1. The combined quantity of Class I and Class II liquids in a cabinet shall notexceed 60 gallons (228 L) and total quantities of all liquids shall notexceed 120 gallons (455 L).

Class I liquids are defined as having flashpoints below 100 °F (37.8 °C). Class II liquids are defined as having flashpoints between 100 °F (37.8°C) and 140 °F (60 °C).

5.4 PAINT, FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS & GASES

C2-8

USPSM Version 4.1.0


2. No more than 3 cabinets shall be allowed on the stage. Approvedflammable liquids cabinets are available for rent from the PaintDepartment if needed.

3. Cabinets shall not be located in areas which may impede egress out ofthe building.

C. All liquids shall be clearly labeled and have a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) available for review.

D. All containers must be capped when not in use.

E. When dispensing or transferring Class I liquids, grounding and bonding provisions for protection against static sparks must be provided.

F. Lacquer

1. Lacquer shall only be applied by brush or roller when on stage orother interior area. Spraying lacquer on stage or other areas otherthan permitted, approved paint spray booths is prohibited without aspecial permit from the local fire authority.

2. “No Smoking” signs shall be posted while lacquer is being used.

3. Explosion-proof fans shall be used for ventilation and to prevent theaccumulation of flammable vapors.

4. All other stage operations, including construction, must cease whilelacquer is being applied.

5. All gas-fired appliances must be shut off. Contact the facility orlocation representative to determine the necessary procedures to shutoff gas delivery systems.

G. Flammable gases such as propane are not allowed on stages without prior approval from FLS, the facility, and the local fire authority.

H. The use of heating fans to dry solvent-based paints is discouraged and may require a permit from the local fire authority.

C2-9



A. Vehicles taken on stage or inside buildings during construction must be attended at all times and remain inside only when actively being loaded and unloaded.

B. Prop or Picture Vehicles must satisfy the following:

1. The vehicle must have a gas tank cap that properly seals with noleakage.

2. The vehicle battery may be required to be disconnected and taped,or removed.

3. Fuel capacity is limited to ¼ tank or less, or gas tank must beremoved.

4. An oil drip pan is placed under the vehicle.

5. Location of vehicles or equipment shall not obstruct or block exitsor means of egress.

6. If vehicles need to be running during filming, a Fire Safety Officer orpermit may be required. In addition, please contact the ProductionSafety Consultant to determine the need for atmosphericmonitoring.

7. Each vehicle shall have one dedicated fully charged fireextinguisher with a current service tag nearby.

C. No vehicle is to be left on stage overnight (after production ceases) or when production is not in progress (weekends, etc.) unless approved by FLS and the local fire authority.

D. When a vehicle must park in a roadway or fire lane, the driver shall remain with the vehicle at all times.

E. No motor homes or catering trucks are allowed on the stages at any time.

F. Production trailers are allowed on stage with approval if they do not contain any propane or fuel tanks, and are provided with at least one fire extinguisher.

5.5 TRANSPORTATION

USPSM Version 4.1.0

G. PRODUCTION FUEL TRUCKS

1. Refueling trucks that enter the lot to fuel production vehicles,generators, etc., must be in possession of a current local permit tooperate. This ensures that the vehicle has been inspected by the localfire authority and satisfies certain safety requirements.

2. All refueling vehicles must have permanently attached “NO SMOKING”signs posted on the vehicle.

3. Refueling vehicles must be provided with a fully charged fireextinguisher with a current service tag.

4. Refueling vehicles must never be left unattended when in closeproximity to any stage or building.

5. The vehicle or equipment receiving fuel must be powered down beforerefueling.

6. During dispensing operations, refueling vehicle wheels shall bechocked to prevent movement or spillage.

A. Storage, use, and handling of all pyrotechnic special effects material shall be in accordance with Section 3304 of the International Fire Code.

B. FLS, Production Safety Consultant, facility representatives, and the local fire authority must be notified before the use or testing of any pyrotechnic devices, open flame devices, or open flame special effects.

C. A permit may be required from the local fire authority. The local fire authority shall determine the appropriate measures to be taken to ensure an acceptable level of fire safety. A test, witnessed by the local fire authority, FLS, and the Production Safety Consultant may be required to demonstrate the safe use of pyrotechnics before normal use.

D. All pyrotechnics and flame-related special effects shall be under the direct supervision of a licensed pyrotechnics operator. The operator shall have his/her license available for review at all times.

5.6 PYROTECHNICS

C2-11


USPSM Version 4.1.0


E. Storage of pyrotechnics must be in clearly marked approved storage magazines which shall conform to Section 3304 of the International Fire Code.

A. All cooking equipment must be in good working order.

B. The caterer shall provide one fully charged fire extinguisher with a current service tag for each cooking appliance. On the lot, tables can have up to four chaffing dishes and eight Sterno cans per extinguisher.

C. INTERIOR COOKING

1. Use of open flames (i.e. Sterno and/or gas stove) requires a permit fromthe local fire authority.

2. The use of electrical cooking equipment does not generally require apermit. The local fire authority should be contacted to determine thespecific requirements in the local jurisdiction.

3. All cooking equipment must be located at least 5 feet (1.5 m) away fromany combustibles (sets, walls, etc.) and at least 10 feet (3.1 m) from anyexit. The equipment shall not block means of egress out of the building.

4. The use of flammable compressed gas cylinders (propane, butane, etc.)on stage or the use of the stage natural gas outlets is not allowed withoutprior approval of FLS and the local fire authority.

D. EXTERIOR COOKING

1. All cooking equipment must be located at least 5 feet (1.5 m) away fromany building, and at least 10 feet (3.1 m) from any exit.

2. Cooking equipment is not permitted within the fire lane unless approvedby FLS, facility representatives and the local fire authority.

5.7 CATERING

C2-12



A. A Fire Safety Officer from the local fire authority may be required:

1. For each 250 participants.2. If open flames such as candles, Sterno, or gas burners are used.3. If pyrotechnics or flame effects are used during testing, during rehearsal,

or during the show. 4. If fire department access or emergency exits are obstructed.5. If existing fire suppression or detection systems are impaired.

B. Any special event, audience performance, or assembly whose participants exceed the allowable occupancy loads of its building, sound stage or approved production facility shall notify FLS, shall obtain a local fire authority Special Permit (if required), and may be required to have one or more assigned, standby Fire Safety Officers.

C. With the approval of the local fire authority and FLS, a standby Fire Marshal may be assigned in lieu of a Fire Safety Officer from the local fire authority.

A. All scenic backings, drapes, backdrops, green screens, etc. must be treated with an approved flame retardant in an approved manner. Treatment is required every three years, or after washing. A flameproof certificate shall be kept on file in the production office.

B. Tents or canopies shall have a permanently affixed label designating compliance with the fire authority having jurisdiction. A flameproof certificate shall be kept on file in the production office.

C. Flame-retardants are not effective on translites. To minimize the fire hazard, they shall have non-combustible edges and extra care must be taken to ensure lights and other ignition sources are kept a safe distance away.

D. No free burning combustibles are allowed in fireplaces.

E. No portable propane, catalytic, or salamander type heaters are allowed inside any stages, tents, or buildings at any time unless specifically approved by FLS and the local fire authority.

5.8 SPECIAL EVENTS, AUDIENCE PERFORMANCES & ASSEMBLIES

5.9 PRODUCTION



F. Audience seating must be in accordance with local / state fire and building codes, NFPA and ANSI Standards.

G. All non-live foliage (i.e., cut brush, tree limbs, etc.) must be treated with an approved fire retardant.

H. Live foliage does not require treatment with a fire retardant.

I. Foliage may be subject to a flame test by FLS or the local fire authority to determine flammability if questionable.

A fire watch is implemented to ensure the fire-safety of a building or area in the event of any act, e.g., hot work, or situation instigating an increased risk to persons or property. The term "Fire Watch" is used to describe a dedicated person or persons whose responsibility is to look for fires within an established area.

Requirements for fire watch personnel:

Fire watch personnel must be familiar with facilities and procedures for soundingan alarm in the event of a fire.

Fire watch personnel must be briefed and understand specifically why the firewatch is being conducted.

Fire watch personnel are to have fire extinguishing equipment readily availableand be trained in its use.

The quantity of fire watch personnel must be adequate for the square footage ofthe fire watch area covered.

Do not leave your post until relieved by another trained fire watch personnel.

Checklist for performing a fire watch-

□ No unusual smells

□ No smoke in the area

□ No unauthorized personnel in the area

□ Ensure available fire detection and suppression systems are available andnot tampered with.

□ Walk the entire fire watch area a minimum of once an hour whileperforming a fire watch.

5.10 FIRE WATCH



(APPENDIX B) EXAMPLE OF PRACTICAL FIREPLACE



(APPENDIX C) SAMPLE HOT WORK PERMIT

FIRE WATCH CHECKLIST

(APPENDIX D)

□ No unusual smells.

□ No smoke in the area.

□ No unauthorized personnel in the area.

□ Ensure available fire detection and suppression systems are availableand not tampered with.

□ Walk the entire fire watch area a minimum of once an hour whileperforming a fire watch.


C2-17

Film Location Inspection Checklist Training Information

(California Only)

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL FILM LOCATION FIRE INSPECTION TRAINING

The Los Angeles City Fire Department (LAFD) and County of Los Angeles Fire Department (LACFD) have each instituted field inspection programs for productions. For standardization of best practices, these regulations will be used as the standard fire prevention guidelines for productions in all states. Consult your local fire department for more specific guidelines and regulations. In these jurisdictions a Fire Safety Officer (FSO) or Fire Safety Advisor (FSA) is generally required on set during certain production activities such as stunts and pyrotechnics. An FSO / FSA may be required on any production in the City or County of Los Angeles, however, the field inspection programs have been instituted in an effort to allow productions to self-monitor their locations in low-hazard situations. The LAFD Film Location Fire Safety Inspection Checklist or LACFD Film Location Fire Safety Inspection Checklist is issued with every film permit released by FilmL.A., Inc. Copies are located in the appendices of this section. Additional copies can also be obtained from FilmL.A., Inc.’s website at www.filmla.com.

It is the intention of the Production to comply with all Federal, state, and local regulatory requirements, including the LAFD and LACFD field inspection programs. As necessary, a completed LAFD or LACFD checklist should be completed for each production location within the City or County of Los Angeles. The Producer and Location Manager have the responsibility for the completion of this checklist, however, generally the Location Department will complete the checklist on a day-to-day basis.

This training course will concentrate on four areas as follows:

1. The requirements of the LAFD / LACFD field inspection programs

2. The requirements of the Film Location Inspection Checklists.

3. Details of the Film Location Inspection Checklists’ Line Item Explanations.

4. Common location fire and life safety issues and remedies

The following pages contain photographs of typical fire and life safety issues that occur frequently on many production locations. Please review these photographs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding fire or life safety on this production, please do not hesitate to contact your Production Safety Consultant.

USPSM Version 4.1.0 C2.1-1

5G FILM LOCATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST TRAINING INFORMATION

http://www.filmla.com/


Theatre Emergency Exit (egress). “Exiting” Part 2, Ref. Par. A & B

Emergency Exit Light / Exit Sign Unit. “Exiting” Part 2, Ref. Par. A & B

Clear Fire Lane (ingress/egress) “Exiting” Part 2, Ref. Par. A & B

Cluttered Fire Lane (ingress/egress) “Exiting” Part 2, Ref. Par. A & B



Electrical Equipment Clearance “Electrical & lighting” Par. 2-B

Electrical Wires Cross-Over (ADA Compliant) “Electrical & lighting” Par. F

Electrical Wires Cross-Over (not ADA Compliant here, but acceptable in non-ADA locations)

“Electrical & lighting” Par. F

Electrical Wires (w/o protection) in Fire Lane “Electrical & lighting” Par. F



Street/Fire Lanes clear (Vehicles parked on one side) “Access” Sec. A, Par. 1

Street/Fire Lanes clear (Vehicles parked on one side) “Access” Sec. A, Par. 1

….. . Fire Hydrant /Fire Lane is clear of obstructions “Access” Sec. A, Par. 1

Fire Hydrant is blocked “Access” Sec. A, Par. 1



Cigarette Butt Container (approved) “Smoking” Sec. B

Cigarette Butt Container (Not approved - Plastic) Note: Resulted in a fire “Smoking” Sec. B

No Smoking Sign “Smoking” Sec. C, Par. 5

No Smoking Sign “Smoking” Sec. C, Par. 5



Flammable liquid(s) Containers Left – NOT APPROVED Right – APPROVED/COMPLIANT “Flammable Liquids & Gases” Par. 3

Flammable liquid(s) Containers “Jerry Can” – NOT APPROVED “Flammable Liquids & GasesPar. 3

Flammable liquid(s) Refueling (PTO engaged, vehicles bonded, safe perimeter) “Flammable Liquids & Gases” Par. 3

Flammable Gas (propane) cylinders (Chained & kept away from vehicle traffic) “Flammable Liquids & Gases” Par. 3



FILM LOCATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

TRAINING DOCUMENTATION I have received training in the following areas:

The requirements of the LAFD / LACFD Field Inspection Programs The requirements of the LAFD / LACFD Film Location Inspection Checklists Common production location fire and life safety issues and remedies

I will ensure that the requirements of the LAFD / LACFD field inspection programs are satisfied during this Production. In addition, I will ensure that the LAFD / LACFD Film Location Inspection Checklist is completed for all production locations in the City or County of Los Angeles.

Print Name Signature of Employee

Date Title

Production Name Local # (if any)

Name of Trainer Signature of Trainer


USPSM Version 4.1.0

Hazard Communications Training

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HAZARD COMMUNICATION TRAINING

HAZARD COMMUNICATION TRAINING

Hazard Communication (HazCom) Procedures

Introduction

All employees have the “Right to Know” the hazards of the chemicals in their workplace. Clear communication of hazards is required before employees work with chemicals which may be hazardous during normal conditions and/or in foreseeable emergencies.

OSHA has adopted the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling Chemicals (GHS), which includes Pictograms, to provide a common and coherent approach to classifying chemicals.

All employers with hazardous chemicals in their workplace must have a Written HazCom Program, Labels and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) available for their employees and train them to handle the chemicals properly.

What You Need to Know Before Working

Location of Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) and writtenHazard Communication Program.

All SDSs have a consistent 16-section format.

Understand and be able to identify the health, fire,physical and reactivity hazards associated with thecontainer contents by reading the label.

Understand how to lessen or prevent exposurethrough the use of engineering controls, workpractices, and / or the use of personal protectiveequipment (PPE).

Understand what PPE is required for working witheach chemical and how to properly utilize the PPE.

Emergency and first aid procedures to follow ifexposed to hazardous substance(s).

Use chemicals as directed and do not mixchemicals without supervisory permission.

Primary Container Labels

All primary containers must be labeled with the following:

Product Identifier (chemical name) Supplier Information Hazard Statement Precautionary Statement Signal Words (danger / warning) GHS Pictograms

GHS Pictograms

C3-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Example of a Primary Container Label

Secondary Container Labels

All secondary containers must be labeled with the following:

Product Identifier (chemical name) Hazard Warning

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Required PPE varies depending on thematerial’s chemical properties and hazards.

PPE must be maintained and regularlyinspected to ensure proper fit and good workingcondition.

Possible PPE includes:

o Safety glasses, goggles & face shieldsfor protection from splashes,particulates, sprays & mists.

o Gloves to protect from chemicalhazards during handling.

o Respirators & dust masks whenworking in areas where hazardousvapors, fumes & dusts are present.

o Foot, head and body protection toguard against contamination fromcorrosive materials.

.

C3-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


SDS Section Outline

SDSs must include at least the following section numbers, headings and associated information under each heading in the order listed.

Section1, Identification includes product identifier; manufacturer or distributor name, address, phone number;emergency phone number; recommended use; restriction on use.

Section 2, Hazard(s) identification includes all hazards regarding the chemical; required label elements.

Section 3, Composition/information on ingredients includes information on chemical ingredients; trade secret claims.

Section 4, First-aid measures includes important symptoms/effects, acute, delayed; required treatment.

Section 5, Fire-fighting measures lists suitable extinguishing techniques, equipment; chemical hazards from fire.

Section 6, Accidental release measures lists emergency procedures; protective equipment; proper methods ofcontainment and cleanup.

Section 7, Handling and storage lists precautions for safe handling and storage, including incompatibilities.

Section 8, Exposure controls/personal protection lists OSHA’s Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs); Threshold LimitValues (TLVs); appropriate engineering controls; personal protective equipment (PPE).

Section 9, Physical and chemical properties lists the chemical’s characteristics.

Section 10, Stability and reactivity lists chemical stability and possibility of hazardous reactions.

Section 11, Toxicological information includes routes of exposure; related symptoms, acute and chronic effect;numerical measure of toxicity.

Section 12, Ecological information identifies the impact that the chemical may have on the environment, both waterand soil, and other adverse effects.

Section 13, Disposal considerations describes safe methods of disposal for the chemical, including the disposal ofcontaminated packaging.

Section 14, Transport information identifies Dangerous Goods transportation classification information and any specialprecautions required for transport.

Section 15, Regulatory information indicates safety, health, and environmental regulations specific to the product.

Section 16, Other information, includes the data of preparation or last revision.

Employee Must Always

Read and follow instructions on container labels and SDSs.

Where the necessary PPE to protect themselves.

Obtain SDS from the chemical manufacturer or supplier prior to use.

Notify production management whenever new products are planned to be used.

Keep the chemical inventory current.

C3-3

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Employee Acknowledgment of Hazard Communication Training

(Turn completed copy into the Production Office Coordinator)

I have been made aware the Production’s Hazard Communication Program. In addition, I havebeen trained in the following aspects of the Production’s Hazard Communication Program:

The Production has a Written Hazard Communication Program

All Primary & Secondary Containers must be labeled

The location of the Production / Department’s Safety Data Sheets (SDSs)

SDSs must be available for all chemicals in the workplace and can be obtained from themanufacturer, distributor or by calling the SDS Hotline

Appropriate PPE must be utilized to protect from chemical hazards

All chemicals must be handled and used in a safe and environmentally responsible manner



IMPORTANT: By signing this form you do not waive any of your rights under Workers Compensation Laws.

C3-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Heat Illness Prevention Training

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION TRAINING

Heat Illness Prevention Training

INTRODUCTION

Heat illnesses can be fatal. Because of the healthrisks, the symptoms of heat related illness must be recognized. Excess heat buildup in the body can place abnormal stress on the body that can result in one or more serious medical conditions such as heat rash, sunburn, heat cramps, fainting, heat exhaustion, or heat stroke.

TYPES OF HEAT ILLNESS

HEAT RASH is a skin irritation caused byexcessive sweating during hot, humid weather.

SUNBURN is caused by exposure to the sun's rayscausing burns and blisters.

HEAT CRAMPS affect people who sweatexcessively during strenuous work activity. Thesweating depletes the body's salt and fluids. Thelow salt level in the muscles causes painfulcramps.

FAINTING (Heat Syncope) is caused by a lack ofadequate blood supply to the brain usually as theresult of dehydration and lack of acclimatization towork in warm/humid weather.

HEAT EXHAUSTION is caused by a loss of fluidsfrom sweating and/or a lack of drinking properfluids. Symptoms include, but are not limited to,sweating, cool or clammy skin, weakness, fatigue,nausea, vomiting, dizziness, headache, fast orweak pulse, and/or fast or slow breathing.

HEAT STROKE is a life-threatening emergencythat occurs when the body overheats to a pointwhere its temperature control system shuts downand heat builds up internally. The signs ofimpending heat stroke are altered behavior,convulsions, unconsciousness and, usually, lack ofsweating. Should these symptoms occur, seekmedical assistance immediately.

SYMPTOMS OF HEAT ILLNESS

• Discomfort • Headache• Fatigue • Loss of coordination• Vomiting • Dizziness• Seizures • Irritability• Fainting • Poor concentration• Blurry vision • Muscle pain/cramps• Confusion • Altered Behavior• Lack of sweating • Excessive sweating

TELL A SUPERVISOR IMMEDIATELY IF YOU THINK YOU OR A CO-WORKER ARE FEELING ILL FROM THE HEAT.

HEAT ILLNESS RISK FACTORS ENVIRONMENTAL

PERSONAL CONDITIONS

ACCLIMATIZATION

During the first few days of working in heat, the body needs time to adjust. Acclimatization varies by individual and generally takes about 4-7 days for most people. During this acclimatization period you should:

Start work slowly and increase the pace gradually. Report to a supervisor if returning to work after an

absence or illness, or when changing from a cool to ahot and/or humid climate.

Supervisors and employees should be aware thatacclimatization to heat can take several days andwork/rest cycles should be scheduled accordingly.

HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION

DRINK WATER!!!!! Dehydration can occur quickly in hot weather. The average person loses between 1 and 2 liters of fluid an hour when working in hot weather

The only way to replace your body’s fluids andprevent dehydration is to drink water.

A minimum of 1 liter per hour is recommended. Once you are thirsty you may already be

dehydrated. Avoid substituting soft drinks or coffee for

water. If you do not need to urinate during the

workday, you are not drinking enough water, Know the location(s) of the closest drinking water

supplies.

• Hot air temperature• High relative humidity• Physical activity• Radiant heat (sun or other source)• Personal protective equipment• Lack of air movement

• A history of heat illness• Insufficient water consumption• Over/under weight• Poor level of fitness• Lack of acclimatization• Poor medical condition• Use of medications and other drugs• Consumption of alcohol or caffeine• Advanced age or young age• On a low salt diet

C4-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0


HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION (Cont.)

SHADE Wear Appropriate Work Clothes and Cool Down Under Cover

Wear a wide brim hat, sunglasses and loosefitting, light-colored fabrics,

Where possible, stay out of direct or reflectivelight.

Use sunscreen or sun block and reapply asneeded.

Eat light meals. Hot, heavy meals can addheat to the body.

REST Take cool down breaks as necessary in a cool,

shady area,

LOOK OUT FOR COWORKERS In addition to monitoring yourself for the signs

and symptoms of heat illness, it is also veryimportant for employees to watch out for theircoworkers,

Some individuals experiencing serious heatillness may not be aware of their situation.

Utilize the “Buddy System” to help monitorcoworkers.

If you observe any symptoms of severeheat illness in yourself or your coworkers,summon First Aid, the Set Medic or call 911immediately!

PROCEDURES TO PREVENT HEAT ILLNESS

To prevent heat illnesses, the production will implement the following:

Monitor the weather at production locations, Provide and document heat illness prevention

training to employees, Conduct safety meetings addressing heat

illness at high heat locations, Provide access to a sufficient amount of

drinking water for all employees, Place water containers as close as practicable

to the areas employees are working, Encourage frequent drinking of water and

provide reminders as necessary,

Provide employees access to shade and othercooling measures,

Implement the “Buddy System” to allowcoworkers to watch each other for signs andsymptoms of heat illness,

Allow employees to take preventative cooldown rest breaks when necessary,

Ensure employees and supervisors have aneffective means of communication betweenthe worksite and production to report heatrelated illness concerns or emergencies,

Monitor employees who exhibit signs of heatillness,

Ensure that procedures for contactingEmergency Medical Services are in place.

PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE:

Call for medical assistance. The pre-arrangedmedical response procedures for your locationshould be followed,

If it is safe to move the individual, assist themout of the sun and find the nearest shady, airconditioned or cooler area indoors.

If the individual is unconscious or it is not safeto move them, provide shade to the area,

Protect the individual from falling. Ask theindividual to sit or lie down to reduce the riskof a fall,

Offer cool water in small amounts at first andonly if there are no signs of nausea orvomiting.

SUMMARY

Heat illness can be preventable when these measures are followed. Understanding heat illness signs, symptoms and risk factors can protect you and your coworkers.

Report any signs of heat illness in yourself or others to your supervisor immediately

If you observe any symptoms of severe heat illness in yourself or your coworkers, summon First Aid, the Set Medic or call 911 immediately!

Remember:

WATER, SHADE, REST

C4-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Employee Acknowledgment of Heat Illness Prevention Training (Turn completed copy into the Production Office Coordinator)

I have been made aware the Production’s Heat Illness Prevention Program. In addition,I have been trained in the following aspects of heat illness the Production’s Heat Illness Prevention Program:

Types of Heat Illness

Symptoms of Heat Illness

Heat Illness Risk Factors

Acclimatization

Heat Illness Prevention

Procedures to Prevent Heat Illness

Procedures for Emergency Medical Response



IMPORTANT: By signing this form you do not waive any of your rights under Workers Compensation Laws.

C4-3

HIGH TEMPERATURES EXPECTED TODAY Heat Illness prevention plan in effect

Production Name:___________________________________ Date:_____________

Responsible Person / Contact Information:__________________________________

Drinking Water is available at:_____________________________________________

Access to Shade is available at:___________________________________________

Full Location Address:____________________________________________________

Special Directions to Location for Emergency Personnel:______________________

________________________________________________________________________

Set Medic Name / Phone / Location:_________________________________________

Nearest Hospital / Address / Phone Number:_________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

IN THE EVENT OF A MEDICAL EMERGENCY DIAL

911C4-5

When the body is unable to cool itself by sweating, several heat-induced illnesses such as heat stress or heat exhaustion and the more severe heat stroke can occur, and can result in death.

Risk FactOl's for Heat Illness • High temperature and humidity, direct sun exposure,

no breeze or wind • Low liquid intake • Heavy physical labor • Waterproof clothing • No recent exposure to hot workplaces (acclimation)

Fast Heart Beat UauSQa, \~:uniting Waaknass Cramps

Symptoms of Heat Stroke

Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion • Headache, d izziness, or fainting • Weakness and wet skin • Muscle Cramps • Irritability or confusion • Thirst, nausea, or vomiting SEE SET MEDIC OR CALL 911 IMMEDIATELY

• May be confused, unable to think clearly, pass out, collapse, or have seizures (fits)

~Q[]~ Red, hot, dry skin High TempemU"e Confusion

1~11~ 1 • May stop sweating CALL 911 IMMEDIATELY

Fainting Convuhions

How You Can Protect Yourself and Others ·Know signs/symptoms of heat illnesses; monitor yourself;

use a buddy system. • Block out direct sun and other heat sources. • Drink plenty of fluids. Drink often and BEFORE you are thirsty. • Drink 8 ounces of water every 15 minutes. ·Avoid beverages that contain alcohol or caffeine. • Wear lightweight, light colored, loose-fitting clothes.

What to Do When a Worker Has Heat Illness • Call Set Medic or Supervisor for help. If not available, call 911 . • Have someone stay with the worker until help arrives. • Move worker to a cooler/shaded area.

Remove the worker's outer clothing. • Fan and mist the worker with water; apply ice bags or ice towels . • Provide cool drinking water, if worker is able to drink.

IF THE WORKER IS NOT ALERT OR SEEMS CONFUSED, THIS MAY BE A HEAT STROKE. CALL 911 IMMEDIATELY AND APPLY ICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

C4-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Respirator Training

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY – FIT TESTING

Approved Fit Testing Protocol

General Requirements:

The employer shall conduct fit testing using the following procedures. The requirements in this appendix apply to all OSHA-accepted qualitative fit test methods.

1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most acceptable respirator from asufficient number of respirator models and sizes so that the respirator is acceptable to, and correctly fits, the user.

2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on arespirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to determine an acceptable fit. A mirror shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning of the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use, because it is only a review.

3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select the respiratorthat provides the most acceptable fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will provide adequate protection.

4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each chosen face piece up to the face andeliminate those that obviously do not give an acceptable fit.

5. The more acceptable face pieces are noted in case the one selected provesunacceptable; the most comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in the following item (6). If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps.

6. Assessment of comfort shall include a review of the following points with the testsubject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator.

(a) Position of the mask on the nose (b) Room for eye protection (c) Room to talk (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks

7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respiratorfit:

(a) Chin properly placed; (b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened; (c) Fit across nose bridge;

C5-1


(d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin; (e) Tendency of respirator to slip; (f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position.

8. The test subject shall conduct both user seal checks, the negative and positivepressure seal checks. Before conducting the negative and positive pressure checks, the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another face piece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the user seal check tests.

9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the skin and theface piece-sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard, mustache or sideburns which cross the respirator-sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.

10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she or he shall bereferred to a physician or other licensed health care professional, as appropriate, to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.

11. If the employee finds the fit of the respirator unacceptable, the test subject shall begiven the opportunity to select a different respirator and to be retested.

12. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test subject shall begiven a description of the fit test and the test subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.

13. The fit test shall be performed while the test subject is wearing any applicable safetyequipment that may be worn during actual respirator use, which would interfere with respirator fit.

14. Test Exercises.

(a) The following test exercises are to be performed for all fit testing methods prescribed in this appendix, except for the CNP method. A separate fit testing exercise regimen is contained in the CNP protocol. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the test environment, in the following manner:

(1) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, the subject shall breathe normally.

(2) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as not to hyperventilate.

C5-2


(3) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side.

(4) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).

(5) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite a memorized poem or song.

Rainbow Passage

When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.

(6) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type units that do not permit bending over at the waist.

(7) Normal breathing. Same as exercise (1).

(b) Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute. The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become unacceptable, another model of respirator shall be tried. The respirator shall not be adjusted once the fit test exercises begin. Any adjustment voids the test, and the fit test must be repeated.

Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols

General

The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, and ensure that test equipment is in proper working order. The employer shall ensure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate within the parameters for which it was designed.

C5-3


Isoamyl Acetate Protocol

NOTE: This protocol is not appropriate to use for the fit testing of particulate respirators. If used to fit test particulate respirators, the respirator must be equipped with an organic vapor filter.

Odor Threshold Screening. Odor threshold screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate at low levels.

1. Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.

2. Odor-free water (e.g., distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 deg. C (77 deg. F)shall be used for the solutions.

3. The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) stock solution isprepared by adding 1 ml of pure IAA to 800 ml of odor-free water in a 1-liter jar, closing the lid and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution shall be prepared at least weekly.

4. The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room used foractual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated to prevent the odor of IAA from becoming evident in the general room air where testing takes place.

5. The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 ml of the stocksolution into 500 ml of odor-free water using a clean dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution shall be used for only one day.

6. A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor-free water.

7. The odor test and test blank jar lids shall be labeled (e.g., 1 and 2) for jaridentification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so that they can be peeled off periodically and switched to maintain the integrity of the test.

8. The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the table in front ofthe two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): "The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil."

9. The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an areaseparate from where the test is performed, in order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.

C5-4


10. If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing the odor testsolution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed.

11. If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor test solution, the testsubject may proceed to respirator selection and fit testing.

Isoamyl Acetate Fit Test

1. The fit test chamber shall be a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a2-foot diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. If no drum liner is available, a similar chamber shall be constructed using plastic sheeting. The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.

2. Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped with organic vaporcartridges or offer protection against organic vapors.

3. After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test subject shallwear it to the fit testing room. This room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.

4. A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the subject is to readshall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.

5. Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 6-inch by 5-inchpiece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 ml of pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber. An IAA test swab or ampoule may be substituted for the IAA wetted paper towel provided it has been demonstrated that the alternative IAA source will generate an IAA test atmosphere with a concentration equivalent to that generated by the paper towel method.

6. Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before starting the fit testexercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the test exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises.

7. If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana-like odor of IAA, the testis failed. The subject shall quickly exit from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue.

8. If the test is failed, the subject shall return to the selection room and remove therespirator. The test subject shall repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to the test area and again begin the fit test procedure

C5-5


described above. The process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait at least 5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this time.

9. If the subject passes the test, the efficiency of the test procedure shall bedemonstrated by having the subject break the respirator face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber.

10. When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall remove the saturatedtowel and return it to the person conducting the test, so that there is no significant IAA concentration buildup in the chamber during subsequent tests. The used towels shall be kept in a self-sealing plastic bag to keep the test area from being contaminated.

Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol.

The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.

Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of saccharin.

1. During threshold screening as well as during fit testing, subjects shall wear anenclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts # FT 14 and # FT 15 combined, is adequate.

2. The test enclosure shall have a 3/4-inch (1.9 cm) hole in front of the test subject'snose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.

3. The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold-screeningtest, the test subject shall breathe through his/her slightly open mouth with tongue extended. The subject is instructed to report when he/she detects a sweet taste.

4. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent, the testconductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the enclosure. The nozzle is directed away from the nose and mouth of the person. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.

5. The commercially prepared threshold check solution shall be used.

6. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it collapsescompletely, then released and allowed to fully expand.

C5-6


7. Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked whether thesaccharin can be tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as ten regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

8. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the testsubject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the second ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as twenty regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

9. If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and thetest subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the third set of ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as thirty regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

10. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit ataste response.

11. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test subject is unableto taste saccharin and may not perform the saccharin fit test. Note: If the test subject eats or drinks something sweet before the screening test, he/she may be unable to taste the weak saccharin solution.

12. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to take note of the tastefor reference in the fit test.

13. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 ml of liquid is used at atime in the nebulizer body.

14. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and refilled at leasteach morning and afternoon or at least every four hours.

Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure.

1. The test subject may not eat, drink (except for plain water), smoke, or chew gum for15 minutes before the test.

2. The fit test uses the same enclosure described in 3. (a) above.

3. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the selected respirator. Therespirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s).

4. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent is used to

C5-7


spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer.

5. The commercially prepared fit test solution shall be used.

6. As before, the test subject shall breathe through the slightly open mouth with thetongue extended, and report if he/she tastes the sweet taste of saccharin.

7. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and an initialconcentration of saccharin fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes (either 10, 20 or 30 squeezes) based on the number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response as noted during the screening test. A minimum of 10 squeezes is required.

8. After generating the aerosol, the test subject shall be instructed to perform theexercises as outlined earlier.

9. Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half theoriginal number of squeezes used initially (e.g., 5, 10, or 15).

10. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit testthe taste of saccharin is detected. If the test subject does not report tasting the saccharin, the test is passed.

11. If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and the test isfailed. A different respirator shall be tried and the entire test procedure is repeated (taste threshold screening and fit testing).

12. Since the nebulizer has a tendency to clog during use, the test operator must makeperiodic checks of the nebulizer to ensure that it is not clogged. If clogging is found at the end of the test session, the test is invalid

Bitrex ™ (Denatonium Benzoate) Solution Aerosol Qualitative Fit Test Protocol.

The Bitrex ™ (Denatonium benzoate) solution aerosol QLFT protocol uses thepublished saccharin test protocol because that protocol is widely accepted. Bitrex is routinely used as a taste aversion agent in household liquids which children should not be drinking and is endorsed by the American Medical Association, the National Safety Council, and the American Association of Poison Control Centers. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conducting of the screening test.

Taste Threshold Screening.

The Bitrex taste threshold screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of Bitrex.

C5-8


1. During threshold screening as well as during fit testing, subjects shall wear anenclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches (30.5 cm) in diameter by 14 inches (35.6 cm) tall. The front portion of the enclosure shall be clear from the respirator and allow free movement of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts # FT14 and # FT15 combined, is adequate.

2. The test enclosure shall have a 3/4 inch (1.9 cm) hole in front of the test subject'snose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.

3. The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold-screeningtest, the test subject shall breathe through his or her slightly open mouth with tongue extended. The subject is instructed to report when he/she detects a bitter taste.

4. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent, the testconductor shall spray the Threshold Check Solution into the enclosure. This Nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.

5. The commercially available Threshold Check Solution shall be used.

6. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that the bulbcollapses completely, and is then released and allowed to fully expand.

7. An initial ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is askedwhether the Bitrex can be tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the bitter taste during the ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as ten regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

8. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the testsubject is again asked whether the Bitrex is tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the bitter taste during the second ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as twenty regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

9. If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and thetest subject is again asked whether the Bitrex is tasted. If the test subject reports tasting the bitter taste during the third set of ten squeezes, the screening test is completed. The taste threshold is noted as thirty regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed.

10. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit ataste response.

11. If the Bitrex is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test subject is unable totaste Bitrex and may not perform the Bitrex fit test.

C5-9


12. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to take note of the tastefor reference in the fit test.

13. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 ml of liquid is used at atime in the nebulizer body.

14. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken to dry, and refilled at leasteach morning and afternoon or at least every four hours.

Bitrex Solution Aerosol Fit Test Procedure.

1. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), smoke, or chew gum for 15minutes before the test.

2. The fit test uses the same enclosure as that described in 1 above.

3. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the selected respirator. Therespirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with any type particulate filter(s).

4. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent is used tospray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall not be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer.

5. The commercially available fit test solution shall be used.

6. As before, the test subject shall breathe through his or her slightly open mouth withtongue extended, and be instructed to report if he/she tastes the bitter taste of Bitrex.

7. The nebulizer inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and an initialconcentration of the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes (either 10, 20 or 30 squeezes) based on the number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response as noted during the screening test.

8. After generating the aerosol, the test subject shall be instructed to perform theexercises as outlined above.

9. Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half thenumber of squeezes used initially (e.g., 5, 10 or 15).

10. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit testthe taste of Bitrex is detected. If the test subject does not report tasting the Bitrex, the test is passed.

11. If the taste of Bitrex is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and the test isfailed. A different respirator shall be tried and the entire test procedure is repeated (taste threshold screening and fit testing).

C5-10


Irritant Smoke (Stannic Chloride) Protocol

This qualitative fit test uses a person's response to the irritating chemicals released in the "smoke" produced by a stannic chloride ventilation smoke tube to detect leakage into the respirator.

General Requirements and Precautions.

1. The respirator to be tested shall not be equipped with high efficiency particulate air(HEPA) or P100 series filters(s) but with an acid gas or acid gas / organic vapor cartridge.

2. Only stannic chloride smoke tubes shall be used for this protocol.

3. No form of test enclosure or hood for the test subject shall be used.

4. The smoke can be irritating to the eyes, lungs, and nasal passages. The testconductor shall take precautions to minimize the test subject's exposure to irritant smoke. Sensitivity varies, and certain individuals may respond to a greater degree to irritant smoke. Care shall be taken when performing the sensitivity screening checks that determine whether the test subject can detect irritant smoke to use only the minimum amount of smoke necessary to elicit a response from the test subject.

5. The fit test shall be performed in an area with adequate ventilation to preventexposure of the person conducting the fit test or the build-up of irritant smoke in the general atmosphere.

Sensitivity Screening Check

The person to be tested must demonstrate his or her ability to detect a weak concentration of the irritant smoke.

1. The test operator shall break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannicchloride, and attach one end of the smoke tube to an aspirator squeeze bulb. The test operator shall cover the other end of the smoke tube with a short piece of tubing to prevent potential injury from the jagged end of the smoke tube.

2. The test operator shall advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to theeyes, lungs, and nasal passages and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test is performed.

3. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smokebefore the respirator is donned to become familiar with its irritating properties and to determine if he/she can detect the irritating properties of the smoke. The test operator shall carefully direct a small amount of the irritant smoke in the test subject's direction to determine that he/she can detect it.

C5-11


Irritant Smoke Fit Test Procedure

1. The person being fit tested shall don the respirator without assistance, and performthe required user seal check(s).

2. The test subject shall be instructed to keep his/her eyes closed.

3. The test operator shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the smoke tube towardthe faceseal area of the test subject, using the low flow pump or the squeeze bulb. The test operator shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and move the smoke stream around the whole perimeter of the mask. The operator shall gradually make two more passes around the perimeter of the mask, moving to within six inches of the respirator.

4. If the person being tested has not had an involuntary response and/or detected theirritant smoke, proceed with the test exercises.

5. The exercises identified above shall be performed by the test subject while therespirator seal is being continually challenged by the smoke, directed around the perimeter of the respirator at a distance of six inches.

6. If the person being fit tested reports detecting the irritant smoke at any time, the testis failed. The person being retested must repeat the entire sensitivity check and fit test procedure.

7. Each test subject passing the irritant smoke test without evidence of a response(involuntary cough, irritation) shall be given a second sensitivity screening check, with the smoke from the same smoke tube used during the fit test, once the respirator has been removed, to determine whether he/she still reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test.

8. If a response is produced during this second sensitivity check, then the fit test ispassed.

C5-12


U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY – FIT TEST RECORD

Respirator Training / Fit Test Record

EMPLOYEE NAME:__________________________________ SSN:_____________________

DATE:__________________________________ JOB TITLE:___________________________

TYPE AND MODEL OF RESPIRATOR:______________________________________________

CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT RESPIRATOR FIT:

FACIAL HAIR FACIAL SCAR WRINKLES DENTURES EYE GLASSES

RECORD OF TRAINING

TRAINING SUBJECT: DATE EMPLOYEE INITIALS RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM HOW RESPIRATORS WORK

RESPIRATOR LIMITATIONS

HOW TO FIT

INSPECTION

CLEANING / MAINTENANCE

STORAGE

MEDICAL ISSUES

NEGATIVE / POSITIVE FIT CHECK

RESPIRATOR FIT TEST

FIT CHECKS:

NEGATIVE PRESSURE _____PASS _____FAIL _____NOT DONE

POSITIVE PRESSURE _____PASS _____FAIL _____NOT DONE

QUALITATIVE FIT TEST:

ISOAMYL ACETATE _____PASS _____FAIL IRRITANT SMOKE _____PASS _____FAIL SACCHARIN _____PASS _____FAIL BITREX _____PASS _____FAIL

WAS THE RESPIRATOR COMFORTABLE DURING ALL EXERCISES? YES / NO

EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE:____________________________________________________

TEST CONDUCTED BY:_____________________________DATE:___________________

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY – RESPIRATOR SELECTION WORKSHEET

Respirator Selection Worksheet

Operation or procedure where respirator is required or available:__________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Material(s) for which protection is needed:____________________________________

__Dust __Mist __Vapor

Concentration Level:_____________________________________________________

___Measured ___Anticipated

Exposure Guideline:_____________________________________________________

__OSHA __ACGIH __NIOSH __Other

IDLH Concentration:______________ Odor Threshold:________________

Eye Irritant:_____ Skin Irritant:_____ Oxygen Deficiency:____________

Warning Properties:___________________ Mobility:______________________

Ventilation/Administrative controls:__________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Other personal protective equipment required:_________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Type of Respirator selected:_______________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Weight of Respirator:____________________________________________________

C5-14

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY – RESPIRATOR SELECTION WORKSHEET

The respirator will be worn: _____ Escape only (no rescue) _____ Emergency rescue only _____ Emergency response _____ Less than 5 hours per week _____ Less than 2 hours per day _____ 2 to 4 hours per day _____ Over 4 hours per day

During the period the respirator(s), is worn the work effort is:

_____ Light (less than 200 kcal per hour)

Examples of a light work effort are sitting while writing, typing, drafting, or performing light assembly work; or standing while operating a drill press (1-3 lbs.) or controlling machines.

_____ Moderate (200 to 350 kcal per hour)

Examples of moderate work effort are sitting while nailing or filing; driving a truck or bus in urban traffic; standing while drilling, nailing, performing assembly work, or transferring a moderate load (about 35 lbs.) at trunk level; walking on a level surface about 2 mph or down a 5-degree grade about 3 mph; or pushing a wheelbarrow with a heavy load (about 100 lbs.) on a level surface.

_____ Heavy (above 350 kcal per hour)

Examples of heavy work are lifting a heavy load (about 50 lbs.) from the floor to your waist or shoulder; working on a loading dock; shoveling; standing while bricklaying or chipping castings; walking up an 8 degree grade about 2 mph; climbing stairs with a heavy load (about 50 lbs.).

Will the respirator be worn under hot conditions (temp. exceeding 77 deg. F): Yes / No

Will the respirator be worn under humid conditions: Yes / No

Respirator Filter Media Change Schedule:

ELSI / Change-out Schedule / Mathematical Model

(Based on manufacture’s adsorption data, area concentration and work activity).

Comments:

C5-15

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RESPIRATORY – VOLUNTARY USE

Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required

Respirators are an effective method of protection against designated hazards when properly selected and worn. Respirator use is encouraged, even when exposures are below the exposure limit, to provide an additional level of comfort and protection for workers. However, if a respirator is used improperly or not kept clean, the respirator itself can become a hazard to the worker. Sometimes, workers may wear respirators to avoid exposures to hazards, even if the amount of hazardous substance does not exceed the limits set by OSHA standards. If your employer provides respirators for your voluntary use, or if you provide your own respirator, you need to take certain precautions to be sure that the respirator itself does not present a hazard.

You should do the following:

1. Read and heed all instructions provided by the manufacturer on use, maintenance,cleaning and care, and warnings regarding the respirators limitations.

2. Choose respirators certified for use to protect against the contaminant of concern.NIOSH, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, certifies respirators. A label or statement of certification should appear on the respirator or respirator packaging. It will tell you what the respirator is designed for and how much it will protect you.

3. Do not wear your respirator into atmospheres containing contaminants for which yourrespirator is not designed to protect against. For example, a respirator designed to filter dust particles will not protect you against gases, vapors, or very small solid particles of fumes or smoke.

4. Keep track of your respirator so that you do not mistakenly use someone else'srespirator.

Signature Date

C5-16

USPSM 4.1.0

Industry Safety Bulletins (CSATF)

USPSM 4.1.0

Developed by the:

Industry-Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee

The following safety bulletins are for informational purposes. They are current as of the revision date of this safety manual. However, safety bulletins are frequently updated. For the most recent updates of all safety bulletins, please see Contract Services Administrative Trust Fund website at www.csatf.org.

INTRODUCTION

This publication contains SAFETY BULLETINS which were researched, written, and distributed by the Industry Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee for use by the motion picture and television industry. The Industry Wide Labor-Management Safety Committee is composed of Guild, Union, and Management representatives active in industry safety and health programs.

These SAFETY BULLETINS are guidelines recommended by the Safety Committee. They are not binding laws or regulations. State, federal, and/or local regulations, where applicable, override these guidelines. Modifications in these guidelines should be made, as circumstances warrant, to ensure the safety of the cast and crew.

The Committee and these SAFETY BULLETINS are representative of the commitment of both Labor and Management to safe practices in the motion picture and television industry. The members of the Committee and all those who contributed to its work have devoted a great deal of time and effort to these guidelines because of the importance of safety to our industry.

All industry personnel have legal and moral responsibility for safety on the set or wherever they may be working. These SAFETY BULLETINS may be reproduced and attached to Call Sheets or otherwise distributed to affected employees. SAFETY BULLETINS are written or revised to meet new standards or situations. Your questions or suggestions are invited.

Safety is something in which we all have a share.

Contact: INDUSTRY WIDE LABOR-MANAGEMENT SAFETY COMMITTEE 2710 WINONA AVENUE BURBANK, CALIFORNIA 91504 (818) 565-1656 www.csatf.org

C6-1

www.csatf.org

www.csatf.org

SAFETY BULLETINS ARE RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES ONLY; CONSULT ALL APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SAFETY BULLETINS

Bulletin No. Description

1 Recommendations for Safety with Firearms And Use of "Blank Ammunition"

2 Special Use of "Live Ammunition"

3 Guidelines Regarding the Use of Helicopters in Motion Picture Productions

3A Addendum “A" External Loads – Helicopter 4 Stunts 5 Safety Awareness 6 Animal Handling Rules for the Motion Picture Industry 7 Recommendations for Diving Operations 8 Guidelines for Traditional Camera Cars

8A Addendum "A" - Process Trailer/Towed Vehicle 8B Addendum "B" - Camera Boom Vehicles 8C Addendum “C" - Power Line Distance Requirements 9 Safety Guidelines for Multiple Dressing Room Units

10 Guidelines Regarding the Use of Artificially Created Smokes, Fogs and Lighting Effects

11 Guidelines Regarding the Use of Fixed-Wing Aircraft in Motion Picture Productions

11A Addendum "A" - External Load Guidelines 12 Guidelines for the Use of Exotic Venomous Reptiles 13 Gasoline Operated Equipment 14 Parachuting and Skydiving 15 Guidelines for Boating/Watercraft Safety for Film Crews

16 Recommended Guidelines for Safety with Pyrotechnic Special Effects

17 Water Hazards

18 Guidelines for Safe Use of Stunt Air Bags, Boxes or Other Freefall Catch Systems

19 Recommended Guidelines for the Use of Open Flame on Production

20 Guidelines for Use of Motorcycles

21 Guidelines for Appropriate Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment

22 Guidelines for the Use of Elevating Work Platforms (Scissor Lifts) and Aerial Extensible Boom Platforms

22A Addendum “A" - Power Line Distance Requirements

23 Guidelines for Working with Portable Power Distribution Systems and Other Electrical Equipment

23A Addendum “A" – Power Line Distance Requirements

23B Addendum "B" – Basic Electrical Safety Precautions for Motion Picture and Television Off Studio Lot Location Productions

(Continued)

USPSM 4.1.0 C6-1

https://www.csatf.org/bulletintro.shtml


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SAFETY BULLETINS

Bulletin No. Description

23C Addendum "C" – Working With 480 Volt Systems

23D Addendum “D” – Common Motion-Picture and Television Tasks and Associated Personal Protective Equipment

23E

Addendum “E” – Guidelines for Meeting National Electrical Code (NEC) Grounding Requirements for Portable Generators Supplying Portable Equipment in the Motion Picture and Television Industry

24 California OSHA Safety Requirements for Handling of Blood and Other Potentially Infectious Materials

25 Camera Cranes 25A Addendum “A" - Power Line Distance Requirements 26 Preparing Urban Exterior Locations for Filming 27 Poisonous Plants 28 Guidelines for Railroad Safety 29 Guidelines for Safe Use of Hot Air Balloons

29A Addendum "A" - External Load Guidelines for Safe Use of Hot Air Balloons

30 Recommendations for Safety with Edged and Piercing Props 31 Safety Awareness When Working Around Indigenous "Critters" 32 Food Handling Guidelines for Production

32A Addendum "A" - Los Angeles County Approved Film Production Food Services

33 Special Safety Considerations when Employing Infant Actors (15 days to Six Months Old)

34 Guidelines for Working in Extreme Cold Temperature Conditions

34A Addendum “A” – Wind Chill Chart 35 Safety Considerations for the Prevention of Heat Illness

36 Recommended Guidelines for Safely Working Around Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)

36A Addendum “A” – Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Exemption Summary

37 Vehicle Restraint Systems – Seat Belts & Harnesses 38 Guidelines for Inclement or Severe Weather

39 Safety Guidelines for Using Foam(ed) Plastics in Set and Prop Construction

40 Guidelines for Non-Camera Utility Vehicles

41 Recommended Guidelines for Safely Working On and Around Gimbals

42 Guidelines for Alternative Driving Systems

USPSM 4.1.0 C6-2



TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROCEDURAL GUIDELINES

Guideline No. Description

1 Special Procedures For Minors Performing Physical Activities

INFORMATIONAL FACT SHEETS

General Code of Safe Practices for Production

Safety & Health Awareness Sheet – Extended or Successive Takes

Safety & Health Awareness Sheet – Guidelines for Handling Freshly Painted or Printed Backdrops and Other Graphic Arts

Safety & Health Awareness Sheet - Photographic Dust Effects

Safety & Health Awareness Sheet – Guidelines for Reducing the Spread of Influenza-Like Illness

Studio Safety Hotlines

USPSM 4.1.0 C6-3


1

SAFETY MEETING SIGN-IN SHEET

Production:__________________________________ Dept.:____________________________

Date:_______________________________________ Location:_________________________

Meeting was conducted by:______________________________________

Meeting was attended by:

(Each participant is to print his/her name and sign below. This record is to be kept on file with the Production Coordinator. Include all articles, Call Sheets, Safety Data Sheets, photos or bullet points of

topic discussed.)

Name: (Print) Job Title:

2

TOPIC DISCUSSED: ______________________________________________________________

Include discussion points in the box below. If you are attaching photos, article or other document as a reference, print “See Attached” in the box below:

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Tool Box Talks

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL TOOL BOX TALKS

Department Supervisors of Construction, Special Effects, Set Decoration, and Rigging trades should present and document a “Tool Box Talk” Safety Meeting as needed or at least once every 10 working days using the Toolbox Talks Sign-In Sheet for recordkeeping. Any topic may be selected to allow the supervisor the flexibility and opportunity to direct the safety meeting towards the particular needs of his or her crew. Please contact the Production Safety Consultant for the complete library or additionaltopics if needed. 10.1 Index of “Tool Box Talks” for Construction, Special Effects, Set Decoration

and Rigging Trades

1. Safety Communication2. Safe Lifting3. Reporting Close Calls4. No Horseplay5. Safety Attitude6. Fire Safety7. Hearing Protection8. Eye Protection9. Hand Protection10. Working at Height11. Low Fall Awareness12. Cutting, Grinding & Welding13. Hand Tool Safety14. Chemical Safety15. Carbon Monoxide Dangers16. Safety Data Sheets (SDS)17. Stormy Weather18. Lockout / Tagout Safety19. Confined Space Dangers20. Electrical Safety21. Fatigue22. Emergency Preparedness23. Shiftwork24. Housekeeping25. Ergonomics26. Machine Guarding

10.0 TOOL BOX TALKS

C7-1

1

TOOLBOX TALKS SIGN-IN SHEET

Production:__________________________________ Dept.:____________________________

Date:_______________________________________ Location:_________________________

Meeting was conducted by:______________________________________

Meeting was attended by:

(Each participant is to print his/her name and sign below. This record is to be kept on file with the Production Coordinator. Include all articles, photos or bullet points of topic discussed.)

Name: (Print) Job Title:

2

TOPIC DISCUSSED: ______________________________________________________________

Include discussion points in the box below. If you are attaching photos, article or other document as a reference, print “See Attached” in the box below:

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Code of Safe Practices


U.S. PRODUCTIONS CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Click on the individual document of interest below for specific content for each:

I. Code of Safe Practices Construction

Table Saws Hearing Protection Influenza Rough Terrain Utility Vehicles (RTUV) Scaffolding Security Tips Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) / Drones Liftgate Operations

USPSM 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL CONSTRUCTION – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

Code of Safe Practices - Construction This Code of Safe Practices addresses general set construction activities. For additional information on this matter, please contact the Production Safety Consultant at (310) 244-4544.

1. Proper WORK CLOTHING and work shoes are necessary for your personal safety. Specifically: shirts must be worn at all times. Inaddition, no shorts, cut-offs, thongs or sandals are permitted.

2. REPORT ACCIDENTS IMMEDIATELY to your foreman and follow instructions given to you when you are referred for medical treatmentfor any injury. ALL INJURIES MUST BE REPORTED ON THE SAME DAY OF OCCURRENCE.

3. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS given by your supervisors - if you don't understand, please ask questions. Know exactly what you are doingat all times. Work safely and look out for your fellow employees.

4. NO HORSEPLAY, fighting, gambling, alcoholic beverages or practical joking will be tolerated to any degree. Be serious with your workand yoursafety.

5. SAFETY EQUIPMENT will be furnished as the job requires. Use this equipment at all times and use it properly. Goggles or safetyglasses must be used when grinding, chipping, cutting, using pneumatic tools, using powder actuated tools, open air hoses and blasting.They won't protect you unless you use them. Appropriate fall protection equipment may be required for some operations. Whenguardrails are impractical or when working above or outside of guardrails, use fall protection properly and inspect all equipment beforeeach use. Appropriate training is required for all employees using fall protection equipment.

6. MOVING MACHINERY and equipment must not be serviced while in operation. Stay clear of moving belts, pulleys, gears, and rollers atall times. Fuel operated equipment must be kept clean and fuel stored in designated areas.

7. MATERIAL HANDLING and lifting must be done properly and with careful attention to the job. Use proper tools, methods and gloveswhen hoisting equipment is being used.

8. LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDS, working platforms and walkways must be properly maintained and used in a safe accepted manner.Access areas and walkways must be kept clear of material and debris. ALWAYS FACE THE LADDER – DO NOT MOVE ROLLINGSCAFFOLDS WITH PEOPLE ONBOARD.

9. ELECTRICAL tools and equipment must be used properly. All tools require a ground wire (third wire) circuit on 110 volts and (fourth wire)on 220 volts. NO TOOLS – PLUGS – CONNECTORS – OUTLET BOXES OR LINES MAY BE ALTERED.

10. SANITARY FACILITIES are maintained on the job. All trash should be placed in debris cans or boxes. Please recycle whenever possible.

11. EMERGENCIES – Know what procedures have been planned. Know where fire extinguishers are located and how to use them. Knowwhere first aid supplies are located.

12. WHEN LIFTING HEAVY OBJECTS, use the large muscles of the leg instead of the smaller muscles of the back.

13. DO NOT THROW MATERIALS, tools or other objects from buildings or structures until proper precautions are taken to protect othersfrom falling object hazards.

14. EMPLOYEES SHALL NOT ENTER CONFINED SPACES (manholes, underground vaults, chambers, silos, etc.) until all conditions of the"Confined Space Entry Procedures" have been complied with.

15. GASOLINE shall not be used for cleaning purposes at any time.

16. AIR HOSES should not be disconnected at compressors until the hose line has been bled.

17. COMPRESSED AIR should not be used to remove dust and other material from employees and / or employee clothing.

18. A SCREWDRIVER is not to be used as a chisel.

19. KEEP HANDSAWS SHARP.

20. PORTABLE ELECTRIC TOOLS must be lifted or lowered by means of a rope. Do not use the cord to lift or lower.

21. A registered civil engineer must provide calculations for any alternate shoring systems from those shown in 29 CFR 1926.652 (Section ofFederal OSHA Construction Safety Orders) and California Title 8 CCR 1541.1 (Section of Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Orders). Thesecalculations must be available at the job site.

22. UNSAFE CONDITIONS OR PRACTICES must be reported to your foreman at once.

C7.1

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL TABLE SAWS - CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

TABLE SAWS – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

This Code of Safe Practices addresses the proper use of table saws. Please contact the Production Safety Consultant at (310) 244-4544 for additional details.

1. Review all instructions, precautions, and warnings before using a table saw.

2. Proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) including eye and ear protection must be usedat all times.

3. Keep saw guards, splitters, and anti-kickback fingers in place and in good working condition.

4. Keep your work area clean. Debris, dust, and clutter invite accidents.

5. Wear proper apparel. Do not wear loose fitting clothing, gloves, jewelry, or anything thatcould get caught in the moving parts of the saw. Long hair should be tucked into a cap or tiedback to prevent being entangled with the saw. Comfortable, non-slip footwear isrecommended to help maintain balance.

6. Position your body so that it is not in line with the blade. Stand with your feet comfortableapart for balance.

7. Use a push stick for stock less than 6” wide, or when your hands will be in close proximity tothe blade.

8. Never reach behind or over the blade until it has stopped turning.

9. Adjust the blade height to no higher than a ¼’ above the stock thickness.

10. Turn off the saw and wait for the blade to stop before making adjustments or addingattachments.

11. Disconnect power to the saw before changing blades or performing maintenance, and useappropriate Lockout / Tagout procedures to isolate the equipment during any maintenance.

12. Keep the rip fence parallel to the saw blade.

13. Make sure the blade turns freely before turning on the saw, especially after changing theblade.

14. Slide the rip fence out of the way or remove it prior to making cross cuts. Never use thefence as a guide during cross cutting.

15. Do not release the stock until it is pushed all the way past the blade. Releasing too early cancause kickback by allowing the blade to grab the portion of the stock that has not yet clearedthe blade.

16. The fence and miter gauge are not intended to be used together. Use a stop block mountedon the fence when crosscutting short lengths. This will prevent the stock from getting trappedbetween the fence and the blade.

Check the stock before cutting for knots, nails, etc., and maintain sharp blades and a smooth, clean table top.

C7.1.1A

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL HEARING PROTECTION – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

HEARING PROTECTION – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

1. The Production must provide protection against the harmful effects of noise whenemployees are exposed to excessive noise levels (exceeding a TWA of 85 dBA) onthe job as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.95 and Cal/OSHA Title 8 Section 5097. Ifyou must raise your voice or shout to be heard above the noise in the workplace, thisrule may apply.

2. An effective hearing conservation program must be implemented wheneveremployee noise exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour Time Weighted Average(TWA) of 85 decibels measured on the A-scale (85 dBA). A TWA of 85 dBAcorresponds to a noise dose of 50%, also called the action level.

3. If the production needs to conduct noise monitoring; include all employees affectedby noise exceeding 85 dBA, TWA. Not all employees need to be sampled. However,the noise monitoring must be representative of each affected employee’s job. Allemployees must be notified of noise monitoring results that exceed 85 dBA, TWA.

4. If noise levels exceed a TWA of 90 dBA, all feasible measures must be taken toreduce the noise exposure of employees to below 90 dBA. Whenever feasibleengineering, administrative, or work practice controls can be instituted, althoughinsufficient to reduce exposure below the PEL, they shall be required in conjunctionwith personal protective equipment (PPE) to reduce exposure to the lowest practicallevel.

5. Provide a variety of hearing protectors at no cost to the employees such as differenttypes of earplugs or earmuffs . Ensure proper initial fitting and correct use of allhearing-protection devices.

6. If levels of noise are high for prolonged periods of time, or sharp noises such asgunfire hearing protection should be required. Have hearing protectors available ifemployees voluntarily would like to use in other situations on site.

7. Hearing protectors must attenuate (reduce) noise levels to a TWA of 90 dBA, or to 85dBA for employees who have had a STS.

8. Baseline audiograms are required within six months from the date of an employee’sfirst exposure to noise above 85 dBA. Subsequent audiograms are compared to thebaseline audiogram to determine hearing loss. Contact the Production SafetyConsultant for more information.

9. Maintain all records, including employee exposure measurements and audiograms.

10. If a Hearing Conservation Program is required to be implemented, annually trainemployees in the Hearing Conservation Program.

C7.1.2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL REDUCING INFLUENZA – CODE OF BEST PRACTICES

GUIDELINES FOR REDUCING THE SPREAD OF INFLUENZA LIKE DISEASES

Introduction There are a wide variety of seasonal influenza and flu-like illnesses that can impact the workplace. Seasonal and novel influenza A H1N1, previously referred to as “swine flu,” are among the most widely known. This Safety & Health Awareness Sheet has been developed to educate personnel on signs, symptoms and preventative measures to avoid catching or spreading the flu.

Symptoms

Seasonal Influenza In general, symptoms of seasonal influenza can include the following:

Fever, >100° F Chills Decreased appetite Cough Headache Sore throat Fatigue Runny or stuffy nose Body aches

A H1N1 Influenza A H1N1 symptoms include the above, but can also include diarrhea and vomiting and may disproportionately affect young people, age 25 and below. Like seasonal flu, A H1N1 may worsen underlying chronic medical conditions.

High Risk Groups People at higher risk of serious complications from any influenza include: People age 65 years and older Children younger than 5 years old Pregnant women People of any age with chronic medical conditions,

such as asthma, diabetes, or heart disease People with weakened immune systems

Actions How is influenza spread? Flu viruses are spread mainly from person to person through coughing, sneezing or touching. You may infect yourself by touching contaminated surfaces and then touching your eyes, nose or mouth. People infected with influenza may infect others before symptoms develop and after becoming sick.

Take these steps to protect yourself and others: Wash your hands often with soap and water or an

alcohol-based hand cleaner. This is especially important after you cough, sneeze or use the bathroom and prior to entering the craft service/catering areas.

Avoid touching your eyes, nose or mouth. Cover your nose and mouth with a tissue when you

cough or sneeze. Throw the tissue in the trash afteruse

Cough or sneeze into your upper sleeve if you do nothave a tissue

Try to avoid close contact with people exhibiting signsof influenza

If you are sick with flu-like illness, the Center forDisease Control (CDC) recommends that you stayhome for at least 24 hours after your fever is gone(without the use of fever-reducing medicine)

When exhibiting flu-like symptoms, keep away fromothers as much as possible to avoid making otherssick,

Utilize hand washing or sanitizing supplies stocked incommon areas, restrooms and pantries

Regularly wipe down commonly touched surfaces (i.e.,door handles, phones, etc.)

When To Get Medical Help If you become ill with influenza-like symptoms, you may want to contact your health-care provider, especially if you are in a high risk group.

Also, if you experience any of the following warning signs, seek emergency medical care: Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath Pain or pressure in the chest or abdomen Sudden dizziness Confusion Severe or persistent vomiting Flu-like symptoms improve, but then return with fever

and worsening cough

Sources and Additional Information http://www.flu.gov http://www.cdc.gov/flu/ http://www.who.int/en/ http://www.hhs.gov

PROTECT YOURSELF BY WASHING YOUR HANDS FREQUENTLY! PROTECT YOUR CO-WORKERS BY COVERING YOUR COUGH!

C7.1.3

http://www.flu.gov/

http://www.cdc.gov/flu/

http://www.who.int/en/

http://www.hhs.gov/

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RTUV – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

ROUGH TERRAIN UTILITY VEHICLES – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

This Code of Safe Practices addresses general hearing conservation. For additional information This Code of Safe Practices addresses the use of four and six-wheel Rough-Terrain Utility Vehicles (RTUV), commonly known as “Gators,” “Mules,” etc. For additional information on this matter, please contact Production Safety at (310) 244-4544.

1. The use of RTUVs should be restricted to locations with rugged terrain. Standard utilityvehicles and golf carts should be used when possible.

2. All operators must possess a valid driver’s license. No one under the age of eighteen (18)should operate the RTUV at any time.

3. Safe operation of the vehicle is the responsibility of the operator.

4. The use of RTUV on highways or public roads is prohibited except on a public road that isdedicated to production use and closed to outside traffic. As RTUVs are designed for off-road use, any operation on paved surfaces must be at very slow speeds with no suddenstops or turns.

5. It is prohibited to operate an RTUV while under the influence of alcohol, drugs, or anysubstance that could potentially impair the operator.

6. All operators must read and understand the manufacturer’s operator manual and all safetydecals prior to RTUV operation.

7. The operator must inspect the RTUV prior to operation to ensure it is in safe workingcondition and that all safety devices are in place and functioning properly.

8. Inexperienced operators should practice driving and using the vehicle controls beforeperforming work activities.

9. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such as helmets, goggles, etc., may be necessary foroperators and passengers in certain conditions (ex. eye and body protection in areas withheavy brush).

10. Passengers are only permitted to ride in seats designed for that purpose with only oneperson per seat. Riding on any other part of the vehicle is prohibited.

11. Seat belts must be worn by the operator and passenger(s) during vehicle operation.Passengers should use the hand holds for greater stability.

12. Operators must be seated in the driver’s seat with the parking brake locked prior to startingthe RTUV.

13. RTUVs must be driven slowly and turns should be smooth. Horseplay, reckless driving,and/or recreational driving on RTUV’s is prohibited.

C7.1.4-1

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL RTUV – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

ROUGH TERRAIN UTILITY VEHICLES – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

14. Pedestrians must be given the right-of-way at all times.

15. Loads in the cargo box must not be stacked higher than the seat back and potentiallyunstable loads must be properly secured.

16. Transporting material that is too large or exceeds the rated capacity of the RTUV isprohibited.

17. It is prohibited to operate an RTUV with the cargo box raised.

18. If an RTUV is used to tow a trailer, cart, or another vehicle, no passengers are permitted inthe towed vehicle.

19. To provide adequate braking ability and traction, towing should not be performed unless theRTUV’s cargo box is fully loaded.

20. Operators and passengers must keep both feet inside the vehicle during operation. Allpersonnel must keep hands, feet, clothing, jewelry, long hair, etc. away from any of theRTUV’s moving parts.

21. The operator must ensure the engine be kept clear of combustible or flammable debris.

22. Caution must be exercised when driving RTUVs through water as both engine operation andtraction can be impacted. Depths in excess of 6 inches are considered “deep water.”

23. Caution and reduced speed must be employed when making turns and driving on slopes orrough ground. This is especially important when driving downhill as RTUVs can “freewheel”going down a slope.

24. Once the RTUV is stopped, the operator must set the parking brake, turn off the engine, andremove the key.

25. The fuel cap must not be removed and no fuel should be added while the engine is runningor hot. The engine must be shut off and allowed to adequately cool before refueling.

26. Only qualified personnel should perform maintenance on RTUVs.

27. During all maintenance activities on RTUVs, employees must ensure that the parking brakeis engaged, power sources are disconnected, and that any parts of the vehicle that areraised are properly secured. Appropriate protective equipment such as eyewear, gloves,etc., must be worn while performing maintenance activities.

28. Modifications or alterations to the RTUV not specifically authorized by the manufacturer inwriting are prohibited.

C7.1.4-2

USPSM Version 4.1.0

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SCAFFOLDING – CODE OF BEST PRACTICES

C7.1.5-1

USPSM Version 4.1.0

SCAFFOLDING DESIGN, ERECTION, DISMANTLING & USE

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SCAFFOLDING – CODE OF BEST PRACTICES

C7.1.5-2

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SECURITY TIPS – BEST PRACTICES FOR PRODUCTION

PRODUCTION INFORMATION SECURITY TIPS FOR OFFICE, TALENT & CREW

PRE-PRODUCTION & OFFICE TIPS

1. Your Computer and/or Desk

Keep your desk clear of sensitive docs like scripts, casting info, storyboards,etc.

Lock your screen before leaving your desk. Obstruct the view of your computer screen/monitor when working with

sensitive content. Keep your password(s) secure, do not share your access with anyone Confirm Anti-Virus software is running and updated.

2. Your Facility and/or Work Area

Lock your door when you leave. Lock drawers and cabinets containing sensitive information. Don’t prop doors open. Be alert at access points for unauthorized entry

attempts. Secure your ID badge/keycard. When discussing your work with others, be mindful of who might be listening.

PRODUCTION & ON-SET TIPS

1. Delete sides & scripts from email immediately after shooting

2. Use a PIN or fingerprint ID on your phone if you have: BTS (behind the scenes) pics Continuity shots for makeup, props, wardrobe, set design Scripts/plot information in email Schedules, location information

3. If connecting to wireless on-set, check with production informationsecurity first for guidance

4. Social Media | BTS Pictures

Check with production information security before taking any photos. You can post BTS images AFTER episodes/content airs – fans love this. If taking BTS images, be sure not to include any recognizable landmarks, plot Spoilers. Do not check in to any location if you are posting on social media.

C7.1.6-1


POST-PRODUCTION TIPS

1. When Sharing or Transferring Content

Don’t take or send content off site without authorization. Transfer content electronically whenever possible, using approved transfer

methods, and track all transfers. Encrypt and/or watermark content with Secret classification. Use studio aliases when appropriate. Know who will receive your content, and ensure only authorized individuals

can view it. Get recipient sign-off/confirmation. Ship sensitive assets in sealed containers. Use secure and encrypted drives.

Contact Production Information Security for guidance. Split shipments of physical assets. Use approved courier services.

2. When Storing & Disposing of Content

Store your content in secure locations. Use approved disposal methods.

SOCIAL MEDIA: PUBLIC & PRIVATE ACCOUNTS

1. PUBLIC PERSONA ACCOUNTS - These accounts should be clean of anypersonal data, allow minimal interaction via direct messages, and represent yourprofessional personality. Dedicate a few accounts for fans/work only (Twitter,Instagram, Snapchat, Pinterest, etc.)

2. PRIVATE/PERSONAL ACCOUNTS - These accounts should be what you use tointeract with only your close friends & family members. These accounts (FB, IG,Snapchat) should be separate for family/friends. Dedicate an account just forthem so they know where they can interact with you. You don’t want themsending messages to you publicly.

PRIVACY 101: For any account you use that is private, make sure all privacyoptions are set to higher settings. All social media platforms have an option toremain private.

TIP! - Facebook has a Privacy Check-Up tool to quickly make your accountsprivate.

Be Selective - Only accept friend requests/invitations from people youactually know.

C7.1.6-2


Ask Friends & Family - At some point it will be helpful to explain to yourfriends & family the differences between your accounts and to limit anyinteractions to these “special” accounts.

ENGAGEMENT TIPS & GENERAL SECURITY

1. Have separate passwords for social media accounts, email, and banking sites.

2. Twitter Security Settings

Login Verification: Send login requests to your mobile number. Password Resets: Require personal information to reset password. Log in with Code: Always require a password to log in to my account.

3. Twitter Privacy Settings

Tweet Location: (uncheck) Add a location to my Tweets. TIP! - use the Delete all location information feature to erase any data

pinpointing your home address. Discoverability: (uncheck) both options for email address & phone number

searches (this assures your private contact information remains private). Direct Messages: (uncheck) Receive Direct Messages from anyone. TIP! - you can only receive DM’s from users you follow. Fans will try and

contact you if you give them the option to do that.

4. Instagram Security Settings

Turn off photomap when posting from set or home.

5. Mobile Devices: Secure portables like phones, laptops, tablets, PDAs. Knowwhere they are at all times.

6. Does It Feel Weird? Comments/Direct Messages that seeminappropriate? High focus of attention/trolling? Reach out to ProductionInformation Security for help.

Production Information Security Contact: Crystal Pham: (310) 801-8373

C7.1.6-3

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL UAS / DRONES – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

UNMANNED AERIAL SYSTEMS (UAS) / DRONES – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has provided exemptions to allow the use of specific unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) to a limited number of vendors in the United States. Each approved vendor is required to operate their UAS within a set of rules and pre-approvals that place crew, cast and public safety as a priority. This guidance document will summarize some important information you need to know regarding the use of UAS on the set.

The FAA has approved UAS use with very specific limitations. Below are the highlights (subject to change by the FAA):

• At least 3 days prior to scheduled filming, the operator should submit a written"Plan of Activities" to the FAA.

• Consent must be obtained from all cast/crew directly participating in the sequence.

• Unmanned Aircraft (UA) should weigh less than 55 pounds, including camera/load.

• UA may not be flown at a ground speed exceeding 50 knots (approx. 57 mph).

• Flights should be operated at an altitude of no more than 400 feet above groundlevel.

• Operation requires a licensed and qualified pilot and a visual observer at all timesduring flight.

• UA should be operated within the pilot's visual line of sight at all times.

• UA may not be operated directly over any person, except authorized and consentingproduction personnel.

• All personnel within 500 feet of UA operations should be necessary for filming.

• UA operation should be completed within 30 minutes flight time or with 25%battery power remaining, whichever occurs first.

• UA operations may not be conducted at night.

• UA may not be operated from any moving device or vehicle.

• The pilot should report any incident, accident or boundary transgressions to theFAA.

• A safety meeting should be held with the pilot, observer, and all cast/crewinvolved to discuss UA operations and necessary precautions.

• UA used as flying props are still bound to the exemption requirements.

• Only rotor-type UA are currently allowed. Fixed-wing UA are prohibited.

C7.1.7-1



Pre-Planning for UAS Use Contact the Production Safety Consultant and Risk Management Department as soon as you plan to use a UAS system. Specific safety and insurance guidance will be provided. All FAA approved UAS operators will have a current "Flight Operations and Procedures Manual" (FOPM) and "Motion Picture and Television Operations Manual" (MPTOM). These documents may be reviewed as part of the approval process.

Prior to engaging a vendor for UAS operations a contract should be in place. During the contract process, your UAS vendor should advise you of their permitted operating requirements and limitations. This information should be shared with, and be understood by, all involved in the planning process so that the vendor can prepare and submit a written Plan of Activities to the local FAA Flight Standards District Office (FSDO). This submittal should be made three (3) days prior to scheduled use (filming). Once submitted, the vendor may have limited ability to alter the plan when filming commences.

Production should work with the vendor to ensure that all non-FAA required permits and notifications are obtained/made. There may be several Authority(s) Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) at your film location (e.g. Film Commission, Fire Department, Film Permit Office, etc.). The vendor and Location Manager should ensure that all requirements are met and in place prior to the day's activities.

Currently, all UAS operations are directed by a Pilot in Command (PIC) and a Visual Observer (VO). Both of these individuals should be supplied by the vendor. They are in overall command of the UAS operation.

UAS use is permitted on closed set locations only for scripted projects. They may only be operated in the daytime and should be operated within line-of-sight of the operator.

The PIC should ensure that the UAS is not operated within 500 feet of non-participating individuals. These persons are any individuals who are not essential consenting individuals who are part of the closed set film operation. The PIC may receive approval from the FAA in advance as part of their Plan of Activities submittal.

Cast and Crew Awareness The FAA requires that UAS operators notify those individuals who will be participants in the closed-set film shoot. The production company should notify all cast and crew members using the following notification on the call sheet:

"An unmanned aircraft is being used and will be flown in close proximity to crew and equipment. Anyone objecting will notify the production manager or First Assistant Director prior to any filming."

C7.1.7-2



Participants are considered cast and crew who are essential to the closed-set film operations.

Individuals in this category should be provided the aforementioned notification and they should provide their consent to be present.

UAS should not be operated directly over any person, except authorized and consenting production personnel. The altitude and operation should be identified in the pre-approved Plan of Activities submitted to the FAA by the operator.

Accident/Incident Notification The PIC is required to notify the FAA of any incident, accident or flight operation that transgress the lateral or vertical boundaries of the operational area as defined by the PIC's operations exemption and approved Plan of Activities.

Approved UAS Operators / Vendors The FAA has granted exemptions to a growing list of aerial photo and video production companies to operate UAS for filming in the United States. The list of companies granted authorizations may be found through the FAA website, at:

https://www.faa.gshouldov/uas/legislative_programs/section_333/333_authorizations/

C7.1.7-3

https://www.faa.gov/uas/legislative_programs/section_333/333_authorizations/

CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES - LIFTGATE OPERATIONS

This Code of Safe Practices addresses the use of lift gates on stake bed trucks, pickup trucks, and other vehicles equipped with lift gates. For additional information, please contact Production Safety at (310) 244-4544.

1. Improper operation of the lift gate can result in serious personal injury andproperty damage. Do not operate the lift gate if you have not been properly trained in its operation. So long as it does not pose any additional safety hazards, gloves may be worn when operating. If you need such training, please consult with your supervisor.

2. Be certain the load is properly secured before using the lift gate. Do not allow thetransfer of any loads that exceed the Maximum Load Capacity (i.e., theweight limit) and/or the foot print of the lift gate. If the load exceeds theMaximum Load Capacity and/or foot print of the lift gate, you should use aforklift or Rough Terrain Fork Lift (a/k/a a Telehandler).

3. Refer to the manufacturers’ literature and all warning decals mounted on or nearthe lift gate before using the lift gate.

4. INSPECTION. Always inspect the lift gate before use to ensure that it has beenproperly maintained and does not show visible signs of damage. If there are anysigns of improper maintenance or damage, do not attempt to perform your ownrepairs; instead, please consult with your supervisor or your production safetyconsultant.

5. Do not allow the lift gate to be used by persons who are not familiar with its safeoperation.

6. When the lift gate is not in immediate use, the lift gate should be lowered to gradelevel or returned to a stowed position.

7. Make certain that the platform area is clear before, and at all times during,operation of the lift gate.

8. Make certain that the platform is properly and securely latched when the vehicle isin transit.

9. The lift gate should be clear of all slip and trip hazards.

10. In areas of limited visibility or pedestrian traffic, lift gates should be marked,coned, or highlighted, so that they can be visible to pedestrians and other vehicles.

11. Lift-gate to lift-gate lowering, lifting, or transferring of items is not allowed at anytime.

C7.1.7-8

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL LIFTGATE OPERATIONS – CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES

If you have any questions about the safe operation of lift gates, please contact your supervisor or the safety consultant assigned to the production. For general safety questions, always feel free to contact Production Safety at (310) 244-4544.

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Required Forms

U.S. PRODUCTIONS REQUIRED FORMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS


I. Assessment Checklists Construction Crane Lifting Plan Construction Rigging (Form 3) EyeWash Station Locations Hazards (Form 4)Special Effects (Form 9)Stunts (Form 8)Unsafe Condition Action Plan (Form 7) Safety Compliance Report (Form 2) Job Hazard AssessmentHazardous Waste Weekly Inspection

II. Disciplinary ActionEmployee Notice of Violation (Form 6)

III. Incident / Accident Investigation Form 5A/5B

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Assessment Checklists

USPSM Version 4.1.0 DE-1

CONSTRUCTION CRANE PROCEDURES The following are the requirements for the use of construction cranes on production. For additional information on this matter, please contact Production Safety at +1 (310) 244-4544.

1. All construction crane providers, contractors and rental houses (crane company) utilized by theproduction must possess the necessary equipment, experience and capabilities to safelyperform the crane lifts and other crane operations required by the production.

2. All services provided by the crane company must be made pursuant to a fully executedcontract, rider or other agreement which is acceptable to the production’s Legal Department.

3. The crane company must maintain insurance in accordance with Risk Management’s requirements.

4. All construction crane operators must be properly qualified, trained and experienced to operatethe type and model of crane that he / she will be operating on the production.

5. Construction crane operators must meet all crane licensing / certification / accreditationrequirements of the applicable Federal, state / provincial or local jurisdiction in which the cranewill be operated. The production must request and obtain written evidence of the craneoperator’s licensing / certification / accreditation prior to the start of crane operations

6. The construction crane operator must remain in the cab, at the controls of the crane, at alltimes when the load is suspended or when the load is being positioned.

7. All construction cranes must be inspected at regular intervals as required by applicableFederal, state / provincial or local regulations. The production must request and obtain writtenevidence that any construction crane to be utilized on the production has passed its mostrecent required inspection prior to the start of crane operations on the production.

8. All construction crane lifts must be designed, reviewed and approved in advance in writing byan experienced professional structural, mechanical or civil engineer, currently licensed in thejurisdiction in which the construction crane will be operated on the production.

9. The total weight of the load must not exceed 50% of the construction crane’s load chart capacity for allconstruction crane lifts involving production-specific equipment / operations such as special effects rigs,stunt rigs, lighting boxes, light diffusion rigs, etc. Load lines and all rigging components in thesesituations must have a safety factor of at least seven times the maximum intended load.

10. All construction crane lifts involving production-specific equipment / operations such as special effectsrigs, stunt rigs, lighting boxes, light diffusion rigs, etc., must be tested, reviewed and approved during afull-scale “dry run” in advance of the shooting date.

11. A qualified rigger must inspect and approve the rigging attached to the construction crane prior to eachlift.

12. A written Lifting Plan must be developed for all construction crane lifts and other operations in advanceof the shooting date. The Lifting Plan should provide the details of the planned lift(s) and includesupporting documentation such as the construction crane manufacturer’s lifting chart, crane operatorqualifications, etc. The Lifting Plan must be approved and signed by the professional engineer, cranecompany representative, applicable production Head of Department(s) and the Unit Production Manager(UPM). A copy of the Lifting Plan should be maintained on set and available for review during theconstruction crane’s operation on the production. Please see Appendix A – Construction Crane LiftingPlan.

U.S. PRODUCTION SAFETY MANUAL CONSTRUCTION CRANE LIFTING PLAN


APPENDIX A - CONSTRUCTION CRANE LIFTING PLAN

Production: Lift Date / Time:

Production Location:

Specific Lift Location:

Crane Company:

Production Department(s) Utilizing Crane:

Special Effects Stunts Set Lighting / Electric

Grip Construction Other(s):______________________________

Lift Height:

General Description of Lift:

Crane Operator: Qualifications:

Lift Supervisor: Qualifications:

Rigger: Qualifications:

Head(s) of Department(s) Utilizing Crane:

Department:_________________________

Department:_________________________

Department:_________________________

Name:______________________ Dept:__________________

Name:______________________ Dept:__________________

Name:______________________ Dept:__________________




Crane

Load

Manufacturer: Model:

Mobile Crane Capacity (lbs)

Over Rear: Over Front: Over Side:

Route of Crane Travel:

Tower Crane Capacity (lbs): Maximum Radius (ft):

Boom Length: Jib Length:

Load Block # of Sheaves: Size: Weight:

Secondary Block # of Sheaves: Size: Weight:

Hoist Rope Diameter:

Maximum Rated Capacity for Lift Radius and Boom Angle (lbs):

Maximum Crane Load for Lift Radius and Boom Angle (lbs):

Lift Rated Capacity (%):

Load Weight (lbs): Source of Load Weight:

Load Weight Confirmation:

Total Rigging Weight (blocks, lifting beam, slings, shackles, rope, etc.) in lbs:

Total Load Weight (load + rigging) in lbs:


USPSM Version 4.1.0


Rigging

Site Conditions

Sling(s) Number: Diameter:

Length: Capacity (lbs):

Shackle(s) Number: Size:

Type: Capacity (lbs):

Ground Conditions:

Outrigger Position: Mat Size (under outrigger floats):

Degree of Level (º) Level Confirmation:

Maximum Allowable Wind speed in mph (per crane manufacturer):

Site Wind speed Range (mph):

Method of Wind speed Confirmation:

Site Weather Conditions:

Proximity to Other Workers (not involved in the critical lift):

Proximity to Power Lines:

Obstacles or Obstructions to Lift or Swing:

Proximity to Other Hazards (describe):


DE-4

USPSM Version 4.1.0


Inspections

Communication/Signaling (check all that apply)

Standard Signaling

Voice

Radio

Telephone

Other (describe): _______________________________________________

Lift Criteria (check all that apply)

Lifting production-specific equipment / operations (special effects rigs, stunt rigs, lighting boxes, light diffusion rigs, etc.). If so, the total weight of the load must not exceed 50% of the crane’s load chart capacity and all load lines and rigging components, must have a minimum safety factor of 7 to 1.

Lifting greater than 75% of the rated capacity

Lift involving more than one crane

Lift over occupied structures or in tight quarters

Blind lift (out of the view of the operator)

Lift near power lines

Hoisting personnel

Lift involving non-routine rigging techniques

Lift where the center of gravity may change

Lifting high value, hazardous, or explosive loads

Lifting submerged loads

Other (describe): _____________________________________________________

Crane Daily Inspection Date: Competent Person:

Annual Inspection Date: Competent Person:

Rigging Date: Competent Person:

Personnel Platforms Date: Competent Person:


DE-5

USPSM Version 4.1.0



Required Attachments

Diagram of the item to be lifted.

Rigging plan or diagram that identifies intended lift points, sling angles, and sling connections.

Diagram of the intended path of the load.

Copy of the crane’s capacity load chart for the crane configuration involved in the lift

Copy of the crane operators license / certification / accreditation

Stamped, signed copy of the engineer’s lift evaluation

Approvals

Project Manager/Engineer: Date:

Supervisor: Date:

Crane Operator: Date:

DE-6

USPSM Version 4.1.0 DE2-1

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL CONTSTRUCTION RIGGING

CONSTRUCTION, PRE-RIGGING, & STRIKE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (Form 3)

PRODUCTION TITLE __________________________________________________ DATE ________________

LOCATION_________________________________________________________________________________

(over)

1. Was today's work site inspected?Site:Inspected by:Note what, if anything, was found and any changes/corrections made:

Yes No

2. Was your crew notified of any potential safety hazards?Notified by:Notified of:

Yes No

3. Were there any crew safety meetings?(Please note what was discussed. Use additional pages if necessary)

Yes No

4. Was any special safety equipment required or personnelprotective equipment issued?If yes, note what and by whom:

Yes No

5. Was any special safety awareness training required foryour crew?If yes, note who received what training:

Yes No

6. Were any special bulletins issued to your crew?If so, which ones?

Yes No

7. Have Safety Data Sheets (SDS) been obtained for allchemicals, paints, solvents, and other substances usedat the work site?

Yes No

Has SDS training and availability of SDS information been provided to your crew? Is training documented for all crew? Are hazardous material containers labeled with necessary hazard warnings? Are hazardous waste containers labeled, dated, stored closed, and in good condition? Have SDS information signs been posted?

If you have answered "NO" to any of the above, please explain:

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No


CONSTRUCTION, PRE-RIGGING & STRIKE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (Form 3 - continued)

Signed:______________________________________________ Position: ______________________________

8. Did your crew work in a confined space? Yes No

If yes, was there proper ventilation? Were proper safety procedures followed and communicated to your crew?

Yes No

9. Were there any incidents?

If yes, name of injured (enter in comments section below):Time of injury (enter in comments section below):Was Medical attention received?Was an Incident Investigation Report Completed?

Yes No

10 Other comments:

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL CONTSTRUCTION RIGGING

Emergency Eyewash Station Weekly Inspection Checklist

Date Initials Comment Date Initials Comment Date Initials Comment

EHS Rev. 1/5/2017

How to obtain assistance:

Questions, training information Contact Safety Hotline: 888‐883‐SAFE (7233)

Emergencies: Hold eyes open and flush for at least 15 minutes. CALL 911 and seek medical assistance

How to Test: - Is the area around the station clear of obstructions?

- Are the eyewashes clean and free of dirt/debris?

- Flush eyewash for 30 seconds weekly

- Is the water clear?

- Is the plumbing free from leakage?

- Do the covers/caps open without assistance?

- Are the jets working properly

(both spigots are delivering evenly, and with sufficient but not too great of a flow)?

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL EYEWASH STATION CHECKLIST


U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL LOCATION HAZARD ASSESSMENT

Location Hazard Assessment Checklist (Form 4)

This checklist is required to be completed for each location. Answer the following questions to the best of your ability. For each identified potential hazard, write down the action required.

LOCATION: SCHEDULED SHOOTING DATES: NAME OF ASSESSOR: DATE:

ITEM Yes / No / Not Applicable

Action Required

General Inform the managers/owners of the location as to what work processes the production company will perform. Ask the managers/owners of any known hazards associated with the site? Have previous hazard assessments and hazardous materials inventory been reviewed for this location? Are there engineering reports and floor plans that outline anchorage points, weight loads, and structural issues available? If the location is an active facility, has there been a facility liaison assigned to the production? If the location is an active facility, are there emergency procedures available on site? If so, ask for a copy. Are there any concerns regarding extreme weather conditions? Are there any water hazards, eg. dock? wharf? Hazardous Materials If the location is an operational facility, are there copies of safety data sheets (SDS) on file at the location for all hazardous material being used/stored on site? Are hazardous materials observed on location properly stored and/or secured? Are there existing asbestos containing materials at this location? Are there potential for the disturbance of lead based paints i.e., sanding, grinding? Does the location contain PCB materials (i.e. electric transformers) or PCB storage areas? Does the location contain an obvious amount of dust or particulate?


Location Hazard Assessment Checklist (Form 4 – continued)

ITEM Yes / No/ Not Applicable

Action Required

Hazardous Materials (continued) Is there a potential for exposure to microbial contaminants at this location? Is there a risk for exposure to biological contaminants (blood, urine, feces, animal remains?) Do any hazardous materials need to be removed? Access and Egress Are there areas of potential walking surface hazards at the location, e.g., grease, holes in floor etc.? Are there areas that need to be clearly marked and/or taped “KEEP OUT”? Are exits, corridors, and stairways illuminated, clearly marked and unobstructed? Fall Protection / Confined Space Are guardrails and hand railings in place on raised platforms or potentially unstable areas (e.g. cliff edges, stair cases, etc.)? Are there any confined spaces or enclosed areas associated with the location, e.g. tunnels? Are there areas that may require supplementary ventilation? Electrical Are there any potential live electrical hazards (exposed wiring, electrical boxes etc.) at the location? Is there enough electrical output for the demand needed? Fire Systems Are fire extinguishers and/or other fire safety equipment available and in working condition? Are there specialized electrical safety extinguishers in close proximity to the main electrical panel? Are sprinkler heads clear of obstruction? Are fire lanes clear? Are fire hydrants accessible? Are all fire department connections clear? Can heaters and fans be brought in without compromising air quality and fire safety? Does the building allow for a four foot fire lane perimeter with the stage set?

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL LOCATION HAZARD ASSESSMENT


U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SPX SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Special Effects Safety Inspection Checklist

(Form 9)

Production: ______________________________________________ Production Schedule: _______________________________________ Location: _______________________________________________ Completed by: ___________________________________________

Basic Procedures 1. Complete a special effects diagram on enclosed form.2. Forward this document to the following individuals for approval at least 3 working days in

advance of scheduled shooting: Production Safety Consultant: (310) 244-4544 Fax (310) 244-2345 Risk Management Representative: (310) 244-4230 Fax (310) 244-6111

3. Notify all personnel involved of your intention to involve special effects.4. Conduct a detailed briefing of the effect: What will happen, who it will happen to, the hazards

involved, emergency procedures and the location of emergency medical facilities.5. Answer any questions or respond to concerns completely.6. Allow adequate rehearsal time.7. Have one last briefing and dry run to ensure everyone’s understanding.8. If there are any changes, review from the beginning.9. Clear the set of unnecessary personnel.10. Make sure that communications are absolutely clear between everyone involved.

Briefly describe the special effect to be performed:


Special Effects Safety Inspection Checklist Please answer yes, no, or N/A for “not applicable”, for all of the following questions.

Yes No N/A Question/Concern Comments Do all special effects personnel have any required

licenses or certification cards in their possession (e.g. pyrotechnics, explosives, etc.), and have they been verified?

Is there a helicopter or UAS involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed and personnel notified, warned, and rehearsed?

Is any fixed-wing aircraft involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed and personnel notified, warned, and rehearsed, and aerial coordinator’s FAA motion picture flight safety manual been reviewed?

Are personnel cables or other special rigging involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed, and personnel notified, warned, and rehearsed?

Have Safety Data Sheets (SDS) been obtained for any hazardous substance to be used?

Has every piece of special effects equipment been carefully inspected, especially after each use?

Do any safety modifications need to be made?

Have you planned procedures for: Human Error; Mechanical Error; Outside Interference; Anything Unexpected; Natural Acts (i.e. weather changes)?

Have special effects personnel been allowed adequate time to inspect the area and rehearse?

Have the following personnel been briefed on the specifics of the special effects:

Cast; Medic/First Aid; Stunt Coordinator, Special Effects Coordinator; Fire Safety Officer; Assistant Directors; Security Officers; Production Safety Coordinator

After each run-through, has the special effect been set up to run again exactly as originally planned?

If changes have been made, are all involved parties aware of and comfortable with the changes?

If animals are involved, have the procedures for proper animal handling been reviewed?



Special Effects Safety Inspection Checklist Yes No N/A Question/Concern Comments

If children are involved, have you obtained the teacher/welfare workers’ approval?

Have proper arrangements been made for emergency medical services?

Is a doctor needed on the set?

Is a stand-by ambulance or helicopter needed?

Has the nearest emergency medical facility been notified of your work? What is the travel time to the hospital?

Is a special permit required?

Does the special effect involve water?

Are any watercraft involved?

Are you using squibs?

Are any motor vehicles involved? If so, have the motor vehicles been specially rigged for the special effect?

Have previous hazard assessments been performed at the location?

Is the location publicly owned / controlled?

Will the location be closed to the public at the time of shooting?

Will the location be open for public or audience viewing of the special effect?

Does the special effect involve elevated work locations (cliff edge, stairs, etc.)

Are there any confined locations associated with the segment?

Is the location “remote” and requires non-routine transportation (helicopter drop, hiking, climbing, etc.)?

Does traffic control need to be arranged?

Is this a night shoot?

Key Personnel

Special Effects Coordinator Stunt Coordinator (If applicable)

1st Assistant Director UPM / Production Supervisor

Special Effects Coordinator Date (Signature)



Pre-Planned Special Effects Diagram U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SPX SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST


Stunt Safety Inspection Checklist (Form 8)

Production: ______________________________________________ Production Schedule: _______________________________________ Location: _______________________________________________ Completed by: ___________________________________________

Basic Procedures 1. Complete a stunt diagram on enclosed form.2. Forward this document to the following individuals for approval at least 3 working days in

advance of scheduled shooting: Production Safety Consultant: (310) 244-4544 Risk Management Representative: (310) 244-4230 Fax (310) 244-6111

3. Notify all personnel involved of your intention to perform a stunt.4. Conduct a detailed briefing of the stunt: What will happen, who it will happen to, the hazards

involved, emergency procedures and the location of emergency medical facilities.5. Answer any questions or respond to concerns completely.6. Allow adequate rehearsal time.7. Have one last briefing and dry run to ensure everyone’s understanding.8. If there are any changes, review from the beginning.9. Clear the set of unnecessary personnel.10. Make sure that communications are absolutely clear between everyone involved.

Briefly describe the stunt to be performed:

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL STUNT SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST


Stunt Safety Inspection Checklist Please answer yes, no, or N/A for “not applicable”, for all of the following questions.

Yes No N/A Question/Concern Comments Do all stunt personnel have any required licenses

or certification cards in their possession (e.g. SCUBA, motorcycle, etc.) and have they been verified?

Is there a helicopter or UAS involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed and personnel notified, warned and rehearsed?

Is any fixed-wing aircraft involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed and personnel notified, warned, and rehearsed, and aerial coordinator’s FAA motion picture flight safety manual been reviewed?

Are personnel cables or other special rigging involved? If yes, have safety rules/policies been reviewed and personnel notified, warned, and rehearsed?

Have Safety Data Sheets (SDS) been obtained for any hazardous substance to be used?

Has every piece of stunt equipment been carefully inspected, especially after each use?

Do any safety modifications need to be made?

Have you planned procedures for: Human Error; Mechanical Error; Outside Interference; Anything Unexpected; Natural Acts (i.e. weather changes)?

Have stunt personnel been allowed adequate time to inspect the area and rehearse?

Have the following personnel been briefed on the specifics of the stunts:

Cast; Medic/First Aid; Stunt Coordinator; Special Effects Coordinator; Fire Safety Officer; Assistant Directors; Security Officers; Production Safety Coordinator

After each run-through, has the stunt been set up to run again exactly as originally planned?

If changes have been made, are all involved parties aware of and comfortable with the changes?

If animals are involved, have the procedures for proper animal handling been reviewed?



Stunt Safety Inspection Checklist

Key Personnel

Stunt Coordinator Special Effects Coordinator (If applicable)

1st Assistant Director UPM / Production Supervisor

Stunt Coordinator (Signature)

Date

Yes No N/A Question/Concern Comments If minors are involved, have you obtained the

teacher/welfare workers’ approval?

Have proper arrangements been made for emergency medical services?

Is a doctor needed on the set?

Is a stand-by ambulance or helicopter needed?

Has the nearest emergency medical facility been notified of your work? What is the travel time to the hospital?

Is a special permit required?

Does the stunt involve water?

Are any watercraft involved?

Are you using squibs?

Are any motor vehicles involved? If so, have the motor vehicles been specially rigged for the stunt?

Have previous hazard assessments been performed at the location?

Is the location publicly owned / controlled?

Will the location be closed to the public at the time of shooting?

Will the location be open for public or audience viewing of the stunt?

Does the stunt involve elevated work locations (cliff edge, stairs, etc.)

Are there any confined locations associated with the segment?

Is the location “remote” and requires non-routine transportation (helicopter drop, hiking, climbing, etc.)?

Does traffic control need to be arranged?

Is this a night shoot?



Pre-Planned Stunt Diagram


USPSM Version 4.1.0 DE8

PRODUCTION SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (Form 2)

PRODUCTION TITLE ____________________________________________________ DATE_______________

LOCATION_________________________________________________________________________________

1. Did you inspect today's shooting / work site?

Site:Inspected by:Note what, if anything, was found and any changes/corrections made:

Yes No

2. Were the cast and crew notified of any potential safetyhazards?

Notified by:Notified of:

Yes No

3. Were there any individual crew safety meetings?(Please note what was discussed in each area, use back of page ifnecessary)

Yes No

Construction Second Unit? Special Effects? Rigging Crew?

Stunts? Extras? Other:

4. Was any special safety equipment used?

If yes, note what and by whom:

Yes No

5. Was any special safety training required of the cast and/orcrew?

If yes, note who received what:

Yes No

6. Do any safety bulletins need to be distributed for today'swork?

Which ones?

Yes No

7. Were there any incidents?

If yes, name of injured:Time of injury:Was Medical attention received?Was an Accident/Investigation Report Completed?

Yes No

8. Other comments:

Signed:_____________________________________________ Position: ______________________________

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT

USPSM Version 4.1.0 DE7

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL NOTICE OF UNSAFE CONDITION

NOTICE OF UNSAFE CONDITION AND ACTION PLAN (Form 7)

PRODUCTION TITLE______________________________________________________DATE____________

PHONE SAFETY HOTLINE AT (310) 244-7266 or (888) 883-SAFE PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THIS FORM

DESCRIPTION OF HAZARD:

LOCATION OF HAZARD (Be as specific as possible):

ACTION NEEDED (Please note any immediate actions already taken to minimize risks):

WAS CREW INFORMED OF POTENTIAL HAZARD? YES NO

WHEN WAS CREW INFORMED: BY WHOM:

OTHER COMMENTS:

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO BE TAKEN (Describe who and what will be done to correct the situation):

DATE CORRECTED:

CORRECTED BY (Printed name and signature):

ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:

JOB HAZARD REPORT FORM

Date: _

DESCRIPTION OF HAZARD:

LOCATION:

ACTION NEEDED (Please note any immediate action already taken to minimize risks):

OTHER COMMENTS:

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO BE TAKEN (Describe who and what will be done to correct the situation):

DATE CORRECTED: SIGNED:

COMMENTS:

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL JOB HAZARD REPORT

DE9 USPSM Version 4.1.0

Hazardous Waste Storage Area – WEEKLY INSPECTION FORM Appendix C

Production Name:

Storage Physical Address:

Inspector’s Name: Date:

Instructions: • Weekly inspections of hazardous waste storage areas should be completed by a trained

production crew member and filed in the production’s Scenechronize Hazardous Waste folder. • Use ONLY containers that are compatible with the waste being accumulated in them.• Do NOT place incompatible materials in the same container (acid with base materials…).

Refer to Safety Data Sheets.• Separate all containers holding incompatible wastes or materials.

SUBJECT YES NO CORRCTIVE ACTION/COMMENT DATE CORRECTED/ BY INITIALS

Are all drums/containers in good condition? (No evidence of deterioration or deformation?) Any sign of leakage from drums/containers?

Are all labels filled out completely?

Is the date the drum/container began collection clearly marked on the label? Are all containers compatible with the wastes being accumulated in them? Are all drums closed except when adding or removing waste? Are drums placed for adequate 36” aisle spacing? Are all drums separated according to their hazard class? Any drums with hazardous waste more than 70 days? Warning Signs are visible and free of obstruction. Is the area well ventilated?

Spill kit is in good condition and accessible.

Safety shower and eye-wash are in good condition and acceptable. Firefighting equipment is in good condition and accessible. Comments:

HW_D_WeeklyInspectionForm

DE-10

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Disciplinary Action

USPSM Version 4.1.0 DF

EMPLOYEE NOTICE OF VIOLATION (Form 6) Production Title: ___________________________________ Date: _________________________

WRITTEN VERBAL

DATE OF INCIDENT: TIME OF INCIDENT:

EMPLOYEE NAME: POSITION / TITLE:

LOCATION OF INCIDENT:

DATE OF THIS REPORT: FILED BY:

THE FOLLOWING LISTED UNSAFE CONDITION(S) HAVE BEEN OBSERVED:

LIST CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TAKEN:

DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE NOTIFIED? YES NO

DEPARTMENT HEAD ON SITE? YES NO

DEPARTMENT HEAD NAME: POSITION:

The purpose of this notice is to provide you with an opportunity to correct the conduct which led to its issuance. If this conduct is repeated, or if you engage in any other misconduct, you may be subject to further disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.

I have received a copy of this notice. I have read and understand the notice and have had an opportunity to discuss it with my supervisor.

Signed: _____________________________________Date: _______________________

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL EMPLOYEE NOTICE OF VIOLATION

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Incident / Accident Investigations

USPSM Version 4.1.0 DG-1

Incident / Accident Report (Form 5A) Site / Location: Date & Time of Incident:

Name(s) of Injured Employee(s):

Job Title(s):

Brief Description of What Happened:

Description of Injury and / or Property Damage:

Details of Emergency Response / Medical Attention Given:

Supervisor’s Signature: Date:

UPM’s Signature: Date:

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL INCIDENT/ACCIDENT 5A


U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL INCIDENT / ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION 5B

Incident / Accident Investigation Report (Form 5B) Incident / Accident / Near Miss / Property Damage / Medical Aid / Doctor’s Report Attached

Site/Location: Date & Time of Incident:

Name(s) of Injured Employee(s):

Job Title(s):

Witness(es):

Brief Description of What Happened:

Description of Injury and/or Property Damage:

Details of Emergency Response/Medical Attention Given:

(over)


Incident / Accident Investigation Report (Form 5B - Continued)

Weather Conditions:

Description of Events Leading to Incident / Accident:

Root Cause:

Investigation Conducted? Yes No If no, explain?

Were Photographs Taken? Yes No Were Sketches Made? Yes No

Preventative Measures to Prevent Recurrence and Date Implemented:

Supervisor’s Signature: Date:

UPM’s Signature: Date:

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL INCIDENT / ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION 5B


U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTING

ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTING GUIDELINES

When an Accident Occurs:

1. Call an ambulance, if necessary.2. Make the incident scene safe if able to do so without risking your own safety. Do not disturb scene if it is

a fatality or serious injury.3. If you are trained in first aid, administer first aid treatment to the injured personnel or call the first aid

attendant.4. Contact police if necessary.5. Contact your Supervisor and/or the UPM with details of the accident.6. Obtain the following information from others involved:

a) Names of injured/witnesses and address/phone numbersb) Driver's name/address/insurance company, if applicablec) License plate numbers, if applicable

7. Complete incident report, including a sketch, within 24 hours (see attached accident/incidentinvestigation report form);

8. Make no statement to any outside party without receiving instructions from the Safety Program Director(Producer).

Instructions for Completing the Incident / Accident Investigation Report Form:

1. The employee notifies his or her Supervisor as soon as they are able to do so.2. The First Aid Attendant prepares an incident report describing the occurrence, submits it to the UPM and

provides copies to the Production Safety Consultant.3.. The UPM and Production Safety Consultant review the report and decide to investigate (with the goal of

the investigation being to determine if work procedures can be improved such that the type of incidentwill not be repeated).

5. The investigation may include a review of the report, an interview with the employee and Supervisor, anda site visit, as appropriate.

6. The Production Safety Consultant will summarize the investigation by completing the investigationportion of the Incident/Accident Investigation Form and report to the UPM with recommendations, asappropriate.

7. If the Production Safety Consultant decides not to investigate, they will copy the IncidentReport/Investigation Form to the UPM noting the reason why it was not investigated.

8. Completed Incident Report/Investigation Forms will be kept in a Safety Incident Report/Investigation filewith the Production Office Coordinator and the Production Safety Consultant.

Fatalities or Serious Bodily Injuries:

For incidents that involve fatalities or serious bodily injury, the Department Head or Supervisor must report the injury to the UPM immediately. The UPM must notify the Production Safety Consultant and Production Executive immediately.

In addition to fatalities or serious injuries, the Production Safety Consultant must also be notified of the occurrence of:

1. Any blasting accident that results in injury or an unusual event involving explosives;2. A diving accident that causes injury or decompression sickness requiring treatment;3. A leak or release of a dangerous substance,4. A major structural failure or collapse of a structure, piece of equipment, construction support system, or

excavation.5. Any near miss incident that could have resulted in a fatality or serious bodily injury.

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Required Postings


U.S. PRODUCTIONS REQUIRED POSTINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS


I. Safety Postings Safety Hotline

Safety Data Sheet (SDS) – MSDSOnline OSHA Job Health Safety

Safety & Health Protection** Powered Industrial Trucks **

Proposition 65 Warning** Asbestos Warning

PPE Selection Chart

II. Emergency Response Emergency Information Poster Outside Agency Emergency Contacts Emergency Action Plan (EAP)

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Safety Postings

SAFE

TY H

OTL

INE

(310

) 244

-726

6 (8

88) 8

83-S

AFE

(TO

LL F

REE

)

e-mail & fax-back toll-free hotline

1-888-362-7416 When calling the hotline Identify yourself as a Sony Pictures employee

Online MSDS Library Linkhttps://msdsmanagement.msdsonline.com/?ID=bb746828-0be8-4f43-89b8-f80ed25d4b3c

Job Safety and HealthIT’S THE LAW!

All workers have the right to:

� A safe workplace.

� Raise a safety or health concern with your employer or OSHA, or report a work-related injury or illness, without being retaliated against.

� Receive information and training on job hazards, including all hazardous substances in your workplace.

� Request an OSHA inspection of your workplace if you believe there are unsafe or unhealthy conditions. OSHA will keep your name confidential. You have the right to have a representative contact OSHA on your behalf.

� Participate (or have your representative participate) in an OSHA inspection and speak in private to the inspector.

� File a complaint with OSHA within 30 days (by phone, online or by mail) if you have been retaliated against for using your rights.

� See any OSHA citations issued to your employer.

� Request copies of your medical records, tests that measure hazards in the workplace, and the workplace injury and illness log.

Employers must:

� Provide employees a workplace free from recognized hazards. It is illegal to retaliate against an employee for using any of their rights under the law, including raising a health and safety concern with you or with OSHA, or reporting a work-related injury or illness.

� Comply with all applicable OSHA standards.

� Report to OSHA all work-related fatalities within 8 hours, and all inpatient hospitalizations, amputations and losses of an eye within 24 hours.

� Provide required training to all workers in a language and vocabulary they can understand.

� Prominently display this poster in the workplace.

� Post OSHA citations at or near the place of the alleged violations.

FREE ASSISTANCE to identify and correct hazards is available to small and medium-sized employers, without citation or penalty, through OSHA-supported consultation programs in every state.

U.S. Department of Labor

Contact OSHA. We can help.

1-800-321-OSHA (6742) • TTY 1-877-889-5627 • www.osha.gov

OSHA

316

5-04

R 20

15

This poster is available free from OSHA.

SAFETY AND HEALTH PROTECTION ON THE JOB State of California Department of Industrial Relations

California law provides job safety and health protection for workers under the Cal/OSHA program. This poster explains the basic requirements and procedures for compliance with the state’s job safety and health laws and regulations. The law requires that this poster be displayed. (Failure to do so could result in a penalty of up to $7,000.)

WHAT AN EMPLOYER MUST DO: All employers must provide work and workplaces that are safe and healthful. In

other words, as an employer, you must follow state laws governing job safety and health. Failure to do so can result in a threat to the life or health of workers, and substantial monetary penalties.

You must display this poster so everyone on the job can be aware of basic rights and responsibilities.

You must have a written and effective injury and illness prevention program for your employees to follow.

You must be aware of hazards your employees face on the job and keep records showing that each employee has been trained in the hazards unique to each job assignment.

You must correct any hazardous condition that you know may result in serious injury to employees. Failure to do so could result in criminal charges, monetary penalties, and even incarceration.

You must notify the nearest Cal/OSHA office of any serious injury or illness, or fatality occurring on the job. Be sure to do this immediately after calling for emergency help to assist the injured employee. Failure to report a serious injury or illness, or fatality within 8 hours can result in a minimum civil penalty of $5,000.

WHAT AN EMPLOYER MUST NEVER DO: Never permit an employee to do work that violates Cal/OSHA law. Never permit an employee to be exposed to harmful substances without provid-

ing adequate protection. Never allow an untrained employee to perform hazardous work.

EMPLOYEES HAVE CERTAIN RIGHTS IN WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH: As an employee, you (or someone acting for you) have the right to file a com-

plaint and request an inspection of your workplace if conditions there are unsafe or unhealthful. This is done by contacting the local district office of the Division of Occupational Safety and Health (see list of offices). Your name is not revealed by Cal/OSHA, unless you request otherwise.

You also have the right to bring unsafe or unhealthful conditions to the attention of the Cal/OSHA investigator making an inspection of your workplace. Upon request, Cal/OSHA will withhold the names of employees who submit or make statements during an inspection or investigation.

Any employee has the right to refuse to perform work that would violate a Cal/ OSHA or any occupational safety or health standard or order where such violation would create a real and apparent hazard to the employee or other employees.

You may not be fired or punished in any way for filing a complaint about unsafe or unhealthful working conditions, or using any other right given to you by Cal/OSHA law. If you feel that you have been fired or punished for exercising your rights, you may file a complaint about this type of discrimination by contacting the nearest office of the Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (State Labor Commissioner) or the San Francisco office of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. (Employees of state or local government agencies may only file these complaints with the State Labor Commissioner.) Consult your local telephone directory for the office nearest you.

EMPLOYEES ALSO HAVE RESPONSIBILITIES: To keep the workplace and your coworkers safe, you should tell your employer

about any hazard that could result in an injury or illness to people on the job. While working, you must always obey state job safety and health laws.

HELP IS AVAILABLE:

SPECIAL RULES APPLY IN WORK AROUND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: Employers who use any substance listed as a hazardous substance in Section

339 of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, or subject to the Hazard Communications Standard (T8 CCR Section 5194), must provide employees with information on the contents on Safety Data Sheets (SDS), or equivalent information about the substance that trains employees to use the substance safely.

Employers shall make available on a timely and reasonable basis a Safety Data Sheet on each hazardous substance in the workplace upon request of an employee, an employee collective bargaining representative, or an employee’s physician.

Employees have the right to see and copy their medical records and records of exposure to potentially toxic materials or harmful physical agents.

Employers must allow access by employees or their representatives to accurate records of employee exposures to potentially toxic materials or harmful physical agents, and notify employees of any exposures in concentration or levels exceeding the exposure limits allowed by Cal/OSHA standards.

Any employee has the right to observe monitoring or measuring of employee exposure to hazards conducted pursuant to Cal/OSHA regulations.

WHEN CAL/OSHA COMES TO THE WORKPLACE: A trained Cal/OSHA safety engineer or industrial hygienist may periodically visit

the workplace to make sure your company is obeying job safety and health laws. An inspection will also be conducted when a legitimate complaint is filed by an

employee with the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. Cal/OSHA also goes to the workplace to investigate a serious injury or fatality. When an inspection begins, the Cal/OSHA investigator will show official identifi-

cation from the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. The employer, or someone the employer chooses, will be given an opportunity to

accompany the investigator during the inspection. A representative of the employees will be given the same opportunity. Where there is no authorized employee representative, the investigator will talk to a reasonable number of employees about safety and health conditions at the workplace.

VIOLATIONS, CITATIONS & PENALTIES: If the investigation shows that the employer has violated a safety and health

standard or order, then the Division of Occupational Safety and Health issues a citation. Each citation specifies a date by which the violation must be abated. A notice, which carries no monetary penalty, may be issued in lieu of a citation for certain non-serious violations.

Citations carry penalties of up to $7,000 for each regulatory or general violation and up to $25,000 for each serious violation. Additional penalties of up to $7,000 per day for regulatory or general violations and up to $15,000 per day for serious violations may be proposed for each failure to correct a violation by the abatement date shown on the citation. A penalty of not less than $5,000 nor more than $70,000 may be assessed an employer who willfully violates any occupational safety and health standard or order. The maximum civil penalty that can be assessed for each repeat violation is $70,000. A willful violation that causes death or permanent impairment of the body of any employee results, upon conviction, in a fine of not more than $250,000, or imprisonment up to three years, or both and if the employer is a corporation or limited liability company the fine may not exceed $1.5 million.

The law provides that employers may appeal citations within 15 working days of receipt to the Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board.

An employer who receives a citation, Order to Take Special Action, or Special Order must post it prominently at or near the place of the violation for three working days, or until the unsafe condition is corrected, whichever is longer, to warn employees of danger that may exist there. Any employee may protest the time allowed for correction of the violation to the Division of Occupational Safety and Health or the Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board.

To learn more about job safety rules, you may contact the Cal/OSHA Consultation Service for free information, required forms and publications. You can also contact a local district office of the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. If you prefer, you may retain a competent private consultant, or ask your workers’ compensation insurance carrier for guidance in obtaining information.

Call the FREE Worker Information Hotline - 1-866-924-9757

O FFI C ES O F TH E D IVISIO N OF OCCUP ATI O N AL S AFETY AN D H EALTH HEADQUARTERS: 1515 Clay Street, Ste. 1901, Oakland, CA 94612 — Telephone (510) 286-7000

District Offices American Canyon Bakersfield Foster City

3419 Broadway St., Ste. H8, American Canyon 94503 7718 Meany Ave., Bakersfield 93308 1065 East Hillsdale Blvd. Suite 110, Foster City 94404

(707)649-3700 (661)588-6400 (650)573-3812

Cal/OSHA Consultation Services

Area & Field Offices Fremont 39141 Civic Center Dr. Suite 310, Fremont 94538 (510) 794-2521Fresno Long Beach Los Angeles Modesto Oakland Redding Sacramento

2550 Mariposa St. Room 4000, Fresno 93721 3939 Atlantic Ave., Ste. 212, Long Beach 90807 320 West Fourth St. Room 670, Los Angeles 90013 4206 Technology Dr. Suite 3, Modesto 95356 1515 Clay St. Suite 1303, Oakland 94612 381 Hemsted Dr., Redding 96002 2424 Arden Way Suite 165, Sacramento 95825

(559) 445-5302 (562) 506-0810 (213) 576-7451 (209) 545-7310 (510) 622-2916 (530) 224-4743 (916) 263-2800

• Fresno/Central V alley

• Oakland/Bay Area

1901 North Gateway Blvd. Suite 102, Fresno 93727

1515 Clay St. Suite 1103 Oakland 94612

(559) 454-1295

(510) 622-2891

San Bernardino 464 West Fourth St. Suite 332, San Bernardino 92401 (909) 383-4321 • Sacramento/Northern CA 2424 Arden Way Suite 410 (916) 263-0704 San Diego San Francisco Santa Ana Van Nuys West Covina

7575 Metropolitan Dr. Suite 207, San Diego 92108 455 Golden Gate Ave. Rm. 9516, San Francisco 94105 2000 E. McFadden Ave, Ste. 122, Santa Ana 92705 6150 Van Nuys Blvd. Suite 405, Van Nuys 91401 1906 West Garvey Ave. S. Suite 200, West Covina 91790

(619) 767-2280 (415) 557-0100 (714) 558-4451 (818) 901-5403 (626) 472-0046

• San Bernardino

• San Diego/Imperial Counties

Sacramento 95825 464 West Fourth St. Suite 339 San Bernardino 92401

7575 Metropolitan Dr. Suite 204 San Diego 92108

(909) 383-4567

(619) 767-2060

Regional Offices • San Fernando Valley 6150 Van Nuys Blvd. Suite 307 (818) 901-5754

San Francisco Sacramento Santa Ana Monrovia

455 Golden Gate Ave., Rm 9516, San Francisco 94102 2424 Arden Way Ste. 300, Sacramento 95825 2000 E. McFadden Ave. Ste. 119, Santa Ana 92705 750 Royal Oaks Drive, Ste. 104, Monrovia 91016

(415)557-0300 (916)263-2803 (714)558-4300 (626)471-9122

• La Palma/Los Angeles/Orange County

Van Nuys 91401 1 Centerpointe Dr. Suite 150 La Palma 90623 (714) 562-5525

Enforcement of Cal/OSHA job safety and health standards is carried out by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health, under the California Department of Industrial Relations, which has primary responsibility for administering the Cal/OSHA program. Safety and health standards are promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Standards Board. Anyone desiring to register a complaint alleging inadequacy in the administration of the California Occupational Safety and Health Plan may do so by contacting the San Francisco Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor (Tel: 415-975-4310). OSHA monitors the operation of state plans to assure that continued approval is merited. January 2016

OPERATING RULES FOR INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS

General Industry Safety Order 3664 Operating Rules (Part (a))

(a) Every employer using industrial trucks or industrial tow tractors shall post and enforce a set of operating rules including the appropriate rules listed in Section 3650 (t).

General Industry Safety Order 3650 Industrial Trucks. General (Part (t))

(t) Industrial trucks and tow tractors shall be operated in a safe manner in accordance with the following operating rules:

(1) Only drivers authorized by the employer and trained in the safe operations of industrial trucks or industrial tow tractors pursuant to Section 3668 shall be permitted to operate such vehicles.

(2) Stunt driving and horseplay are prohibited. (3) No riders shall be permitted on vehicles unless

provided with adequate riding facilities. (4) Employees shall not ride on the forks of lift trucks. (5) Employees shall not place any part of their bodies

outside the running lines of an industrial truck or between mast uprights or other parts of the truck where shear or crushing hazards exist.

(6) Employees shall not be allowed to stand, pass, or work under the elevated portion of any industrial truck, loaded or empty, unless it is effectively blocked to prevent it from falling.

(7) Drivers shall check the vehicle at the beginning of each shift, and if it is found to be unsafe, the matter shall be reported immediately to a foreman or mechanic, and the vehicle shall not be put in service again until it has been made safe. Attention shall be given to the proper functioning of tires, horn, lights, battery, controller, brakes, steering mechanism, cooling system, and the lift system for forklifts (forks, chains, cable, and limit switches).

(8) No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system.

(9) Vehicles shall not exceed the authorized or safe speed, always maintaining a safe distance from other vehicles, keeping the truck under positive control at all times and all established traffic regulations shall be observed. For trucks traveling in the same direction, a safe distance may be considered to be approximately 3 truck lengths or preferably a time lapse - 3 seconds - passing the same point.

LEFT (1/2)


(10) Trucks traveling in the same direction shall not be passed at intersections, blind spots, or dangerous locations.

(11) The driver shall slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing.

(12) Operators shall look in the direction of travel and shall not move a vehicle until certain that all persons are in the clear.

(13) Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object of such size that the person could be caught between the truck and object.

(14) Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly.

(A) When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load upgrade.

(B) On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface.

(C) Motorized hand and hand/rider trucks shall be operated on all grades with the load-engaging means downgrade.

(15) The forks shall always be carried as low as possible, consistent with safe operations.

(16) When leaving a vehicle unattended (the operator is over 25 feet (7.6 meters) from or out of sight of the industrial truck), the brakes are set, the mast is brought to the vertical position, and forks are left in the down position, either:

(A) The power shall be shut off and, when left on an incline, the wheels shall be blocked; or

(B) The power may remain on provided the wheels are blocked, front and rear.

(17) When the operator of an industrial truck is dismounted and within 25 feet (7.6 meters) of the truck which remains in the operator’s view, the load engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls placed in neutral, and the brakes set to prevent movement.

Continued in the next page….

http://www.dir.ca.gov/title8/3664.html






Exception:

Forks on fork-equipped industrial trucks may be in the raised position for loading and unloading if the forks are raised no more than 42 inches above the level where the operator/loaders are standing, and the power is shut off, controls placed in neutral and the brakes set. If on an incline, the wheels shall be blocked.

(18) Vehicles shall not be run onto any elevator unless the driver is specifically authorized to do so. Before entering an elevator, the driver shall determine that the capacity of the elevator will not be exceeded. Once on an elevator, the industrial truck’s power shall be shut off and the brakes set.

(19) Motorized hand trucks shall enter elevators or other confined areas with the load end forward.

(20) Vehicles shall not be operated on floors, sidewalk doors, or platforms that will not safely support the loaded vehicle.

(21) Prior to driving onto trucks, trailers and railroad cars, their flooring shall be checked for breaks and other structural weaknesses.

(22) Vehicles shall not be driven in and out of highway trucks and trailers at loading docks until such trucks or trailers are securely blocked or restrained and the brakes set.

(23) To prevent railroad cars from moving during loading or unloading operations, the car brakes shall be set, wheel chocks or other recognized positive stops used, and blue flags or lights displayed in accordance with Section 3333 of these Orders and Title 49, CFR, Section 218.27 which is hereby incorporated by reference.

(24) The width of one tire on the powered industrial truck shall be the minimum distance maintained from the edge by the truck while it is on any elevated dock, platform, freight car or truck.

(25) Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally, wherever possible. Parking closer than 8 1/2 feet from the centerline of railroad tracks is prohibited.

(26) Trucks shall not be loaded in excess of their rated capacity.

(27) A loaded vehicle shall not be moved until the load is safe and secure.

(28) Extreme care shall be taken when tilting loads. Tilting forward with the load engaging means elevated shall be prohibited except when picking up a load.


Elevated loads shall not be tilted forward except when the load is being deposited onto a storage rack or equivalent. When stacking or tiering, backward tilt shall be limited to that necessary to stabilize the load.

(29) The load engaging device shall be placed in such a manner that the load will be securely held or supported.

(30) Special precautions shall be taken in the securing and handling of loads by trucks equipped with attachments, and during the operation of these trucks after the loads have been removed.

(31) When powered industrial trucks are used to open and close doors, the following provisions shall be complied with:

(A) A device specifically designed for opening or closing doors shall be attached to the truck.

(B) The force applied by the device to the door shall be applied parallel to the direction of travel of the door.

(C) The entire door opening operation shall be in full view of the operator.

(D) The truck operator and other employees shall be clear of the area where the door might fall while being opened.

(32) If loads are lifted by two or more trucks working in unison, the total weight of the load shall not exceed the combined rated lifting capacity of all trucks involved.

(33) When provided by the industrial truck manufacturer, an operator restraint system such as a seat belt shall be used.

(2/2) RIGHT

Operating rules for industrial trucks contained on this poster are current through Register 2014, No. 16 California Code of Regulations (operative 7-1-2014). Other rules may also apply.

OPERATING RULES FOR INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS

Dec-15



http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-1997-title49-vol4/pdf/CFR-1997-title49-vol4-sec218-27.pdf


SAMPLE PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

SAMPLE ASBESTOS WARNING

Choose the Right PPE for the Job Hard Hat Required where overhead hazards exist

Safety Vest Wear to increase visibility in high traffic areas

Welding Helmet Protect eyes and face during welding

Eye Protection Required when there is risk of flying debris, splashing, or other eye hazards

Face Shield Use with safety glasses when grinding, chipping, or when chemicals may splash in the eyes/face

Gloves Select based on the type of hazard (chemical, laceration, heat resistant)

Hearing Protection Wear when using noisy equipment or when in noisy areas

Safety Shoes Help prevent injuries or reduce severity of injuries to the feet

Fall Protection Required when working at heights

Respiratory Protection Protect against exposure to hazards gases, mists, vapors and dust, require training and medical clearance

N-95 Respirator (Dust Mask) Protect against exposure to dust only

Apron Wear to protect clothing from splashes or sparks

Coverall Wear to protect clothing from harmful dust, debris and chemicals

http://www.google.com/url?sa=i&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwiTmIKpk_vOAhUp54MKHS2zDPkQjRwIBw&url=http://www.safetysign.com/products/p19850/face-shield-required-label&psig=AFQjCNGqgJ8E7xZdcEBzKvIsN15p50ek2A&ust=1473265356139229

http://www.google.com/url?sa=i&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwjvspaqlfvOAhVC54MKHZjZDz4QjRwIBw&url=http://www.sitewaredirect.com.au/safety-signs/mandatory-series/dust-mask-decal-200-od.html&psig=AFQjCNHHE8VvEcf2vDwzgl30c6FX6Q-j7A&ust=1473265903616170

http://www.google.com/url?sa=i&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwiKlbTblfvOAhVkwYMKHQM3DyIQjRwIBw&url=http://www.compliancesigns.com/LABEL_CIRCLE_34.shtml&bvm=bv.131783435,d.dmo&psig=AFQjCNECdKOJgO9W5_xQWSouwQqIZYjcuA&ust=1473266001479366

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Emergency Response Postings

USPSM Version 4.1.0

Emergency Response Action Plan

(EAP)


U.S. PRODUCTIONS EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN - EAP

EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN

When an emergency occurs, decisions must be made quickly to minimize the degree of injury, suffering, and property damage. The Emergency Action Plan (EAP) deals with aserious accident or emergency including, but not limited to the following: a fatality; member(s) of the public injured as a direct result of production; cast or crew seriously injured; employee heat illness; earthquake; fire; flood; explosions; major releases of hazardous materials; or violent occurrences. Contact your Safety Consultant for the EAP template.

An EAP should be in place for all production locations, including stages and production offices. As every location is different, additional emergency preparedness procedures may be required.

The development of the plan should consider the following:

All potential emergencies (e.g., fire, earthquake, storm, flood, etc.); Possible consequences of each emergency; Required control measures; Individual roles and responsibilities; Training requirements; and, Required resources needed to carry out the plan.

The plan must be communicated to all cast and crew. At the beginning of production, on the first stage or location, an EAP meeting should be held for the entire cast and crew. This meeting can be part of the general safety meeting. The following information should be included in this meeting:

The location of all emergency exits and escape routes; The location of all fire alarm pull stations and fire extinguishers (for use on small

fires); The local emergency response phone number or other means of contacting

emergency responders; Employees should be aware of the cast and / or crew members who are working

with them in case it is necessary to notify emergency personnel of missing persons; Employees must know clear and precise directions to work area so this information

can be provided to emergency responders in the event of an emergency; Designate a post-evacuation assembly area, where cast and crew should gather by

department; Department heads should know the names and the number of employees in their

department so that an accurate count can be made and any missing employeesnoted;

DJ-1


U.S. PRODUCTIONS EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN - EAP

Cast and crew should be instructed to never re-enter an evacuated building until ithas been cleared by emergency personnel;

EAP information specific to each location should be attached to the daily call sheet; Emergency egress and / or evacuation information should be addressed in the daily

safety meeting and noted on the daily production report. Training and / or periodic drills may be necessary to ensure the effectiveness of the

EAP.

Serious Incident / Set Emergency Notification Procedures

A serious incident / set emergency includes but is not limited to the following:

∙ a fatality, an amputation,∙ a member(s) of the public injured as a result of production,∙ cast or crew seriously injured, earthquake, flood, fire, etc.

Emergency help will be summoned immediately in the event of a serious incident or set emergency. The 1st AD will notify the production executive and Production Safety Consultant. The incident / set emergency notification information must be posted and made available at all times during pre-production and filming. Phone numbers must be filled in and kept up to date for personnel specific to the Production. If the incident warrants, notification should be made immediately, regardless of the time of day or night. The 1st AD must use his/her own judgment as to the gravity of the situation and must speak personally with each person on the list; messages are not acceptable.

It is the responsibility of the 1st AD, or in her / his absence, the UPM, to notify the persons on the Emergency Response Contact Form (see the Required Forms and Postingssection for form).

DJ-2

EMERGENCY INFORMATION

Doctor orAmbulance orHospital orFire Dept. orPolice or Work Location Fire Extinguisher Location

U.S. PRODUCTIONS SAFETY MANUAL OUTSIDE EMERGENCY CONTACTS

OUTSIDE AGENCY EMERGENCY CONTACTS

SERVICE/POSITION NAME ADDRESS PHONE NUMBER

Nearest Police Station

Nearest Fire Station

Nearest Hospital

Local Emergency Management Agency

State Emergency Management Agency

FEMA Regional Office

Local Red Cross

Public Health Dept

POISON CONTROL CENTER

OSHA